323-1851-090 (6500 R10.1 Roadmap) Issue2

6500 Packet-Optical Platform
Documentation Roadmap
Release 10.1
What’s inside...
Feature and Publication History
Roadmap
List of terms
List of 6500 shelves, circuit packs, panels, and modules
Master index
Technical assistance information
323-1851-090 - Standard Issue 2

February 2015
Copyright© 2010-2015 Ciena® Corporation. All rights reserved.
LEGAL NOTICES
THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL AND TRADE SECRET INFORMATION OF CIENA
CORPORATION AND ITS RECEIPT OR POSSESSION DOES NOT CONVEY ANY RIGHTS TO REPRODUCE
OR DISCLOSE ITS CONTENTS, OR TO MANUFACTURE, USE, OR SELL ANYTHING THAT IT MAY DESCRIBE.
REPRODUCTION, DISCLOSURE, OR USE IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SPECIFIC WRITTEN
AUTHORIZATION OF CIENA CORPORATION IS STRICTLY FORBIDDEN.
EVERY EFFORT HAS BEEN MADE TO ENSURE THAT THE INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT IS
COMPLETE AND ACCURATE AT THE TIME OF PUBLISHING; HOWEVER, THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN
THIS DOCUMENT IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE.
While the information in this document is believed to be accurate and reliable, except as otherwise expressly agreed
to in writing CIENA PROVIDES THIS DOCUMENT “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF ANY
KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. The information and/or products described in this document are subject to
change without notice. For the most up-to-date technical publications, visit www.ciena.com.
Copyright© 2010-2015 Ciena® Corporation. All Rights Reserved
The material contained in this document is also protected by copyright laws of the United States of America and
other countries. It may not be reproduced or distributed in any form by any means, altered in any fashion, or stored
in a data base or retrieval system, without express written permission of the Ciena Corporation.
Security
Ciena® cannot be responsible for unauthorized use of equipment and will not make allowance or credit for
unauthorized use or access.
Contacting Ciena
Corporate Headquarters 410-694-5700 or 800-921-1144 www.ciena.com

Customer Technical Support/Warranty
In North America 1-800-CIENA24 (243-6224)
410-865-4961
In Europe, Middle East, 800-CIENA-24-7 (800-2436-2247)
and Africa +44-207-012-5508
In Asia-Pacific 800-CIENA-24-7 (800-2436-2247)
+81-3-6367-3989
+91-124-4340-600
In Caribbean and Latin 800-CIENA-24-7 (800-2436-2247)
America 410-865-4944 (USA)
Sales and General Information 410-694-5700 E-mail: sales@ciena.com
In North America 410-694-5700 or 800-207-3714 E-mail: sales@ciena.com
In Europe +44-207-012-5500 (UK) E-mail: sales@ciena.com
In Asia +81-3-3248-4680 (Japan) E-mail: sales@ciena.com
In India +91-124-434-0500 E-mail: sales@ciena.com
In Latin America 011-5255-1719-0220 (Mexico City) E-mail: sales@ciena.com
Training 877-CIENA-TD (243-6283) E-mail: techtng@ciena.com
or 410-865-8996
For additional office locations and phone numbers, please visit the Ciena web site at www.ciena.com.
6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

Release 10.1 323-1851-090 Standard Issue 2
Copyright© 2010-2015 Ciena® Corporation February 2015
IMPORTANT: PLEASE READ THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT (“AGREEMENT”) CAREFULLY BEFORE
INSTALLING OR USING CIENA CORPORATION (“Ciena”) SOFTWARE, HARDWARE OR DOCUMENTATION
(COLLECTIVELY, THE “EQUIPMENT”).
BY INSTALLING OR USING THE EQUIPMENT, YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT YOU HAVE READ THIS
AGREEMENT AND AGREE TO BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS AND CONDITIONS.
1. Right to Use License; Restrictions. Subject to these terms, and the payment of all applicable license fees,
Ciena grants to you, as end user, a non-exclusive license to use the Ciena software (the “Software”) in object code
form solely in connection with, and as embedded within, the Equipment,. You shall have the right to use the
Software solely for your own internal use and benefit. You may make one copy of the Software and documentation
solely for backup and archival purpose, however you must reproduce and affix all copyright and other proprietary
rights notices that appear in or on the original. You may not, without Ciena's prior written consent, (i) sublicense,
assign, sell, rent, lend, lease, transfer or otherwise distribute the Software; (ii) grant any rights in the Software or
documentation not expressly authorized herein; (iii) modify the Software nor provide any third person the means to
do the same; (iv) create derivative works, translate, disassemble, recompile, reverse engineer or attempt to obtain
the source code of the Software in any way; or (v) alter, destroy, or otherwise remove any proprietary notices or
labels on or embedded within the Software or documentation. You acknowledge that this license is subject to
Section 365 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and requires Ciena's consent to any assignment related to a bankruptcy
proceeding. Sole title to the Software and documentation, to any derivative works, and to any associated patents
and copyrights, remains with Ciena or its licensors. Ciena reserves to itself and its licensors all rights in the
Software and documentation not expressly granted to you. You shall preserve intact any notice of copyright,
trademark, logo, legend or other notice of ownership from any original or copies of the Software or documentation.
2. Audit: Upon Ciena's reasonable request, but not more frequently than annually without reasonable cause, you
shall permit Ciena to audit the use of the Software at such times as may be mutually agreed upon to ensure
compliance with this Agreement.
3. Confidentiality. You agree that you will receive confidential or proprietary information (“Confidential Information”)
in connection with the purchase, deployment and use of the Equipment. You will not disclose Confidential
Information to any third party without prior written consent of Ciena, will use it only for purposes for which it was
disclosed, use your best efforts to prevent and protect the contents of the Software from unauthorized disclosure or
use, and must treat it with the same degree of care as you do your own similar information, but with no less than
reasonable care. You acknowledge that the design and structure of the Software constitute trade secrets and/or
copyrighted materials of Ciena and agree that the Equipment is Confidential Information for purposes of this
Agreement.
4. U.S. Government Use. The Software is provided to the Government only with restricted rights and limited rights.
Use, duplication, or disclosure by the Government is subject to restrictions set forth in FAR Sections 52-227-14 and
52-227-19 or DFARS Section 52.227-7013(C)(1)(ii), as applicable. The Equipment and any accompanying technical
data (collectively “Materials”) are commercial within the meaning of applicable Federal acquisition regulations.
These Materials were developed fully at private expense. U.S. Government use of the Materials is restricted by this
Agreement, and all other U.S. Government use is prohibited. In accordance with FAR 12.212 and DFAR
Supplement 227.7202, software delivered to you is commercial computer software and the use of that software is
further restricted by this Agreement.
5. Term of License. This license is effective until terminated. Customer may terminate this license at any time by
giving written notice to Ciena [or] and destroying or erasing all copies of Software including any documentation.
Ciena may terminate this Agreement and your license to the Software immediately by giving you written notice of
termination in the event that either (i) you breach any term or condition of this Agreement or (ii) you are wound up
other than voluntarily for the purposes of amalgamation or reorganization, have a receiver appointed or enter into
liquidation or bankruptcy or analogous process in your home country. Termination shall be without prejudice to any
other rights or remedies Ciena may have. In the event of any termination you will have no right to keep or use the
Software or any copy of the Software for any purpose and you shall destroy and erase all copies of such Software in
its possession or control, and forward written certification to Ciena that all such copies of Software have been
destroyed or erased.
6. Compliance with laws. You agree to comply with all applicable laws, including all import regulations, and to
obtain all required licenses and permits related to installation and use of Equipment. Software, including technical
data, is subject to U.S. export control laws, including the U.S. Export Administration Act and its associated
regulations, and may be subject to export or import regulations in other countries. Customer agrees to comply
strictly with all such regulations and acknowledges that it has the responsibility to obtain licenses to export, re-
export, or import Software.

7. Limitation of Liability. ANY LIABILITY OF Ciena SHALL BE LIMITED IN THE AGGREGATE TO THE
AMOUNTS PAID BY YOU FOR THE SOFTWARE. THIS LIMITATION APPLIES TO ALL CAUSES OF ACTION,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION BREACH OF CONTRACT, BREACH OF WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE,
STRICT LIABILITY, MISREPRESENTATION AND OTHER TORTS. THE LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY DESCRIBED
IN THIS SECTION ALSO APPLY TO ANY THIRD-PARTY SUPPLIER OF Ciena. NEITHER Ciena NOR ANY OF
ITS THIRD-PARTY SUPPLIERS SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY INJURY, LOSS OR DAMAGE, WHETHER
INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY LOST
PROFITS, CONTRACTS, DATA OR PROGRAMS, AND THE COST OF RECOVERING SUCH DATA OR
PROGRAMS, EVEN IF INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES IN ADVANCE
8. General. Ciena may assign this Agreement to any Ciena affiliate or to a purchaser of the intellectual property
rights in the Software, but otherwise neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned nor duties
delegated by either party, and any attempt to do so will be void. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of
the State of Maryland (without regard to the conflict of laws provisions) and shall be enforceable in the courts of
Maryland. The U.N. Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply hereto. This
Agreement constitutes the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the parties relating to the
license for the Software and supersedes all proposals, communications, purchase orders, and prior agreements,
verbal or written, between the parties. If any portion hereof is found to be void or unenforceable, the remaining
provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

v
Contents 0
Feature and Publication History 1-1

Feature history 1-1
6500 Release 10.1 1-1
6500 Release 10.0 and 10.05 1-4
6500 Release 9.3, 9.31 1-12
6500 Release 9.2, 9.21, and 9.22 1-17
6500 Release 9.1 and R9.12 1-22
6500 Release 9.0 1-27
6500 Release 8.1 1-30
6500 Release 8.0 1-31
6500 Release 7.0 1-35
6500 Release 6.0 1-37
6500 Release 5.2 1-41
6500 Release 5.12 1-42
6500 Release 5.1 1-44
6500 Release 5.0 1-44
6500 Release 4.0 1-46
6500 Release 3.0 1-48
6500 Release 2.1 1-49
6500 Release 1.2 1-50
6500 Release 1.1 1-51
6500 Release 1.0 1-54
Roadmap 2-1
6500 Packet-Optical Platform technical publications 2-2
Document identification numbers 2-3
Technical publications product engineering codes 2-3
Ordering technical publications 2-3
Technical publications volume descriptions 2-4
Planning a Network 2-4
Installing and Testing a Network 2-4
Managing and Provisioning a Network 2-4
Maintaining and Troubleshooting a Network 2-4
Technical publications descriptions 2-5
Fault Management - SNMP, 323-1851-740 2-13
Fault Management - Customer Visible Logs, 323-1851-840 2-13
Circuit pack-based technical publications 2-13

vi Contents
List of terms 3-1
List of 6500 shelves, circuit packs, panels, and modules 4-1

Shelves, circuit packs, and modules names used in 6500 documentation 4-1
6500 shelves 4-2
Shelf processor circuit packs and access panels 4-3
Cross-connect circuit packs 4-3
Breaker/fuse interface panels 4-4
Power Input Cards 4-5
Maintenance Interface Cards 4-6
Optical Protection Switch circuit packs 4-6
Electrical circuit packs 4-6
DSM modules 4-7
OC-n/STM-n circuit packs 4-7
40G and submarine circuit packs 4-9
100G circuit packs 4-10
OTSC and OTR circuit packs 4-13
OTN MOTR circuit packs 4-14
SuperMux circuit packs 4-14
NGM WT circuit packs 4-14
OTN Flex MOTR circuit packs 4-15
Photonics equipment 4-15
Data and Layer 2 circuit packs 4-19
OTN I/F, PKT I/F, and PKT/OTN I/F circuit packs 4-20
Master index 5-1
Technical assistance information 6-1

Technical assistance service telephone numbers 6-2
Field return information 6-3

1-1
Feature and Publication History 1-
This chapter specifies supported software and hardware supported by this

technical publications library. It also identifies features introduced for each
release of the 6500 Packet-Optical Platform (6500).
Supported software release

This technical publications library supports the 6500 Release 10.1 hardware.
Audience
The following members of your company are the intended audience of this
document:
• planners
• provisioners
• network administrators
• transmission standards engineers
• maintenance personnel
Feature history
6500 Release 10.1
February 2015-Issue 2
This document has been up-issued to specify that the following circuit packs
are supported in Release 10.11 and up:
• Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD Submarine with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-Band Type 2
circuit pack (NTK539BN)
• Flex3 WaveLogic 3 OCLD Submarine with EDFA NxOTU4 C-Band circuit
pack (NTK539QN)
• 100G OTR WaveLogic 3 Submarine C-band LR4 Multirate circuit pack
(NTK538UN)
December 2014-Issue 1
6500 Release 10.1 introduces the following features:
• new circuit packs and modules

1-2 Feature and Publication History
— 4x10G OTR w/Encryption 4xXFP/4xSFP+ circuit pack (NTK530QE)

— Flex3 WaveLogic 3 OCLD Premium with EDFA NxOTU4 C-Band
circuit pack (NTK539QJ)
— Flex3 WaveLogic 3 OCLD Standard with EDFA NxOTU4 C-Band
circuit pack (NTK539QL)
— Flex3 WaveLogic 3 OCLD Submarine with EDFA NxOTU4 C-Band
circuit pack (NTK539QN)
Note: NTK539QN is supported in software release 10.11 and up.
— Flex3 WaveLogic 3 OCLD Enhanced with EDFA NxOTU4 C-Band
circuit pack (NTK539QK)
— Flex3 WaveLogic 3 OCLD Basic with EDFA NxOTU4 C-Band circuit
pack (NTK539QM)
— 100G MUX Multi-Protocol 2xQSFP+/2xSFP+ circuit pack
(NTK529EA)
— 100G OTR WaveLogic 3 Premium C-band LR4 Multirate circuit pack
(NTK538UJ)
— 100G OTR WaveLogic 3 Enhanced C-band LR4 Multirate circuit pack
(NTK538UK)
— 100G OTR WaveLogic 3 Standard C-band LR4 Multirate circuit pack
(NTK538UL)
— 100G OTR WaveLogic 3 Basic C-band LR4 Multirate circuit pack
(NTK538UM)
— 100G OTR WaveLogic 3 Submarine C-band LR4 Multirate circuit pack
(NTK538UN)
Note: NTK538UN is supported in software release 10.11 and up.
— Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD Submarine with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-Band
Type 2 (NTK539BN)
Note: NTK539BN is supported in software release 10.11 and up.
— 8-Degree 16-Channel Colorless Mux/Demux (CCMD8x16 C-Band
1xCXM) circuit pack (NTK508HA)
— CCMD8x16 C-Band Expansion Module (CXM C-Band Type 1)
(NTK576BA)
— Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS) Flex C-Band w/OPM 20x1 circuit
pack (NTK553MA)
— Fiber Interconnect Module (FIM) Type 1 (NTK504CA)
— Fiber Interconnect Module (FIM) Type 2 (NTK504CB)
— Optical Power Monitor (OPM Flex C-band) 2-Port circuit pack
(NTK553PB)

— 10 Group Mux/Demux (GMD10) C-Band module (NTT862GA)

— 2150 Passive Optical Multiplexer (3-slot) chassis (174-0064-900)
— 2150 Passive Optical Multiplexer (3-slot) chassis with 19 inch, 23 inch,
and ETSI brackets (K80-0002-901)
— 2150 Passive Optical Multiplexer (3-slot) chassis with 19 inch, 23 inch,
and ETSI brackets and cover (K80-0002-902)
— 2150 Passive Optical Multiplexer (3-Slot) 19 inch, 23 inch, and ETSI
bracket kit (174-0096-900)
— 2150 Passive Optical Multiplexer (3-slot) cover (174-0095-900)
— PKT I/F GE 48xSFP circuit pack (NTK642AA)
• new shelf accessories
— Optical patchcord, MPO(F)-MPO(F), SM, riser, bend insensitive,
12 Fiber, Tx-Rx, 1 meter (NTTC97AA)
12 Fiber, Tx-Rx, 2 meters (NTTC97AB)
12 Fiber, Tx-Rx, 3 meters (NTTC97AC)
12 Fiber, Tx-Rx, 5 meters (NTTC97AD)
12 Fiber, Tx-Rx, 7 meters (NTTC97AE)
12 Fiber, Tx-Rx, 10 meters (NTTC97AF)
12 Fiber, Tx-Rx, 13 meters (NTTC97AG)
12 Fiber, Tx-Rx, 15 meters (NTTC97AH)
12 Fiber, Tx-Rx, 20 meters (NTTC97AJ)
12 Fiber, Tx-Rx, 25 meters (NTTC97AK)
12 Fiber, Tx-Rx, 30 meters (NTTC97AL)
— Cable Assembly, STP Cat 5E, RJ45, TIA568B, Straight, Single, 3 m
(NTTC09DM)
— Bracket Kit, 6500 7-slot Type 2, 19-inch rack, 465 mm center-to-center
mounting holes, 50 mm setback, EIA hole pitch (NTK509PG)

• new pluggables
— 40GBASE-LR4, 4x10G CWDM, SMF, 1310nm, 10km QSFP+ (160-
9501-900)
— Multirate 1528.38 nm to 1568.77 nm (1-88) 50GHz Tunable Type 3
DWDM XFP (NTK583AC)
• new software features
— Packet-OTN Transport System (POTS) enhancements
— Auto connection validation for Colorless Directionless Contentionless
— Automated Provisioning of Submarine Repeaters and addition of new
device type BU-DCSW
— Colorless Directionless Contentionless (CDC) support
— Data communications enhancements
— Flexible Grid Support for Submarine applications
— Flex3 enhancements for Submarine applications
— OTN Control Plane enhancements
— Layer 0 Control Plane support for regenerated channels
— RAMAN enhancements
— Infrastructure enhancements
— SPLI enhancements
— Revertive mode support for UPSR/SNCP configurations
— Protection switch hold-off support in cascaded TPT networks
— OTN Flex MOTR enhancements
• Introduction of Encryption and FIPS Security Policy Overview and
Procedures, 323-1851-340 document to the 6500 technical publications
library
• Upgrade support from Releases 9.20/9.21/9.22/9.23/9.30/9.31/9.32/9.33/
10.0/10.05
6500 Release 10.0 and 10.05

March 2014
6500 Release 10.0 introduces the following features:
• new 6500 shelf and shelf components
— 6500-7 packet-optical shelf assembly (NTK503RA)
– Cooling Fan Module for 6500-7 packet-optical shelf (NTK507QA)
– Access Panel for 6500-7 packet-optical shelf (NTK505JA)
– Female DB9 to wire wrap adapter (Type 2) (NTK505JZ)

– 50A Power Input Card (breakered) - 2-Wire D-Sub Input

(NTK505CC)
– Fused Power Input Card - 2-Wire D-Sub Input, Max 50A
(NTK505EC)
– Air Filter for 6500-7 packet-optical shelf (NTK509ER)
– 6500-7 packet-optical Shelf Front Cover (NTK509CS)
– 6500-7 packet-optical Shelf Front Cover Kit w/Extended Depth
(NTK509CT)
– Bracket and air baffle kit, 6500-7 packet-optical shelf, ETSI rack,
front or rear exhaust, 515 mm center-to-center mounting holes, 50/
100 mm setback, 25 mm hole pitch (NTK509JU)
– Bracket and air baffle kit, 6500-7 packet-optical shelf, 23-inch rack,
465 mm center-to-center mounting holes, 100/127 mm setback,
EIA hole pitch (NTK509JV)
– Bracket kit, 6500-7 packet-optical shelf, 19-inch rack, rear exhaust,
567 mm center-to-center mounting holes, 100/127 mm setback,
EIA hole pitch (NTK509PF)
– Bracket and air baffle kit, 6500-7 packet-optical shelf (NTK503RA),
includes brackets for installation in 19-inch, ETSI, and 23-inch
racks (NTZF99XJ)
– Bracket and air baffle kit, 6500 2-slot Type 2 shelf (NTK503LA),
includes brackets for installation in 19-inch, ETSI, and 23-inch
racks (NTZF99XH)
– 6500-7 packet-optical Packs-in-Place Kit (NTYY99EH)
— PKT/OTN XC I/F 100G circuit pack (NTK665AA)
— PKT/OTN I/F 100G 10xXFP circuit pack (NTK667AA)
— Inline Submarine Supervisory (ISS C-Band) circuit pack (NTK528YA)
• new common equipment and accessories
— X-Conn 1200G PKT/OTN Type 2 circuit pack (NTK615BA)
— X-Conn 3200G PKT/OTN Type 2 circuit pack (NTK616BA)
— 1U Bulk Fiber Management Tray (174-0094-900)
— Optical patchcords, FPC, LC-LC, 1.6D, 1F, SM, riser, bend insensitive,
42.5 MM LC boot end to ferrule tip, field removable trigger, anti-snag
device, 1 meter (yellow jacket) (NTTC52AAE6)
device, 2 meters (yellow jacket) (NTTC52ABE6)

device, 3 meters (yellow jacket) (NTTC52ACE6)
device, 5 meters (yellow jacket) (NTTC52ADE6)
device, 7 meters (yellow jacket) (NTTC52AEE6)
device, 10 meters (yellow jacket) (NTTC52AFE6)
device, 13 meters (yellow jacket) (NTTC52AGE6)
device, 15 meters (yellow jacket) (NTTC52AHE6)
device, 20 meters (yellow jacket) (NTTC52AJE6)
device, 25 meters (yellow jacket) (NTTC52AKE6)
device, 30 meters (yellow jacket) (NTTC52ALE6)
— LC fiber tool kit (174-0099-900)
• new pluggables
— 103.1G, 4x25G, WDM, SMF, 1310 nm, 10km CFP (160-9113-900)
— 103.1G-111.8G, 4x25G, WDM, SMF, 1310 nm, 10km CFP (160-9114-
900)
— 103.1G-111.8G, 4x25G, WDM, SMF, 1310 nm, 40km CFP (160-9115-
900)
— 10GBASE-ER/FC1200, 1550nm, 40km, SFP+ (160-9104-900)
— 10GBASE-ZR/FC1200, 1550nm, 80km, SFP+ (160-9105-900)
— OC-48/STM-16 1529.55 nm SFP (NTK585AC)
— OC-48/STM-16 1537.40 nm SFP (NTK585AY)
— OC-48/STM-16 1545.32 nm SFP (NTK585BU)

— OC-48/STM-16 1553.33 nm SFP (NTK585CQ)

— OC-48/STM-16 1561.42 nm SFP (NTK585DL)
— Photonics Layer 0 Control Plane:
– Distributed Layer 0 control plane utilizing OSRP
– Autoroute disable
– Single section DOC
– Support for small radius, all viable path network
– Topology, single-ended call support, restoration
— eMOTR enhancements:
– L1Sync and Ethernet Sync Message Channel (ESMC)
– 10GBase-R on XFP
– Platform photonic application support
– Platform SPAP2 support
– DHCP relay
– CoS queuing
– G.8032 (R-APS) ring enhancement
– D-LAG w/FDB Sync
– Mated configs with 40G circuit packs
– Auto Negotiation on GE/SFP
– RMON HC-ALARM support
– ETH-OAM enhancements
– Metering enhancement with RCoS
— OTN switching enhancements:
– 40GE, OC-768, STM-256 client services (40G OCI [NTK529SJ]
mated with 40G OTN XCIF [NTK620AA])
– ODU3 - connection rate
– In-service upgrade from 600G --> 1.2T & 1.6T --> 3.2T fabrics
– UNI-ASNCP (SNC/S @ ODUj rate)
– AMP mapping for SONET/SDH clients (OC-48/192)
– PM enhancements
– Packet mapped ODUFlex -> ODU4

— Control Plane OTN enhancements:

– ODU3 SNC
– Make before break
– Clear blocked bundle behavior
– Generic endpoint
– Retain home path
– Bandwidth lockout
– PSNC to SNC conversion
– Regroom of traffic within a link
– OTN Control Plane interworking with 5430 R2.2
– Line flapping alarm
– Optical VPN
– ODU4 links
– Bandwidth threshold
– SNC Name
– Exclusive Home, Preferred Protect Routes DTLSET
— L2 MOTR enhancements:
– Support for a single L2 MOTR card with a G.8032 ring in L2
Extended Mode
– Support for 10GE sub-rings in L2 Extended mode
— Transponder enhancements:
– TPT support on 100G OCI Multi-Protocol 1xCFP circuit pack
(NTK529AC) when matted with 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD
(NTK539Ux) or Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD (NTK539Bx) circuit
packs)
– Post-FEC ODU SD/SF; OTU SD
– SPLI, SLC and related application enhancements
— Submarine enhancements:
– Submarine DOC support
— Photonic enhancements
– Photonics slot sequencing
— (1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack (NTK532DA) enhancements:
– Port mapping enhancements
– 1+1 OTM1 linear protection support

– SAPI/DAPI support
– CPRI-Option1, CPRI-Option2, CPRI-Option3
– tributary slot assignment
— 4x10 OTR circuit pack (NTK530QM) enhancement:
– Supporting SeRF9G8
— Enhancement on the 8xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack (NTK532BAE5)
and the integrated OTN Flex MOTR function in NTK503MAE5 and
NTK503NAE5 variants of 2-slot shelf
– SAPI/DAPI support
– CPRI-Option1, CPRI-Option2, CPRI-Option3
— Datacomms enhancements:
– MD5 authentication
– DCN scalability
– Shelf IP redistribution
– OSC for shelf interconnect
— Commissioning simplification:
– Node Setup application
— Site Manager enhancements:
– Enhanced Shelf Level View (SLV)
– JAVA JRE 1.7
— Equipment/plug AINS
— Pluggable data model extensions
— PEC edit for NTK586xx to NTK585xx
— Alpha-numeric SNC naming
— Support for passive bridge
— WSS safety enhancement
— Card Logs application
• Introduction of 6500 / 5400 Interworking Solution, 323-1851-160
document to the 6500 technical publications library
• Introduction of Latency Specifications, 323-1851-170 document to the
6500 technical publications library
• Introduction of Pluggable Datasheets and Reference, 323-1851-180
document to the 6500 technical publications library

• Introduction of Fault Management - SNMP, 323-1851-740 document to the

6500 technical publications library
• upgrade support from Releases 9.01/9.10/9.12/9.20/9.21/9.22/9.30/9.31
July 2014
The technical publications were up-issued to include the following Release
10.05 hardware and software features:
• eMOTR 4xXFP/8xSFP+ circuit pack (NTK536AB variant)
• eMOTR 4xXFP/8xSFP+/32xSFP circuit pack (NTK536FB variant)
• Support for eMOTR CLI Proxy in TIDc and Private IP based networks
• Support SPLI on 40G MUX OCI (NTK525CFE5), 10x10G MUX
(NTK529BBE5), and 10x10G PKT/OTN I/F (NTK667AA) circuit packs
• Support for ODU Signal Degrade condition as a switch reason in TPT and
SNCP Protection for 4x10G OTR circuit pack (NTK530QA variant)
• Support for ODU Signal Degrade condition as a switch reason in TPT,
SNCP, and 1+1 OTM1 Line Protection for (1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit
pack (NTK532DA)
• Far end SONET PM support on (1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR (NTK532DA)
• L1 Sync support for eMOTR with 40G OCLD circuit packs
• eMOTR Ethertype 8100 tagging support
• eMOTR EPL L2 control frame tunneling support in order to achieve basic
MEF certification
• NTK583AA/NTK583AB tunable XFP support native 10GE rate on eMOTR
circuit packs
• Upgrade support to Release 10.05 from Releases 9.10/9.1 IXP/ 9.22/9.23/
9.31/9.32/10.0
Release 10.05 software features are not available in Release 10.0. For
eMOTR NTK536AB/FB variant support in Release 10.0 refer to “Replacing an
eMOTR circuit pack” procedure in Fault Management - Module Replacement,
323-1851-545.
October 2014
This technical publication was up-issued to include
• the following hardware that supports the extended temperature solution:
— OTN Flex MOTR 1xXFP/8xSFP circuit pack (NTK532DE)
— OC-48/STM-16 SR1/I16.1 1310 nm XCT Enhanced SFP module
(NTTP03BD)
— GE/FC100/FC200 1000-BaseLX 1310 nm XCT Enhanced SFP
module (NTTP06CD)

— Multirate 1471 nm LongHaul ITU CWDM XFP (NTTP84JA)

— Multirate 1491 nm LongHaul ITU CWDM XFP (NTTP84JB)
— Multirate 1511 nm LongHaul ITU CWDM XFP (NTTP84JC)
— Multirate 1531 nm LongHaul ITU CWDM XFP (NTTP84JD)
— Multirate 1551 nm LongHaul ITU CWDM XFP (NTTP84JE)
— Multirate 1571 nm LongHaul ITU CWDM XFP (NTTP84JF)
— Multirate 1591 nm LongHaul ITU CWDM XFP (NTTP84JG)
— Multirate 1611 nm LongHaul ITU CWDM XFP (NTTP84JH)
• Upgrade support
— Upgrade support to Release 10.05 from Releases 9.10/9.12/ 9.22/
9.31/9.32/10.0
This technical publication was also up-issued to include a new part number for
PTE2000-EEA (44RU extended equipment aperture, 600 mm wide x 300 mm
deep x 2125 mm high) rack.
• The new part number; NTRU6501SIF has been added to this release.
NTRU6501SIF is the same rack as NTRU6501 but is attached to a
cushioned pallet suitable for transport of the rack (which may have
equipment mounted to it) in a vertical position. The NTRU6501SIF part
number is used if any equipment will be mounted into the rack at one site
and then re-packaged for transport to another site. Racks without “SIF” in
the part number (i.e. NTRU6501) are shipped in crates that are suitable for
transport of racks that do not have equipment mounted to them. Order
NTRU6501SIF if you are also ordering hot or cold staging services from
Ciena.
December 2014
This technical publication was up-issued to include updates to:
• Extended temperature solution overview and description
• 14-slot and 32-slot shelf interface/slot numbering for SMD 50 GHz 8x1 and
CCMD12 circuit packs.
6500 Release 9.3, 9.31

June 2013
6500 Release 9.3 technical publications introduce the following features:
— Single Line Raman Amplifier (SRA C-Band) w/Optical Service
Channel (OSC) 1xSFP 10/100 BT WSC circuit pack (NTK552JA)
— Service Access Module (SAM C-Band) w/Optical Service Channel
(OSC) 1xSFP 10/100 BT WSC circuit pack (NTK552JN)

— Enhanced Service Access Module (ESAM C-Band) w/Optical Service

Channel (OSC) 1xSFP 10/100 BT WSC circuit pack (NTK552JT)
— Switchable Line Amplifier (XLA C-Band) circuit pack (NTK552KA)
— Optical Service Channel (OSC) Filter (1516.9 nm) module
(NTK504BA)
— eMOTR 4xXFP/8xSFP+ circuit pack (NTK536AA)
— eMOTR 4xXFP/8xSFP+/32xSFP circuit pack (NTK536FA)
42.5 MM LC boot end to ferrule tip, field removable trigger, anti-sang
device, 1 meter (NTTC90AAE6)
device, 2 meters (NTTC90ABE6)
device, 3 meters (NTTC90ACE6)
device, 5 meters (NTTC90ADE6)
device, 7 meters (NTTC90AEE6)
device, 10 meters (NTTC90AFE6)
device, 13 meters (NTTC90AGE6)
device, 15 meters (NTTC90AHE6)
device, 20 meters (NTTC90AJE6)
device, 25 meters (NTTC90AKE6)
device, 30 meters (NTTC90ALE6)

— Optical patchcords, FPC, LC-SC, 1.6D, 1F, SM, riser, bend insensitive,
device, 1 meter (NTTC90BAE6)
device, 2 meters (NTTC90BBE6)
device, 3 meters (NTTC90BCE6)
device, 5 meters (NTTC90BDE6)
device, 7 meters (NTTC90BEE6)
device, 10 meters (NTTC90BFE6)
device, 13 meters (NTTC90BGE6)
device, 15 meters (NTTC90BHE6)
device, 20 meters (NTTC90BJE6)
device, 25 meters (NTTC90BKE6)
device, 30 meters (NTTC90BLE6)
— Optical patchcords, FPC, SC-SC, 1.6D, 1F, SM, riser, bend insensitive,
1 meter (NTTC91BAE6)
2 meters (NTTC91BBE6)
3 meters (NTTC91BCE6)

5 meters (NTTC91BDE6)
7 meters (NTTC91BEE6)
10 meters (NTTC91BFE6)
13 meters (NTTC91BGE6)
15 meters (NTTC91BHE6)
20 meters (NTTC91BJE6)
25 meters (NTTC91BKE6)
30 meters (NTTC91BLE6)
— Optical patchcords, FPC, LC-LC, 1.6D, 1F, MM, OM3 fiber, riser, bend
insensitive, 1 meter (NTTC92AAE6)
insensitive, 2 meters (NTTC92ABE6)
insensitive, 3 meters (NTTC92ACE6)
insensitive, 5 meters (NTTC92ADE6)
insensitive, 7 meters (NTTC92AEE6)
insensitive, 10 meters (NTTC92AFE6)
insensitive, 13 meters (NTTC92AGE6)
insensitive, 15 meters (NTTC92AHE6)
insensitive, 20 meters (NTTC92AJE6)
insensitive, 25 meters (NTTC92AKE6)
insensitive, 30 meters (NTTC92ALE6)

— Optical patchcords, FPC, LC-SC, 1.6D, 1F, MM, OM3 fiber, riser, bend
insensitive, 1 meter (NTTC92BAE6)
insensitive, 2 meters (NTTC92BBE6)
insensitive, 3 meters (NTTC92BCE6)
insensitive, 5 meters (NTTC92BDE6)
insensitive, 7 meters (NTTC92BEE6)
insensitive, 10 meters (NTTC92BFE6)
insensitive, 13 meters (NTTC92BGE6)
insensitive, 15 meters (NTTC92BHE6)
insensitive, 20 meters (NTTC92BJE6)
insensitive, 25 meters (NTTC92BKE6)
insensitive, 30 meters (NTTC92BLE6)
• new pluggables
— OC-3/STM-1 DWDM 1516.9 nm SFP module (12-44 dB span)
(NTK592NR)
— Photonic enhancements (OSC reach for RAMAN spans, RAMAN
system configurations, new ROADM and AMP configurations, slot
sequencing for new configurations, mixed CPL/6500 system
configurations, OTDR Functionality, RAMAN communication and turn-
up, DSCM placement for new configurations, 6500-CPL software
interworking, RTRV log)
— OTN TCM & DM enhancements
— SNMP enhancements
— 2-port OPM enhancements
— Platform, Datacomms and Site Manager enhancements
— 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit packs STORM enhancements

— Increased functionality on NTK585xx SFPs to support OTU1 and GE

rates in addition to OC48/STM16 rate
— Integrated test set (ITS) enhancement to support 10x10G MUX circuit
pack (NTK529BBE5) and 40G+ CFP OCI (NTK529SJE5) circuit pack
— 40G+ CFP OCI circuit pack (NTK529SJE5) enhancement:
– supporting 1+1 TPT protection scheme
• upgrade support from Releases 7.02/8.00/8.10/9.00/9.01/9.12/9.20/9.21/
9.22
August 2013
6500 Release 9.3 technical publication was up-issued to include some
general minor updates and the following:
• latency specification for NTK530QM variant of 4x10G OTR circuit packs
• part numbers for Release 9.31
• software bundle changes for Release 9.31
6500 Release 9.2, 9.21, and 9.22

January 2013
• new 6500 shelf
— 6500 7-slot optical Type 2 shelf assembly (NTK503KA)
— 6500 32-slot packet-optical shelf assembly (NTK603AB)
— Shelf processor w/access panel (SPAP-2) w/2xOSC 2xSFP circuit
pack (NTK555NA)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, 150°C, Left Routed, 2W2 - 2W2, 2.5m
Connectorized at both ends (NTTC01FC)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, 150°C, Right Routed, 2W2 - 2W2,
2.5m Connectorized at both ends (NTTC01FD)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, 150°C, Red/Black, Left Routed, 2W2,
2.5m Connectorized at one end only (NTTC01FE)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, 150°C, Red/Black, Right Routed,
2W2, 2.5m Connectorized at one end only (NTTC01FF)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, 150°C, Blue/Grey, Left Routed, 2W2,
2.5m Connectorized at one end only (NTTC01FG)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, 150°C, Blue/Grey, Right Routed,
2W2, 2.5m Connectorized at one end only (NTTC01FH)
— Optical patchcords, MPO (F)-MPO (F), MM, OM3 50/125, 24 Fiber, Tx-
Rx, 5 meters (NTTC96AA)

Rx, 10 meters (NTTC96AB)
Rx, 25 meters (NTTC96AC)
Rx, 50 meters (NTTC96AD)
Rx, 100 meters (NTTC96AE)
Rx, 150 meters (NTTC96AF)
— 3x60A Power Input Card Type 2 (breakered) (NTK605FA)
— 3x60A Power Input Card Type 2 (fused) (NTK605FE)
— 4x60A Power Input Card Type 2 (breakered) (NTK605GA)
— 4x60A Power Input Card Type 2 (fused) (NTK605GE)
— Fused Power Input Card main fuse (50 Amp) (324-0250-007)
— Power Input Card Type 2 (breakered) - 2-Wire D-Sub Input, Max 50A
(NTK505QA)
— Power Input Card Type 2 (fused) - 2-Wire D-Sub Input, Max 50A
(NTK505QE)
— AC Power Input Card Type 2 (100 - 240 Vac) (NTK505RA)
— Air baffle plate Type 2 (front panel, rear exhaust) for 32-slot shelf(410-
5423-001)
— Air baffle plate Type 2 (rear panel, front exhaust) for 32-slot shelf(410-
5424-001)
— Power Card Feed/Return 2-Prong Busbar/Jumper Kit (500-0100-002)
— Cooling Fan Module for 7-slot shelf (NTK507PB)
— 7-slot Type 2 Packs-in-Place Kit (NTYY99EF)
— 14-slot packet-optical Packs-in-Place Kit (NTYY99CS)
— Air Filter for 7-slot Type 2 shelf (NTK509EK)
— Bracket and Air Baffle Kit, 6500 7-slot Type 2, rear exhaust, 567 mm
center-to-center mounting holes, 100/127 mm setback, EIA hole pitch
(NTK509JS)
— Bracket and Air Baffle Kit, 6500, 7-slot Type 2 shelf, front or rear
exhaust, 515 mm center-to-center mounting holes, 50/100 mm
setback, 25 mm ETSI hole pitch (NTK509JT)

— 6500 7-slot Shelf Front Cover Kit W/ Extended Depth (NTK509CR)

— Bracket Kit, 6500 6U, 465 mm center-to-center mounting holes, 100/
127 mm setback, EIA hole pitch (NTK509PE)
— Power input card slot filler (410-5569-001)
— 1xOC-192/STM-64 VT1.5/LO DWDM L-Band circuit pack (NTK527JB)
— 4xOptical Protection Switch (4xOPS C-Band 1xOPSM2) circuit pack
(NTK554TA)
— 2xOptical Protection Switch Module (OPSM2 C-Band) (NTK576AA)
— 4x10G OTR 4xXFP/4xSFP+ circuit pack (NTK530QA)
— eMOTR 4xXFP/8xSFP+ circuit pack (NTK536AA)
— eMOTR 4xXFP/8xSFP+/32xSFP circuit pack (NTK536FA)
ATTENTION
In this release, eMOTR content and functionality is provided for informational
and demonstration purposes only, contact Ciena for more information.
— Midstage Line Amplifier (MLA L-Band) circuit pack (NTK552BL)

— Line Interface Module (LIM L-Band) circuit pack (NTK552DL)
— 8xOC-n/STM-n 5G VT1.5/LO SFP circuit pack (NTK511AA)
— 11.1G 10GE LAN NGM Submarine Reach WT w/ XFP circuit pack
(NTK530CBE5)
— OTU2 10.7G SONET/SDH NGM Submarine Reach WT w/ XFP circuit
pack (NTK530CCE5)
— Upgrade Broadband Mux/Demux 1x2 (UBMD2) module
(NTT862DCE5)
— Monitor Broadband Mux/Demux 1x2 (MBMD2) module
(NTT862DDE5)
— Submarine Line Idler 10 Channel (SLIC10 Flex C-Band) circuit pack
(NTK554HC)
• new pluggables
— 41.2G to 44.6G, 4x10G CWDM, SMF, 1310 nm, 40km CFP (160-9013-
900)
— 103.1G-111.8G, 10x10G, MMF, 850 nm, 100m, MPO CFP
(NTTA03AA)
— FC400/FC800, 1310nm SFP+ (160-9102-900)
— Multirate 10GE/OTU2/OC192/FC1200, 1310nm, 10km SFP+ (160-
9103-900)

— FC800/10GE/FC1200, 850nm SFP+ (160-9111-900)

— FC200/400/800, 850nm SFP+ (160-9112-900)
— 1000BASE-BX80-U GE Bidi 80 km Upstream, 1490/1550nm Tx/Rx
SFP (XCVR-080U49)
— 1000BASE-BX80-D GE Bidi 80 km Downstream, 1550/1490nm Tx/Rx
SFP (XCVR-080U55)
— OC-1/3/12/STM-0/1/4 SR-1/I-1 I-4, 1310 nm SFP (160-9014-900)
— OC-1/3/12/STM-0/1/ IR-1/S-1.1 S-4.1, 1310 nm SFP (160-9015-900)
— OC-1/STM-0 L-0.1, 1310 nm SFP (160-9016-900)
— 8.5G-10.52G multirate, 850nm, MMF XFP (NTTP86AA)
— Photonic enhancements (Act ID for Photonic branch switch, Metro
ROADM configurations, L-band passive network configuration). See
6500 Packet-Optical Platform Photonic Layer Guide, NTRN15DA, for
detailed information.
— OTN switching enhancements (Virtual connection point and flexible
cross connects)
— Site Manager enhancements
— Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP)
— Non-OTN mapping on DWDN XFPs
— Supporting SCMD4, LIM, SLA, FGA, MLA, MLA2, MLA2 w/VOA, and
MLA3 Photonic circuit packs in 2-slot optical Type 2 shelf assembly
(NTK503LA)
— Supporting 10G OC-192/STM-64 WT, 10GEL WT, and 10G OTU2 WT
Broadband circuit packs in 2-slot optical Type 2 shelf assembly
(NTK503LA)
— 6500 CLI alignment with SAOS-based CLI including case sensitive
userID and passwords without quotes (")
— Provisionable OTN tandem connection monitoring (TCM) for
transponders
— PM Tidemarking
— Delay measurement performance monitoring counts
— Short Term Optical Recovery Mechanism (STORM)
— (1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack (NTK532DA) enhancements:
– supporting sub-rate GE (EPL services)
– supporting tandem connection monitoring (TCM)
– supporting ASNCP

– Tx tributary slot manual assignment

— L2 MOTR circuit pack (NTK531VAE5) enhancements:
– GE port mirroring
– supporting 802.1ag triggered G.8032 ERP protection
— SONET/SDH Control Plane
— OTN Control Plane
— PKT Control Plane and Dataplane:
– SAOS-based CLI
May 2013
6500 Release 9.2 technical publications are up-issued to introduce the
following features:
• 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Enh PMD with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-Band circuit
pack (NTK539UA)
• Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD Long Haul with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-Band circuit
pack (NTK539BB) - supported in Release 9.21
• Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD Submarine with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-Band circuit
pack(NTK539BE) - supported in Release 9.21
• Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD Premium Long Haul with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-
Band circuit pack (NTK539BH) - supported in Release 9.21
• 4x10G OTR 8xXFP circuit pack (NTK530QM)
• Bracket kit, 6500 2-slot shelf (NTK503MAE5/NTK503NAE5),
includes brackets for installation in 19-inch, ETSI, and 23-inch racks
(NTZF99XA)
• Bracket kit, 6500 7-slot shelf (NTK503PAE5), includes brackets for
installation in 19-inch, ETSI, and 23-inch racks (NTZF99XB)
• Bracket and Air Baffle Kit, 6500 7-slot Type 2 shelf (NTK503KA),
(NTZF99XC)
• Bracket kit, 6500 14-slot shelf (NTK503ADE5/NTK503CDE5),
(NTZF99XD)
• Bracket kit, 6500 14-slot shelf (NTK503BDE5), includes brackets for
installation in 19-inch, ETSI, and 23-inch racks (NTZF99XE)
• Bracket kit, 6500 14-slot packet-optical shelf (NTK503SA),
(NTZF99XF)

• Bracket kit, 6500 32-slot shelf (NTK603AAE5/NTK603AB), includes

brackets for installation in ETSI and 23-inch racks (NTZF99XG)
9.20
6500 Release 9.1 and R9.12

June 2012
• new 6500 shelf
— 6500 2-slot optical Type 2 shelf assembly (NTK503LA)
— X-Conn 600G PKT/OTN circuit pack (NTK615AA)
— X-Conn 1600G PKT/OTN circuit pack (NTK616AA)
— Shelf processor w/access panel (SPAP) circuit pack (NTK555LA)
— Shelf processor (SP-2) (NTK555EAE5)
— Cooling Fan Module for 2-slot shelf (NTK507NA)
— Breaker Interface Panel, 4x10A, 2U D-type/wire-wrap alarm
connectors (NTK599BH)
— BIP/FIP Breaker Kit, 20A Breakers, Qty 2 (NTK599ZT)
— Power Input Card (breakerless) - 2-Wire D-Sub Input, Max 10A
(NTK505TA)
— 24 Vdc Power Input Card (breakered) - 2-Wire D-Sub Input
(NTK505TR)
— AC Power Input Card (100 - 240 Vac) (NTK505SB)
— 6500 14-slot Shelf Front Cover Kit W/ Extended Depth (NTK509CD)
— 6500 32-slot Shelf Front Cover Extension Kit (NTK609CZ)
— 6500 14-slot Shelf Front Cover Extension Kit for use with
NTK509CBE6 (NTK509CY)
— 6500 14-slot Shelf Slot Front Cover Extension Kit for use with
NTK509CCE6 (NTK509CZ)
— Bracket Kit, 6500 32-slot shelf, extended depth, 567 mm center-to-
center mounting holes, EIA Pitch, 127 mm Setback (NTK609ME)
— Bracket Kit, 6500-14, Extended Depth, Optical/Rear IO shelf, EIA-23"
x 5" SB (NTK509LJ)
— 14-slot Packs-in-Place kit (NTYY99EG)
— 2-slot shelf air baffle kit (NTK509NEE6)

— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis mounting kit with 19 inch and 23

inch brackets (174-0042-001)
— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis mounting kit with ETSI brackets
(174-0042-002)
— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis kit with fiber management bar and
cover (174-0043-001)
— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis slot divider kit, top and bottom (174-
0059-001)
— Universal AC Rectifier Solution for Packet-Optical Transport
• new passive shelves, modules, and accessories
— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis with 19 inch and 23 inch brackets
(K80-0001-001)
— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis with 19 inch and 23 inch brackets,
fiber management bar and cover (K80-0001-002)
— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis with ETSI brackets (K80-0001-003)
— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis with ETSI brackets, fiber
management bar and cover (K80-0001-004)
— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis mounting kit with 19 inch and 23
inch brackets (174-0042-001)
— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis mounting kit with ETSI brackets
(174-0042-002)
— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis kit with fiber management bar and
cover (174-0043-001)
— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis slot divider kit, top and bottom (K80-
0001-005)
— Midstage Line Amplifier 2 (MLA2 C-Band) with variable optical
attenuator (VOA) circuit pack (NTK552FB)
— OTN XC I/F 40G circuit pack (NTK620AA)
— OTN I/F Flex 16xSFP circuit pack (NTK622AA)
• new pluggables
— 103.1G-111.8G, 10x10G WDM, SMF, 1550 nm, 2km CFP
(NTTA03HE)
— 40GBASE-SR4, 4x10G, MMF, 850nm, 100m, MPO, CFP (NTTA11AA)
— 39.8G to 44.6G, 40G Serial, SMF, 1550nm, 2km CFP (NTTA13EEE6)

— Multirate 14xx (or 15xx or 16xx) nm CWDM SFPs (NTK596xH where

x= see Planning - Ordering Information, 323-1851-151, Chapter 3:
Table “Multirate DWDM/CWDM pluggable optics modules (SFP)”, for
complete list of ordering codes)
— 10x10G MUX circuit pack (NTK529BBE5) enhancement:
– supporting FC800 and FC1200 FLEX facilities
— 8xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack (NTK532BAE5), (1+8)xOTN Flex
MOTR circuit pack (NTK532DA), 6500 2-slot shelf w/SP + OTN Flex
MOTR 8xSFP (DC-powered) shelf assembly (NTK503MAE5), and
6500 2-slot shelf w/SP + OTN Flex MOTR 8xSFP (AC-powered) shelf
assembly (NTK503NAE5) enhancement:
– supporting GE electrical 1000-BaseT SFP Module
(NTTP61AAE6)
– supporting traffic hairpin on (1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack
(NTK532DA) circuit packs
— 2x10G OTR circuit pack (NTK530PGE5/NTK530PME5),
40G MUX OCI circuit pack (NTK525CFE5), 10x10G MUX circuit pack
(NTK529BBE5), 40G+ CFP OCI circuit pack (NTK529SJE5)
enhancement:
– supporting SONET signal fail (SF) and signal degrade (SD) on
OC-n/STM-n client ports
– supporting FE electrical 100-BaseT SFP (NTTP61BAE6)
– supporting extended services
— 2x10G OTR circuit pack (NTK530PGE5/NTK530PME5), (1+8)xOTN
Flex MOTR circuit pack (NTK532DA) enhancement:
– supporting traffic hairpin
— 40G MUX OCI circuit pack (NTK525CFE5) enhancement:
– supporting terminal loopback
— 40G OCLDs (NTK539PxE5), 40G+ CFP OCI (NTK529SJE5), and
40G MUX OCI (NTK525CFE5) circuit packs enhancements:
– supported in 2-slot optical Type 2 shelf assembly (NTK503LA)
— 803.ah support on L2MOTR/SMUX for CESD interworking
— Photonic enhancements:
– DOC enhancements
– new Photonic alarms

– Photonics Interworking
– 6500 and CPL GOADM interworking
– 6500 and CPL TIDc interworking
– OPM at Line Amp sites
– RTD and distance measurement using 2xOSC circuit pack
(NTK554BAE5)
– OSC PMs
– MLA2v software support and configurations
– Passive Photonic enhancements
See 6500 Packet-Optical Platform Photonic Layer Guide, NTRN15DA,
for detailed information.
— Data Communications enhancements
— Re-naming Site Manager “ODU Connections” application to
“Transponder Connections”
— TIDc for 6500-CPL mixed networks
— OTN transport and switched services support
• upgrade support from Releases 7.01/7.02/8.00/8.10/9.00
August 2012
6500 Release 9.12 is a maintenance release. The Release 9.1 technical
publications support both software releases 9.1 and 9.12. Software codes for
release 9.12 are available in Planning - Ordering Information, 323-1851-151.
For upgrade information, see Part 2 of 6500 Planning, NTRN10CA.
October 2012
following features:
• new bay
— ETSI 600 x 300 x 2200, non-seismic, with fixed solid rear panel & solid
side panels (MA001075)
connectors (NTK599BK)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, Red/Black, 2W2, 2.5 m
Connectorized at one end only (NTTC01FA)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, Grey/Blue, 2W2, 2.5 m
Connectorized at one end only (NTTC01FB)


— Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS) 100 GHz w/OPM C-Band 4x1
circuit pack (NTK553HA)
— Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS) 100 GHz w/OPM C-Band 2x1
circuit pack (NTK553JB)
— TL1 debug log collection
— 40G Wavelength-Selective 40G OCLDs (NTK539RxE5) circuit packs
enhancement:
– supporting 1+1 and TPT protection schemes
March 2013
following features:
• Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS) 50 GHz w/OPM C-Band 9x1 circuit
pack (double slot-wide variant) (NTK553FC)
• Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS) Flex C-Band w/OPM 9x1 circuit pack
(double slot-wide variant) (NTK553LA)
• 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Long Haul with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-Band circuit
pack (NTK539UB)
• 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Regional with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-Band circuit
pack (NTK539UC)
• 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Metro with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-Band circuit pack
(NTK539UD)
• 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Submarine with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-Band circuit
pack (NTK539UE)
• 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Premium Long Haul with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-
Band circuit pack (NTK539UH)
• Optical patchcords, MPO(F)-MPO(F), MM, OM3 50/125, 12 Fiber, Tx-Rx,
5 meters (NTTC95AA)
10 meters (NTTC95AB)
25 meters (NTTC95AC)
50 meters (NTTC95AD)
100 meters (NTTC95AE)


150 meters (NTTC95AF)
• 14-slot packet-optical Packs-in-Place Kit (NTYY99CS)
6500 Release 9.0

December 2011
• new 6500 shelf
— 6500 14-slot packet-optical shelf assembly (NTK503SA)
— High Flow Front Cooling Fan Module (Type 3) (NTK507LS)
— High Flow Rear Cooling Fan Module (Type 3) (NTK507MS)
— X-Conn 240G+ STS-1/VC-3 (240/0) circuit pack (NTK557ES)
— X-Conn 240G+ 80G VT1.5/VC-12 circuit pack (240/80) (NTK557GS)
— 2x50A Power Input Card (breakerless) (NTK505DS)
— Bracket Kit, 6500-14, 19” rack, 465mm center-to-center mounting
holes, EIA/WECO hole pitch (NTK509MR)
— Bracket Kit, 6500-14, 600mm rack, 515mm center-to-center mounting
holes, ETSI hole pitch (NTK509MS)
— Bracket Kit, 6500-14, 23” rack, 567mm center-to-center mounting
holes, EIA/WECO hole pitch (NTK509MT)
— 6500 small optical installation/IRM kit (NTK509NZE6)
— Terminal lug, two-hole, 90 degree, standard barrel, #8 AWG, #10 bolt
size, 5/8 hole spacing, copper, TIN PLT, red 21 (332-0319-001)
— 14-slot shelf front cover (NTK509CCE6)
— 14-slot shelf front cover (NTK509DCE6)
— Fuseholder pull tool (N0207221)
• new passive shelves, modules, and accessories
— 2150 Passive Optical Multiplexer chassis with 19 inch brackets, fiber
management bar and cover (B-967-0001-002)
— 2150 Passive Optical Multiplexer chassis with 23 inch brackets, fiber
— 2150 Passive Optical Multiplexer chassis with ETSI inch brackets, fiber
— 2150 half-width blank (filler panel) (B-390-0069-001)
— 2150 full-slot blank (filler panel) (B-720-0016-001)

— CN-100-x4L and CN-100-x4H 4-channel Optical Mux/Demux Filter

(OMDF4) 100 GHz modules (various modules: B-720-0020-0xx)
— CN-100-x80 8-channel Optical Mux/Demux Filter (OMDF8) 100 GHz
modules (various modules: B-720-0022-00x)
— CN-BS1-x 1-Group Band Splitter 100 GHz, CN-BS2-xx 2-Group Band
Splitter 100 GHz, CN-BS3-ABE 3-Group Band Splitter 100 GHz, CN-
BS5 5-Group Band Splitter 100 GHz modules (various modules: B-
720-0020-0xx)
— CN-51S-00, 1-Ch OSCF (CWDM 1511 nm) module (B-720-0014-003)
— 19 inch mounting brackets for 2110 shelf; front or center mounting (B-
955-0004-003)
— 2110 shelf with 19 inch brackets for EIA or NEBS equipment racks (B-
955-0004-005)
— "23 inch mounting brackets for 2110 shelf; front or center mounting (B-
955-0004-004)
— 2110 shelf with 23 inch brackets for EIA or NEBS equipment racks (B-
955-0004-006)
— mounting brackets for 2110 shelf; 300 or 600 mm mounting (B-955-
0004-007)
— 2110 shelf with ETSI bracket configured for 300 mm rack brackets (B-
955-0004-008)
— 2110 blank (filler panel) (B-955-0004-001)
— 2110-Tx-xxxx Dispersion Compensation Module (DCM) (various half-
width and full-width modules: B-955-0003-00x, B-955-0003-3xx, 166-
0203-9xx, 166-0403-9xx)

— eDC40G OCLD Wavelength-Selective 1xOTU3+ C-Band circuit pack
(NTK539RBE5)
— eDC40G OCLD Regional Wavelength-Selective 1xOTU3+ C-Band
circuit pack (NTK539RCE5)
— eDC40G OCLD Metro Wavelength-Selective 1xOTU3+ C-Band circuit
pack (NTK539RDE5)
— eDC40G OCLD Submarine Wavelength-Selective 1xOTU3+ C-Band
circuit pack (NTK539REE5)
— 100G OCI Multi-Protocol 1xCFP circuit pack (NTK529AC)
— OTN Flex MOTR 1xXFP/8xSFP circuit pack (NTK532DA)
— Fixed Gain Amplifier (FGA C-Band) circuit pack (NTK552AB)

— Submarine Line Idler 10-Channel (SLIC10 C-Band) circuit pack

(NTK554HA)
— Selective Mux/Demux (SMD) 50 GHz C-Band 8x1 circuit pack
(NTK553GAE5)
— 12 Channel Colorless Mux/Demux (CCMD12 C-Band) circuit pack
(NTK508FAE5)
• new pluggables
— Multirate 1310 nm SMF SFP (B-700-1036-001)
— 200 Mbps ESCON, 1310 nm SFP, MMF, 2 km (B-730-0003-001)
— 103.1G-111.8G, 4x25G WDM, SMF, 1310nm, 10km CFP
(NTTA03BJE6)
— 103.1G-111.8G, 10x10G WDM, SMF, 1550nm, 10km CFP
(NTTA03GJ)
— Re-naming “E-SPRing” to “G.8032 ERP”
— Photonic enhancements (DOC, alarms, interworking, PMs, CMD ADJ-
Tx/Rx adjacency types, colorless and passive configurations). See
6500 Packet-Optical Platform Photonic Layer Guide, NTRN15DA, for
detailed information.
— Security enhancements (account dormancy, IP access control,
RADIUS accounting, Syslog)
— Service bundles
— Auto-concatenation
— Layer 2 enhancement; 802.1ab LLDP Topology discovery for Carrier
Ethernet Service Delivery (CESD) alignment
— SNMP proxy for TIDc NEs
— New TIDc configurations
— 100G integrated testset
— SAPI/DAPI
December 2012
following features:
• new bay
— ETSI 600 x 300 x 2200, non-seismic, with fixed solid rear panel & solid
side panels (MA001075)


connectors (NTK599BK)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, 150°C, Red/Black, 2W2, 2.5 m
Connectorized at one end only (NTTC01FA)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, 150°C, Blue/Grey, 2W2, 2.5 m
Connectorized at one end only (NTTC01FB)
— 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Long Haul with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-Band
circuit pack (NTK539UB)
— 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Regional with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-Band circuit
pack (NTK539UC)
— 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Metro with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-Band circuit
pack (NTK539UD)
— 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Submarine with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-Band
circuit pack (NTK539UE)
— 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Premium Long Haul with EDFA 1xOTU4 C-
Band circuit pack (NTK539UH)
— TL1 debug log collection
6500 Release 8.1

September 2011
Release 8.1 of 6500 introduces the following new features:
— OTN MOTR 4x2.5G SFP 1x10.7G XFP circuit pack (NTK530NCE5)
— Supporting 40G optical transponders (40G OTRs) using
40G OCI/40G UOCLD or 40/43G OCI/40G UOCLD combination
— Supporting hairpin connections on 6500 2-slot shelf w/SP + OTN Flex
MOTR 8xSFP shelf assembly (DC-powered) (NTK503MAE5), 6500 2-
slot shelf w/SP + OTN Flex MOTR 8xSFP shelf assembly (AC-
powered) (NTK503NAE5), OTN Flex MOTR 8xSFP circuit pack
(NTK532BAE5)
– supporting connection ID on virtual segment section (VCS)
– supporting infinite wait to restore time (non-revertive) on E-SPRing

ATTENTION
If you want to use “connection ID on VCS” or “infinite wait to restore time
(non-revertive) on E-SPRing” features for other Layer 2 circuit packs, you
must contact your Ciena representative.
— 10x10G MUX circuit pack (NTK529BBE5) enhancements:

– G.7041 compliant Client Management Frames (CMF) and Ordered
Set Transparency
– supporting 1+1 port TPT protection
– supporting 9.95G-11.1G multirate 1550 nm XFP module
(NTTP84AAE6)
7.02/8.00
November 2011
following features:
— WSS 50 GHz w/OPM C-Band 2x1 circuit pack (NTK553KAE5)
— eDC40G OCLD Enh PMD Wavelength-Selective 1xOTU3+ C-Band
circuit pack (NTK539RAE5)
• new pluggables
— Multirate 1528.38 to 1568.77 (1-88) 50GHz Type 2 DWDM XFP
(NTK583AB)
7.02/8.00
6500 Release 8.0

May 2011
• new 6500 shelves
— 6500 2-slot shelf w/SP + OTN Flex MOTR 8xSFP shelf assembly
(DC-powered) (NTK503MAE5)
— 6500 2-slot shelf w/SP + OTN Flex MOTR 8xSFP shelf assembly
(AC-powered) (NTK503NAE5)
• new common equipment and accessories (used in 2-slot shelf)
— Cooling Fan Module (NTK507NAE5)
— Air filter (NTK509ENE6)
— Shelf front cover (NTK509CNE6)

• new cables (used in 2-slot shelf)

— AC Power Cord - North America, RA IEC320(F) to twist-lock plug
(NEMA L5-15P); 15A/110VAC; 10 ft (NT0H49ACE6)
— AC Power Cord - North America, RA IEC320(F) to standard plug
(NEMA 5-15); 15A/110VAC; 10 ft (NT0H49ADE6)
— AC Power Cord - European, RA IEC320(F) to 2-pin plug (CEE 7/7);
16A/250VAC; 10 ft (NT0H49AEE6)
— Environmental alarm cable kit (3 m) (NT6Q59ABE6)
• new bracket kits (used in 2-slot shelf)
100/127 mm setback, EIA universal hole pitch (NTK509NAE6)
100/127 mm setback, ETSI universal hole pitch (NTK509NBE6)
100/127 mm setback, EIA universal hole pitch (NTK509NCE6)
— Bracket Kit, 6500 2U, wall mount (NTK509NDE6)
— Cable management kit (NTK509KAE6)
• new breaker kit (used in 2-slot shelf)
— BIP/FIP Breaker Kit, 10A Breakers, Qty 2 (NTK599ZR)
• new common equipment and accessories (used in 14-slot shelf)
— Air Filter for 14-slot shelf (NTK509EEE6)
— 14-slot shelf front cover (NTK509CCE6)
— 14-slot shelf front cover (NTK509DCE6)
— Fuseholder pull tool (N0207221)
— Optical Power Monitor (OPM C-Band) 2 Port circuit packs
(NTK553PAE5)
— Enhanced 44 Channel Mux/Demux (CMD44) 50 GHz C-Band (Blue)
module (NTT862BCE5)
— Enhanced 44 Channel Mux/Demux (CMD44) 50 GHz C-Band (Red)
module (NTT862BDE5)
— Midstage Line Amplifier 3 (MLA3) (NTK552GAE5)
— 4 Channel Optical Mux/Demux (OMD4) 100 GHz C-Band module
(NTK504AAE5/NTK504ABE5/NTK504ACE5/NTK504ADE5/
NTK504AEE5/NTK504AFE5/NTK504AGE5/NTK504AHE5/
NTK504AJE5)

— OTN Flex MOTR 8xSFP circuit pack (NTK532BAE5)

— 10-channel transponder protection tray (TPT-10) (NT0H59ACE5)
• new pluggables
— OC-3/STM-1 CWDM 1511 nm SFP Module (12-42 dB span)
(NTK592NVE5)
— Multi-rate 1310 nm, SMF, 15Km SFP module (NTTP13CFE6)
— Multi-rate 15xx.yy (or 16xx.yy) nm DWDM 1600 ps/nm SFPs
(NTK586xxE5 where xx= see Planning - Ordering Information, 323-
1851-151, Chapter 3: Table “Multi-rate DWDM pluggable optics
modules (SFP)”, for complete list of ordering codes)
— Multi-rate 15xx.yy – 16xx.yy Tunable Dispersion Tolerant DWDM 3200
ps/nm XFPs (NTK589xxE6 where xx= see Planning - Ordering
Information, 323-1851-151, Chapter 3: Table “Multi-rate DWDM
pluggable optics modules (XFP)”, for complete list of ordering codes)
— 9.95G-11.09G multi-rate 1550 nm XFP (NTTP81KAE6)
— 100GBASE-LR4, LC connectors, 1310 nm CFP module
(NTTA01BJE6)
— Photonic enhancements (DSCM topology support, retrieve
wavelength rules, four OTS support in 32-slot packet-optical shelf,
enhanced software support for OMX). See 6500 Packet-Optical
Platform Photonic Layer Guide, NTRN15DA, for detailed information.
— Enhancements on CMD Tx/Rx type discovery, Tx power and Tx
wavelength autoprovisioning, network and site alarm correlation per
circuit pack type
— 40G MUX OCI circuit pack (NTK525CFE5 variant) enhancements:
– 1+1 TPT support when in MOTR configuration with 40G OCLD
circuit pack (NTK539PxE5)
– FC800/FC1200 FLEX facility support
Set Transparency
— 2x10G OTR circuit pack (NTK530PGE5 and NTK530PME5 variants)
enhancements:
– The NTK530PME5 variant of 2x10G OTR circuit pack supports
FC800, FC1200, and 5G IBM Parallel Sysplex InfiniBand (PSIFB)
on the FLEX facilities
– Ultra FEC (UFEC) support for OTM2 line and client

– Single-circuit pack 1+1 OTM2 line protection

Set Transparency
— 16xOC-n/STM-n circuit packs (NTK512FAE5 and NTK513FAE5)
enhancement; supporting SDH-J
— 2.5G MOTR circuit pack (NTK530NAE5) enhancements:
– supporting Laser Off Far End Fail (LOFEF) on OC-48/STM-16
clients
– OTM1 client support
— 40G XCIF and 40G UOCLD unprotected configuration
— FLEX MOTR circuit pack (NTK531YAE5) enhancements:
– supporting 1+1 TPT protection
– supporting ESCON protocol
– SONET/SDH monitored (with PMs and alarming) transparent
clients
– 1+1 LAG protection
– EPL-Emulated services over E-Spring
– EPL-Emulated services in parallel with E-Spring
— 20G L2SS circuit pack (NTK531HAE5) enhancements:
– EPL-Emulated services over E-Spring
– EPL-Emulated services in parallel with E-Spring
– LACP support on single-card LAG ports
– EVPL connection support
— MRO circuit packs (NTK512GAE5, NTK513GAE5, NTK521CAE5,
NTK522CAE5) reconfigurations
— In-service line rate reconfigurations
— Extra traffic support on BLSR/MS-SPRing/HERS connections
— Port naming/CLFI
— AINS/Maintenance state expansion
— Bandwidth defragmentation support on 4xGE EPL circuit packs
(NTK535LAE5 and NTK535LAE5), 1x10GE EPL circuit packs
(NTK533AAE5), 24x10/100BT EPL circuit packs (NTK548BAE5 and
NTK548MAE5), and L2SS circuit packs (NTK531BAE5)
— Visualization enhancements

— Data Communications enhancements

November 2011
following features:
— 40G OCI Multi-Protocol 1xCFP circuit pack (NTK529SJE5)
— OTN MOTR 4x2.5G SFP 1x10.7G XFP circuit pack (NTK530NCE5)
• new pluggables
— Multirate LongHaul ITU CWDM XFP (NTTP84Hx where x= see
Planning - Ordering Information, 323-1851-151, Chapter 3: Table
“Multirate DWDM/CWDM pluggable optics modules (XFP)”, for
complete list of ordering codes)
— 40GBASE-LR4, 4x10G, CWDM, SMF, 1310 nm, 10km, LC CFP
(NTTA11BAE6)
— 40GBASE-LR4/G695, 4x10G, CWDM, SMF, 1310 nm, 10km, LC CFP
(NTTA12BAE6)
— upgrade support from Releases 5.30/5.31/6.01/6.02/6.03/6.04/7.00/
7.01/7.02
6500 Release 7.0
August 2010
• new hardware
— 100G OCLD circuit packs:
– eDC100G OCLD Enh PMD C-Band 1xOTU4 DWDM
(NTK539TAE5)
– eDC100G OCLD C-Band 1xOTU4 DWDM (NTK539TBE5)
– eDC100G OCLD Regional C-Band 1xOTU4 DWDM
(NTK539TCE5)
– eDC100G OCLD Metro C-Band 1xOTU4 DWDM (NTK539TDE5)
– eDC100G OCLD Submarine C-Band 1xOTU4 DWDM
(NTK539TEE5)
— 10x10G MUX 10GE 10xSFP+ circuit pack (NTK529BAE5)
— 40G UOCLD circuit packs:
– eDC40G OCLD ULH C-Band 1xOTU3+ DWDM (NTK539XAE5)

– eDC40G OCLD ULH Submarine C-Band 1xOTU3+ DWDM

(NTK539XEE5)
— Optical Supervisory and Idler Channel circuit pack (OSIC)
(NTK528XAE5)
— OC-n/STM-n 20G VT-1.5/LO 2x XFP/8x SFP circuit pack
(NTK522CAE5)
— OC-n/STM-n OTN 20G VT-1.5/LO 2x XFP/8x SFP circuit pack
(NTK522DAE5)
— New variant of 2x10G OTR circuit pack (NTK530PGE5)
— 1xOC-192/STM-64 STS-1/HO DWDM L-Band circuit pack
(NTK526JBE5)
— Flex MOTR 8xSFP, 2xXFP circuit pack (NTK531YAE5)
— 10GBASE-LR/FC1200-SM-L,1310nm, SFP+ Module (NTTP30CFE6)
— NTK587AxE5-NTK587DxE5 XFP support on more circuit packs (see
Planning - Ordering Information, 323-1851-151(Chapter 1) for full
details)
— NTK587ExE5-NTK587HxE5 XFP support on more circuit packs (see
Planning - Ordering Information, 323-1851-151(Chapter 1) for full
details)
— NTK583AAE5 XFP support on more circuit packs (see Planning -
Ordering Information, 323-1851-151(Chapter 1) for full details)
100/127 mm setback, EIA universal hole pitch (NTK509PCE6)
— 1+1 TPT support on NGM WT circuit packs (NTK530AAE5/
NTK530BAE5/NTK530CAE5/NTK530ABE5/
NTK530BBE5/NTK530ACE5/NTK530BCE5)
— OTU3 support on 40/43G OCI circuit pack (NTK529SDE5)
— GCC0 support on OTM2 client port of 10G OTSC circuit pack
(NTK528AAE5)
— Additional 7-slot 6500 shelf configurations
— Optical test access
— 4-Fiber BLSR/MS-SPRing/HERS
— 2-Fiber BLSR/MS-SPRing support on 40G XCIF circuit pack
— 24-node ring support for 2-Fiber BLSR / MS-SPRing
— Ethernet OAM
— L2 MOTR enhancements

— 20G L2SS enhancements

— PM enhancements
— Visualization enhancements
— SNMP v3 support
— Provisionable severity enhancements
• upgrade support from Releases 5.12/5.30/5.31/6.01/6.02/6.5/6.6
September 2010
following features:
• New variant of 2x10G OTR circuit pack (NTK530PME5)
• New variant of 40G OCLD circuit pack (eDC40G OCLD MetroHSRx
1xOTU3+ DWDM L-Band; NTK539PUE5)
• 5G-11.09G multi-rate XFP module (NTTP86BAE6)
• 24-node ring support for 4-Fiber BLSR / MS-SPRing
December 2010
following features:
• 10x10G MUX Multi-Protocol 10xXFP circuit pack (NTK529BBE5)
• 100G OCI 100GE 1xCFP circuit pack (NTK529AAE5)
6500 Release 6.0

September 2009
• new shelf
— 32-slot packet-optical shelf assembly (NTK603AAE5)
— 7-slot optical shelf assembly (NTK503PAE5)
— X-CONN 640G+ STS-1/VC-3 (640/0) (NTK610BBE5)
— 2-slot x 2-row filler card (NTK605XAE5)
— Shelf processor (SP-2) Circuit Pack Kit, Release 6.0 (NTZF03FAE5)
— Shelf Processor (SP-2 with Control Plane Processor) Circuit Pack Kit,
Release 6.0 (NTZF06FAE5)
— 3x60A Power Input Card (breakered) (NTK605CAE5)
— 3x60A Power Input Card (fused) (NTK605EAE5)

— Fused Power Input Card - 2-Wire D-Sub Input, Max 40A

(NTK505EEE5)
— Access Panel for 32-slot 6500 shelf assembly (NTK605MAE5)
— Access Panel for 7-slot 6500 shelf assembly (NTK505PAE5)
— 32-slot 6500 shelf front cover (NTK609CAE6)
— 7-slot 6500 shelf front cover (NTK509CPE6)
— Cooling fan module for 32-slot 6500 shelf (NTK607AAE5)
— Cooling fan module for 7-slot 6500 shelf (NTK507PAE5)
— Plate for cooling fan module for 32-slot 6500 shelf (front Panel, rear
exhaust) (N0194145)
— Plate for cooling fan module for 32-slot 6500 shelf (rear panel, front
exhaust)
(N0194147)
— 32-slot 6500 air filter (NTK609EAE6)
— 7-slot 6500 air filter (NTK509EPE6)
— 7-slot 6500 air flow direction control kit (NTK509JPE6)
— 6500 shelf installation kit, ETSI/ANSI/EIA (NTK609ZXE6)
— Bracket Kit, 6500 22U, 515 mm center-to-center mounting holes, 50
mm setback, 25/50 mm hole pitch (NTK609MAE6)
mm setback, 2 inch hole pitch (NTK609MBE6)
mm setback, 25/50 mm hole pitch (NTK609MCE6)
— Bracket Kit, 6500 6U, 465/567 mm center-to-center mounting holes,
100/127 mm setback, EIA universal hole pitch (NTK509PAE6)
100 mm setback, 25 mm hole pitch (NTK509PBE6)
— ESI/ESO cable, DB9M reverse angled to open, solid wire (30 m)
(NTTC08AFE6)
(NTTC08AGE6)
(NTTC08AHE6)
— Telemetry/Alarm cable, DB25M reverse angled to open, solid wire
(30 m) (NTTC08BFE6)
(60 m) (NTTC08BGE6)


(100 m) (NTTC08BHE6)
— Female DB25 to wire wrap adapte (NTK605MYE5)
— Female DB9 to wire wrap adapter (NTK605MZE5)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, HiFlex, Left Routed 2W2_2W2, 2.5 m,
Connectorized at both ends (NTTC01CBE6)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, HiFlex, Right Routed 2W2_2W2, 2.5
m, Connectorized at both ends (NTTC01CDE6)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, HiFlex, Left Routed 2W2, 2.5 m,
Connectorized at one end only (NTTC01CFE6)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, HiFlex, Right Routed 2W2, 2.5 m,
Connectorized at one end only (NTTC01CHE6)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, HiFlex Blue/Grey, Left Routed 2W2,
2.5 m, Connectorized at one end only (NTTC01CJE6)
— Cable Assembly, Power, 8AWG, HiFlex Blue/Grey, Right Routed 2W2,
2.5 m, Connectorized at one end only (NTTC01CKE6)
— 21U adapter rail, 19” EIA x 4” setback for PTE2000-EEA
(NTRU6561E6)
— 21U adapter rail, 19” EIA x 5” setback for PTE2000-EEA
(NTRU6571E6)
— 6500 7-slot Packs-in-Place Kit (NTYY99EAE5)
— 6500 32-slot Packs-in-Place Kit (NTYY99EBE5)
— 2" x 2" x 6 ft. slotted vertical fiber duct kit (yellow, slots 1.5 in ctrs)
(A0831575)
• new hardware
— 2x10G XFP, 10xGE SFP, L2 MOTR circuit pack (NTK531VAE5)
— XC I/F 40G STS-1/HO circuit pack (NTK525FAE5)
— 16xOC-n circuit packs including:
– 16xOC-n/STM-n 10G STS-1/HO SFP circuit pack (NTK512GAE5)
– 16xOC-n/STM-n 10G VT1.5/LO SFP circuit pack (NTK513GAE5)
— 8.5G-11.09G multi-rate (NTTP86BAE6) XFP Module
— GE/FC100 1.25 Gbit/s 32 dB CWDM SFP Module (NTK591xH where
x= L, M, N, P, Q, R, S, T)
— Control Plane support
— E-SPRing /ITU G.8032 (2008) Ethernet Shared Protection Ring

— E-line Ethernet Virtual Private Line (EVPL) service

— Pre-FEC signal degrade alarm
— DOC enhancements
— Comms enhancements
March 2009
• new hardware
— L2 MOTR circuit pack
— eDC40G OCLD 1xOTU3+ DWDM with Enhanced PMD Compensation
L-Band circuit pack (NTK539PPE5)
— eDC40G OCLD 1xOTU3+ DWDM L-Band circuit pack (NTK539PQE5)
— eDC40G OCLD 1xOTU3+ DWDM Regional L-Band circuit pack
(NTK539PRE5)
— eDC40G OCLD 1xOTU3+ DWDM Metro L-Band circuit pack
(NTK539PSE5)
— eDC40G OCLD 1xOTU3+ DWDM Submarine L-Band circuit pack
(NTK539PTE5)
— Multi-rate 15xx.yy EML DWDM XFP (NTK587xx; see Planning -
Ordering Information, 323-1851-151 for ordering PECs)
– 16xOC-n/STM-n 10G STS-1/HO SFP circuit pack (NTK512GAE5)
– 16xOC-n/STM-n 10G VT1.5/LO SFP circuit pack (NTK513GAE5)
— Support for Multi-rate 15xx.yy nm Dispersion Tolerant DWDM XFP
(NTK588xx; see Planning Ordering Information, 323-1851-151 for
ordering PECs) on OTN MOTR 4x2.5G SFP 1x10.7G XFP
(NTK530NAE5) circuit packs
— Extra C-band tunable wavelength support (1527.60 nm, 1527.99 nm,
1528.38 nm, and 1565.50 nm) for 40G OCLD C-band circuit packs
(NTK539PAE5/NTK539PBE5/NTK539PCE5/
NTK539PDE5/NTK539PEE5)
— 8-way branching (50GHz)
— Photonic remote CMD44 application
— Service-photonic layer interoperability (SPLI)
— Photonic site level alarm correlation

— Stretch Span support through GCC channel

— Distributed ROADM application
— 1+1 TPT protection on SuperMux circuit packs
— Push-button equalization (PBE) server
— XFP PEC adoption and Incremental expansion packs
— Path connection rollover
— 10GE to STS-192c/STM-64c to OTU2 Mapping on 2x10G OTR circuit
pack
— Ethernet in first mile (EFM) on SuperMux circuit packs (note that EFM
on SuperMux supports interworking with OME1110 only)
6500 Release 5.2
December 2008
• new hardware
— 10.7G SONET/SDH NGM Submarine Reach WT w/ XFP circuit pack
(NTK530CAE5)
— eDC40G OCLD 1xOTU3+ DWDM Submarine C-Band circuit pack
(NTK539PEE5)
— 40G OCI 1xOC-768/STM-256/OTU3 circuit pack (NTK529SDE5)
— 20G L2SS 16 Port I/O 2xXFP / 8xSFP circuit pack (NTK531HAE5)
— 16xGE front pluggable I/O panel (NTK575YZE5)
— 12xSFP I/O carrier (NTK575EAE5)
— X-CONN 240G+ STS-1/VC-3 (240/0) circuit pack (NTK557EAE5)
— X-CONN 240G+/80G VT1.5/VC-12 (240/80) circuit pack
(NTK557GAE5)
— WSS 50 GHz w/OPM C-Band 9x1 circuit pack (NTK553FAE5)
— WSS 50 GHz w/OPM C-Band 2x1circuit pack (NTK553KCE5)44
Channel Mux/Demux (CMD44) 50 GHz C-Band (Blue) module
(NTT862BAE5)
— 44 Channel Mux/Demux (CMD44) 50 GHz C-Band (Red) module
(NTT862BBE5)
— Broadband Mux/Demux 1x2 (BMD-2) module (NTT862DAE5)
— LIM C-Band circuit pack (NTK552DAE5)
— MLA2 C-Band circuit pack (NTK552FAE5)
— FC100 MX/FC200 MX/FC400 MX 850 nm SFP (NTTP11AF)

— FC100 SM-L/FC200 SM-L/FC400 SM-M 1310 nm SFP (NTTP11BF)

— FC100 SM-L/FC200 SM-L/FC400 SM-L 1310 nm SFP (NTTP11CF)
• new common equipment
— Fused Power input card (NTK505EAE5)
— Layer 2 (L2) service enhancements
— LACP on L2SS, 20G L2SS, and PDH Gateway circuit packs
— SONMP support on PDH Gateway circuit packs
— Photonic service enhancements
— Interior SLA
— 5-way branching (50GHz and 100GHz)
— Photonic Differential provisioning
— Datacomms enhancements (TL1 Gateway, FTP/FTAM Bridge (File
Transfer Gateway), Private IP, IP Dead Gateway Detection, COLAN-A
Tunneling, Secure HTTP)
— Security enhancements (User-ID Based Intrusion Detection (UBID),
Security Default User Account Handling and Security Audit Trail Logs
Enhancements)
— SuperMux enhancements
— 1+1 TPT protection on 2x10G OTR circuit packs
— VT/VC access BLSR/MS-SPRing
— 40G interworking with Optical Long Haul 1600 (LH1600G) line-
systems
— XFP PEC adoption and
— upgrade support from Releases 4.01/5.0/5.02/ 5.12
6500 Release 5.12

September 2008
• new hardware
— Transponder Protection Tray (TPT) (NT0H59AAE5, NT0H59ABE5,
NT0H59BAE5, or NT0H59BBE5)
— 2x10G OTR 4x10-11.3G XFP circuit pack (NTK530PAE5)
— Multi-rate 15xx.yy nm Dispersion Tolerant DWDM XFP (see Planning
- Ordering Information, 323-1851-151 for ordering PECs)
— 10G L2SS 16 Port I/O 2xXFP / 8xSFP circuit pack (NTK531HAE5)

— X-CONN 240G+ STS-1/VC-3 (240/0) circuit pack (NTK557EAE5)

— X-CONN 240G+/80G STS-1/VT-1.5 (240/80) circuit pack
(NTK557GAE5)
— Multi-rate 15xx.yy – 15xx.yy Tunable Dispersion Tolerant DWDM XFP
(see Planning - Ordering Information, 323-1851-151 for ordering
PECs)
— SuperMux 10 Port SFP 1x10.7G DWDM circuit pack (GFP-F variant;
NTK535EBE5)
— WSS 100 GHz w/OPM C-Band 2x1 circuit pack (NTK553JAE5)
— GE 100-Base-FX 1310 nm SFP Module (NTTP12ACE6)
— GE 100-Base-LX10 1310 nm SFP Module (NTTP12BCE6)
— GE electrical 100-BaseT SFP Module (NTTP61BAE6)
connectors (NTK599BGE5)
— Photonic optical drop and continue
— Photonic optical branching
— Photonic optical broadcast
— 1+1 OTN line-side protection on 40G line
— OTM2 line facility loopbacks on 10G OC-192/STM-64 WT, 10GEL WT,
10G OTR, and 2.5G MOTR circuit packs
— Layer 2 (L2) service enhancements
• new software features (continued)
— PM graphing
— Database Replication Service (DBRS)
— High order DSM
— RPR steering
— Converged MSPP and Photonic services
— SONET support for Multiservice cross-connect (MXC) circuit pack
— 6500 40G circuit packs management by using SNMP v3 feature of
Optical Metro 5100/5200 System Manager Interface (SMI)
— 10GBASE-SR,SW, 850 nm (NTTP81AA) XFP supported on
10GEL WT, 10G OTR, and 10G OTSC circuit packs

• upgrade support from Releases 3.0/4.01/5.0/5.02/5.1/5.114.01/5.0/5.02/

5.11/5.12
6500 Release 5.1

April 2008
• new Broadband circuit packs
— eDC40G OCLD 1xOTU3+ DWDM with Enhanced PMD Compensation
(NTK539PAE5)
— eDC40G OCLD 1xOTU3+ DWDM (NTK539PBE5)
— eDC40G OCLD Regional 1xOTU3+ DWDM (NTK539PCE5)
— eDC40G OCLD Metro 1xOTU3+ DWDM (NTK539PDE5)
— 40G OCI 1xOC-768/STM-256 (NTK529SAE5)
— 4x10G MUX 4x10-11.1G XFP (NTK525CAE5)
• new SFP pluggable modules for 2xOSC circuit packs
— OC-3/STM-1 CWDM 1511 nm SFP module (0-15 dB span)
(NTK592NPE6)
— 40G inventory and equipment support
— OTM3 facilities & PMs
— OC-768/STM-256 facilities & PMs
— OTM3 GCC0 and GCC1 Comms
— Line TTI Trail Trace (OCLD and OCI)
— Client Section Trace (OCI)
— 40G client facility loopbacks on 40G OCI and 40G line facility
loopbacks on 40G OCLD circuit packs
— Alarming
• upgrade support from Release 5.0
6500 Release 5.0

December 2007
• new converged/40G shelves
— Converged/40G Optical Shelf Assembly (NTK503ADE5)
— Converged/40G Optical/Front Electrical Shelf Assembly
(NTK503BDE5)
— Converged/40G Optical/Rear Electrical Shelf Assembly
(NTK503CDE5)


— Shelf processor (SP) circuit pack (NTK555AB)
— 60A power input card (breakered) (NTK505CAE5)
— 60A power input card (breakerless) (NTK505DAE5)
— High flow front cooling fan module (NTK507LDE5)
— High flow rear cooling fan module (NTK507MDE5)
— Access panel with connections for eight external slots (SONET)
(NTK505MBE5)
• new Broadband circuit packs
— NGM WT 1xOC192/STM64 1x10.7G DWDM (Regional
Reach)(NTK530BA)
— NGM WT 1x10GE LAN 1x11.1G DWDM (Regional Reach)
(NTK530BB)
— NGM WT 1xOTU2 1x10.7G DWDM (Premium Reach) (NTK530AC)
— NGM WT 1xOTU2 1x10.7G DWDM (Regional Reach) (NTK530BC)
— 10G OTR 1x10G XFP 1x10-11.1G DWDM (NTK530MA)
— OTN MOTR 4x2.5G SFP 1x10.7G XFP (NTK530NA)
ATTENTION
The above Broadband circuit packs were introduced and supported in
previous releases of the 6500 Broadband platform. However, they are newly
supported in the MSPP platform of 6500 Release 5.0.
— 10G OTSC 1x10G XFP 1x10-11.3G DWDM (NTK528AAE5)

— SuperMux 10 Port SFP 1x10.7G DWDM (NTK535EAE5)
• new XFP pluggable module for 10G OC-192/STM-64 WT, 10GEL WT,
10G OTU2 WT, and 10G OTR, and 10G OTSC circuit packs
— OC192/STM64 SR-1: I-64.1 / 10GBASE-LR,LW / OTU2 / 10G FC1200
(NTTP84BA)
• new Photonic circuit packs and modules
— OSC w/WSC 2 port SFP 2 Port 10BT (2xOSC) circuit pack
(NTK554BAE5)
— Single Line Amplifier (SLA C-Band) circuit pack (NTK552AAE5)
— Midstage Line Amplifier (MLA C-Band) circuit pack (NTK552BAE5)
— Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS) 100 GHz w/OPM C-Band circuit
pack (NTK553EAE5)
— 44 Channel Mux/Demux 100 GHz C-Band (CMD44) module
(NTT862AAE5)

— Dispersion Slope Compensation Module (DSCM)

(NTT870AA-AH/AJ-AN/AP-AQ, NTT870CA-CH/CJ, NTT870EA-ED,
and NTT870GA-GG)
• new SFP pluggable modules for 2xOSC circuit packs
(NTK592NPE6)
(NTK592NBE6)
(NTK592NHE6)
• new SFP pluggable modules support FC and FICON
— GE/FC100/FC200 1000-BaseSX 850 nm (NTTP06AF)
— GE/FC100/FC200 1000-BaseLX 1310 nm (NTTP06CF)
— Shelf processor redundancy
— New 1+1 Enhanced Truck Switch (ETS) protection configurations
— SNMP enhancements
— Target Identifier (TID) consolidation
— Equipment provisioning validation based on shelf cooling capacity
— Equipment provisioning validation based on shelf power capacity
— Equipment mode
— Data communications enhancements
— Low order PMs
• upgrade support from Releases 2.51, 3.0, 3.1, and 4.01
ATTENTION
It is recommended to review Data Application Guide, NTRN15BA, to find out
about the new/enhanced features related to data applications and SNMP
enhancements.
6500 Release 4.0

June 2007
• new circuit packs
— L2SS DS1/E1/DS3/E3 4xGE circuit pack (NTK531MAE5)

— 1xOC-192/STM-64 AM1/AM2 DWDM tunable HO circuit pack

(NTK526JAE5) and 1xOC-192/STM-64 AM1/AM2 DWDM tunable LO
circuit pack (NTK527JAE5)
— 16xSTM-1e electrical working circuit pack (NTK546CAE5) and
16xSTM-1e electrical protection circuit pack (NTK546NAE5)
— 1x10GE EPL circuit pack (NTK533AAE5)
• new pluggable modules:
— XFPs for 10GE EPL circuit pack
– 10GBase-SR,SW (NTTP81AA)
– 10GBase-ER,EW (NTTP81DA)
— SFPs for Ethernet applications
– GE electrical 1000-BaseT SFP Module (NTTP61AAE6)
• 32xSTM-1e Front I/O Panel (NTK573FAE5) and STM-1e cables
(NTTC04BA-BK and NTTC04CA-CK)
• 6500 customer location Equipment (CLE) device (H/W, S/W, cables, and
accessories)
• DCC transparency
• 64-character connection ID
• Channelized loopback
• EFM on the 24x10/100BT with 8xSFP circuit pack
• Link capacity adjustment scheme (LCAS)
• Secure shell
• Transmux enhancements (SDH support):
— E1 functionality
— E3 functionality
• DS1 drop-and-continue (broadcast)
• L2SS enhancements (applicable to both L2SS and PDH gateway circuit
packs):
— LO_VC3 cross-connects on L2SS circuit packs
— L2SS multipoint-to-multipoint (M2M) support
— 1+1 L2SS protection
— VCE statistics
— oversubscription ratio
— scheduler profiles
— new port statistics

— CTAG classification and modification

— OM enhancements
• RPR enhancements:
— interring and LAN-LAN switching
— LAG on LAN facilities
— expanded ring rate
• Layer 2 control frame support
• SONMP topology discovery
6500 Release 3.0

July 2006
— RPR 10G STS-1/HO 4xGE circuit pack
— MXC 20G/20G VT1.5/VC-12 5xSFP circuit pack
— 48 Channel Trans Mux (Portless) circuit pack
— 24xDS3/E3 Working circuit pack
— 24xDS3/E3 Protection circuit pack
— NGM WT 1xOC192/STM64 1x10.7G DWDM circuit pack
— NGM WT 1x10GE LAN 1x11.1G DWDM circuit pack
— OC-48/STM-16 DWDM SFPs (41 C-band wavelengths)
— XFPs for NGM WT circuit packs
– OC192/STM64 SR1/I64.1 10G Base-LW/LR
– OC192/STM64 IR2/S64.2b 10G Base-EW/ER
– 10G Base-LW/LR
• support on the 2.5 Gbit/s CWDM SFPs for the OC-3/STM-1 and OC-12/
STM-4 rates in addition to the OC-48/STM-16 rate already supported
• two new 16 channel DWDM optical multiplexers (OMX) - C-band and L-
band
• new optical/rear electrical shelf with integrated cooling shelf
• resilient packet ring (RPR) support for a ring based network across
multiple Ethernet ports for efficient transport of packets
• enhanced non-preemptible unprotected traffic (ENUT) for protection
channels on BLSR/MS-SPRing configuration (for RPR protection)

• DCN enhancements:
— interworking with OM3000 R14.1 using GRE tunnels
— OSPF over DCC
— OSI remote login (rlogin)
• security enhancements:
— force out user sessions
— user specified simultaneous login limit
• secure command line interface (CLI) for data management (forwarding
database retrieval)
• manual switches of cross-connect circuit packs
• nodal SLAT assistant tool (NSAT) for step by step guide through system
lineup and testing (SLAT) process
• backup and restore enhancements
— hitless data restore for cross-connect and OC-n/STM-n circuit packs
— preserve comms data option (golden database).
6500 Release 2.1

February 2006
— 24x10/100BT EPL circuit pack
— 24x10/100BT EPL with 8xSFP circuit pack
— 100-Base-FX 100 Mbit/s 1310 nm multimode, 2 km
— 100-Base-LX FE, 1310 nm, 10 km
— 100-Base-BX10-U, 1310 nm Tx, 10 km (bidirectional upstream)
— 100-Base-BX10-D, 1530 nm Tx, 10 km (bidirectional downstream)
• new shelf hardware
— 48x10/100BT I/O panels unprotected (front and rear versions)
— new front covers (with captive mechanism)
• 1U AC rectifier
• full 80G VT1.5/VC11 and VT2/VC12 support on 80/80 cross-connect
circuit pack (see Planning Guide, NTRN11BE for OMN limitations)
• upgrade support from Releases 1.2, 1.21, and 2.0

6500 Release 1.2

April 2005
• new hardware
— 20G VT1.5/VC-12 cross-connect circuit pack (20/20)
— 24xDS3/EC-1 working and protection circuit packs
— 48xDS3/EC-1 I/O panel (front and rear versions)
— DS1 service module (DSM) hardware
– DSM shelf assembly
– 84xDS1 termination module (TM) circuit pack
– DSM breaker interface panel (BIP)
— new pluggables:
– 1 new STM-1e SFP (1.0/2.3mm)
– 8 new OC-48/STM-16 CWDM SFPs (8 wavelengths, 1471 nm to
1611 nm)
– 1 new OC-3/STM-1 SFP (SR0 multimode)
– 1 new OC-3/12/STM-1/4 SFP (SR1/I1.1_I4.1)
– 1 new GE ZX 1550 nm SFP
– 8 new GE/FC CDWM SFPs (8 wavelengths, 1471 nm to 1611 nm)
• performance monitoring (PM) enhancements:
— DS1, DS3, and EC-1 PMs
— FTP of PMs (for OMEA)
• alarm enhancements
— enhanced VT1.5/VC12 alarm support (up to 1344 per slot)
— support for DS1, DS3, EC-1, and DSM alarms
• DS1, DS3, and EC-1 loopbacks
• security enhancements:
— intrusion attempt handling for DSM
— OSI login security for DSM
• time of day (TOD) synchronization to simple network timing protocol
(SNTP) server
• protection enhancements:
— unprotected DS1, DS3/EC-1
— 1:N equipment protection for DS3/EC-1

— 1+1 equipment protection for DSM 84xDS1 TM circuit pack

— unidirectional path-switched ring (UPSR)/subnetwork connection
protection (SNCP) at VT1.5, VC12, STS-1/VC3, STS-3c/VC-4, STS-
12c/VC4-4c, STS-24c/VC4-8c, STS-48c/VC416c, and STS-192c/
VC4-64c on OC-3/STM-1, OC-12/STM-4, OC-48/STM-16, OC-192/
STM-64, and GE interfaces
• connection management enhancements:
— STS-1 (AU3) to AU4 conversion for international SONET/SDH
gateway applications
— 1-way protected (1WAYPR) and 2-way protected (2WAYPR) cross-
connects (for UPSR/SNCP)
— dual 2-way protected (2WAYDPR) for connections between UPSR/
SNCP configurations
— GE drop-and-continue for broadcast video applications
• new service mappings:
— DS3 to STS-1/LO_VC3
— DS1 to VT1.5
— Nested Telnets
— interworking with OME6110
— OSI ping tool
• upgrade support from Release 1.1
• user interface enhancements:
— consolidated craft support (for 6500, OM3000, and HDX)
— raw TL1 port for OSS
• support for four 2-fiber BLSR/MS-SPRing configurations on same 6500
shelf
6500 Release 1.1

November 2004
• global support (SONET and SDH)
• new shelf hardware:
— universal/wire-wrap breaker interface panel (BIP)
— rear/top venting cooling systems
— SONET/J-SDH access panel
— optical/rear electrical shelf

• 80G VT1.5/VC12 cross-connect circuit packs (80/80 and 80/20)

— 80 Gbit/s cross-connect with VT1.5/VC12/low-order VC3 switching
granularity (as well as high order switching granularity of STS-1/high-
order VC3/VC4), capable of unrestricted connections up to 80G
capacity (80/80)
ATTENTION
VT1.5/VC12/low order VC-3 capacity limited to 20G in Release 1.1.
— 80 Gbit/s cross-connect with VT1.5/VC12/low order VC3 switching

granularity (as well as high order switching granularity of STS-1/high-
order VC3/VC4), with the VT1.5/VC12/low-order VC3 capacity limited
to 20G (80/20)
• new optical interface circuit packs:
— 4 new 2xOC-48/STM-16 circuit packs (STS-1/HO small form-factor
pluggable (SFP), STS-1/HO DWDM pluggable optics (DPO), VT1.5/
LO SFP, VT1.5/LO DPO)
— 5 new 1xOC-192/STM-64 circuit packs (STS-1/HO SR1/I64.1, STS-1/
HO LR2/L64.2, VT1.5/LO SR1/I64.1, VT1.5/LO IR2/S64.2, VT1.5/LO
LR2/L64.2)
— 1 new 8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 circuit pack (VT1.5/LO SFP)
— 24 new 1xOC-192/STM-64 DWDM (10.7G) OMX compliant circuit
packs (STS-1/HO - 8 new wavelengths; VT1.5/LO - 16 new
wavelengths)
— 72 new 1xOC-192/STM-64 DWDM (10.7G) CPL compliant circuit
packs (STS-1/HO - 36 wavelengths; VT1.5/LO - 36 wavelengths)
• new optical pluggables:
— 2 new OC-48/STM-16 SFPs (IR1/S16.1, LR2/L16.2)
— 41 new OC-48/STM-16 DWDM DPOs (41 wavelengths)
• 63xE1 working and protection circuit packs
• 252xE1 front I/O panel (with 75 ohm/120 ohm cable forms)
• 120 ohm converter module
• E1 protection module
• performance monitoring (PM) enhancements:
— SONET section, line, and path PMs
— SONET/SDH far-end PMs
— physical PMs for all optical ports

— protection switch counts/duration

— E1 PMs
• GE virtual concatenation (VCAT)
• VT1.5/VC-12 alarm support
• GE and E1 loopbacks
— security enhancements:
— centralized security administration
— intrusion attempt handling
— RADIUS authentication
• GMT offset provisioning
• protection enhancements:
— unprotected OC-3, OC-12, OC-48, OC-192, and E1
— 1+1 linear APS for OC-3, OC-12, OC-48, and OC-192 (SONET)
— full unidirectional nonrevertive switching for MSP linear protection
switching (SDH)
— 1:N equipment protection for E1
— 2-Fiber bidirectional line-switched ring (BLSR)/multiplex section
shared protection ring (MS-SPRing)
• connection management enhancements:
— STS-1, STS-3c, STS-12c, STS-24c, STS-48c, and STS-192c cross-
connects (SONET)
— VC4-16c and VC4-64c cross-connects (SDH)
— VT1.5/VC12, and low-order VC3 cross-connects
— 1-way cross-connects (unidirectional for drop/continue)
• new service mappings:
— GE GFP-F to STS-3c, STS-12c, and STS-24c (SONET) (contiguous
concatenation)
— GE GFP-F to STS-1-nv/VC3-nv (n = 1 to 21) and STS-3c-nv/VC4-nv
(n = 1 to 7) (virtual concatenation)
— E1 to VC12
• synchronization enhancements:
— DS1 ESI/ESO support (with synchronization status messages [SSM])
— 2 Mbit/s ESI/ESO support (with SSM)
— SONET SSM generation/termination

— HTTP server
— TID address resolution protocol (TARP) transparency support
— protected DCC support (DCC always follows traffic)
— OSPF
• upgrade support from Release 1.0 by Ciena personnel only
• in-service reconfigurations between STS-1/HO and VT1.5/LO cross-
connect and optical interface circuit packs (see Module Replacement
Procedures, 323-1851-545, for details)
• Site Manager enhancements:
— autonomous updating of nodal cross-connect, BLSR/MS-SPRing
management, protection, equipment & facilities, inventory, and
synchronization protection applications
— enhanced window and multiple application support
— downloadable from the shelf processor (using HTTP server)
6500 Release 1.0

April 2004
Release 1.0 is the initial release of 6500 and introduces:
• optical and optical/front electrical shelves
• common equipment/circuit packs
— access panel
— maintenance interface card
— power input cards (with and without circuit breaker)
— breaker interface panel (BIP)
— front-venting fan modules
— fiber management
— filler card
• 80G and 160G cross-connect circuit packs with VC-4 switching granularity
(only 80G enabled on 160G cross-connect circuit pack for Release 1.0)
• 8 x OC-3/12/STM-1/4 small form-factor pluggable (SFP) circuit pack
— OC-3/STM-1 LR2/L1.2 SFP
— OC-12/STM-4 LR2/L4.2 SFP
— OC3/12/STM-1/4 IR1/S1.1_S4.1 SFP
• 1 x OC-192/STM-64 IR-2/S-64.2 circuit pack
• 1 x OC-192/STM-64 DWDM circuit packs (8 wavelengths)

• 4 x GE Ethernet Private Line (EPL) SFP circuit pack

— GE/FC SX SFP
— GE/FC LX SFP
• manual and auto-provisioning of equipment and facilities
• linear multiplex section protection (MSP) for STM-1, STM-4, and STM-64
facilities
• unprotected traffic for STM-1, STM-4, STM-64, and GE facilities
• connection management:
— bidirectional connections at VC-4, VC-4-c, and VC-4-8c rates
— time slot assignment (TSA), time slot interchange (TSI), port to port
• GE GFP-F mapping to VC-4, VC-4-c, and VC-4-8c
• system synchronization:
— 1+1 redundant synchronization hardware on the cross-connect circuit
packs for timing generation and distribution
— internal, external, line, or mixed timing modes
— synchronization status message (SSM) support
• backup and restore of provisioning data
• performance monitoring (PM):
— SDH PMs at multiplex section (MS), regenerator section (RS), path,
GE LAN, and GE WAN levels
— physical PMs for OC-192/STM-64 circuit packs
— operational measurement support for GE WAN and LAN facilities
— threshold crossing alerts
• alarm support for active alarms, disabled alarms, and events
• terminal and facility loopbacks on the OC/STM circuit packs
• operations, administration, and maintenance (OAM) communications,
including:
— IP routing for remote access
— OSI for interworking with existing equipment
— RS DCC/MS DCC per STM optical interface for access to remote
network elements
— COLAN and ILAN Ethernet ports for carrier DCN and intershelf DCN
— RS-232 and Ethernet ports for local craft access
• load management (management by release and auto-upgrade)

2-1
Roadmap 2-
This chapter provides information on how to use the Ciena technical

publications library for 6500 Packet-Optical Platform (6500). This library is an
integral part of the 6500 product and is considered part of the equipment. Use
the technical publications in the library to complete the tasks needed to set up
and operate the 6500 network elements. The following roadmap illustrates the
structure of the 6500 technical publications library.

2-2 Roadmap
6500 Packet-Optical Platform technical publications

The following roadmap illustrates the structure of the 6500 technical
publications library.
Planning a Network Installing, Managing and Maintaining and Circuit Pack-Based

Commissioning and Provisioning Troubleshooting Documentation
Testing a Network a Network a Network
Planning - Installation - Administration Fault Management - Common Equipment

Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4 General Information and Security Performance (323-1851-102.1)
(NTRN10DB) (323-1851-201.0) (323-1851-301) Monitoring
(323-1851-520) Electrical
Documentation Installation - Configuration - (323-1851-102.2)
Roadmap 2-slot Shelves Provisioning
(323-1851-201.1) Fault Management -
(323-1851-090) and Operating OC-n/STM-n
Alarm Clearing
Parts 1 and 2 (323-1851-102.3)
Installation - 7-slot & Parts 1 and 2
Planning - (323-1851-310)
6500-7 packet-optical (323-1851-543) 40G/100G/OSIC/
Ordering Information
Shelves Configuration - ISS/SLIC10 and
(323-1851-151)
(323-1851-201.2) Bandwidth & Data Fault Management - 200G Services
Latency Services Parts 1,2,3 Module (323-1851-102.4)
Specifications Installation - Replacement
14-slot Shelves (323-1851-320)
(323-1851-170) (323-1851-545)
(323-1851-201.3) Broadband/SMUX
Pluggable Configuration - OTN FLEX MOTR
Datasheets Installation - Fault Management -
Control Plane (323-1851-102.5)
and Reference 32-slot Shelves SNMP
(323-1851-330)
(323-1851-180) (323-1851-201.4) (323-1851-740)
Photonics Equipment
Installation - Encryption and FIPS (323-1851-102.6)
TL-1 Description 2150 Passive Optical Security Policy Fault Management -
(323-1851-190) Multiplexer Chassis Overview and Customer Visible
Data and Layer 2
(3 & 6 slot versions) Procedures Logs
Site Manager (323-1851-102.7)
(323-1851-201.5) (323-1851-340) (323-1851-840)
for 6500 & CPL
Fundamentals Commissioning OTN I/F, PKT I/F, &
(323-1851-195) and Testing PKT/OTN I/F
(323-1851-221) (323-1851-102.8)
SAOS-based Command Fault and MIB

Configuration
Packet Services Reference Performance Reference
(323-1851-630)
Documentation (323-1851-610) (323-1851-650) (323-1851-690)
6500 Photonic 6500 Data 6500 / 5400 Common

Layer Guide Application Guide Interworking Solution Photonic Layer
Supporting (NTRN15DA) (NTRN15BA) (323-1851-160) Technical Publications
Documentation
Submarine Networking 6500 Control Plane Universal AC Rectifier Network Interworking
Application Guide Application Guide Application Note Guide
(NTRN72AA) (NTRN71AA) (009-2012-900) (NTCA68CA)

Roadmap 2-3
Document identification numbers

User documents for the 6500 network element are referred to as Ciena
technical publications. Each document has a unique ten-digit identification
number. This number is used to identify each document, and assist in cross-
referencing from one technical publication to another.
In some instances, an alphanumeric product engineering code (PEC) is

assigned to documents (for example, Planning).
The technical publication number/PEC is found on the cover page and at the
bottom of every page in a document.
Technical publications product engineering codes

The product engineering code (PEC) is used to identify the product for
ordering purposes. Table 2-1 shows the PECs for 6500 technical publications.
Table 2-1
PECs for 6500 Release 10.1 technical publications
Document Name PEC
6500 Packet-Optical Platform Release 10.1 technical publication NTK564KB

and guides (CD-ROM)
6500 Packet-Optical Platform Release 10.1 Planning NTRN10DB
Ordering technical publications

Technical publications CD-ROMs can be ordered from Ciena. Use the PEC
corresponding to the release you require when placing your order. For
complete ordering information, see 6500 Packet-Optical Platform Planning -
Ordering Information, 323-1851-151.

2-4 Roadmap
Technical publications volume descriptions

The following paragraphs provide details on the layout and contents of the
6500 Packet-Optical Platform (6500) documentation library.
Planning a Network
This set of technical publications contain descriptive and procedural
documents about the 6500 network element. These technical publications are
intended for:
• strategic and current planners
• provisioners
• transmission engineers
• network administrators
Installing and Testing a Network

This set of technical publications contains procedural documents about the
6500 network element. These technical publications are intended for:
• installers
• system lineup and testing (SLAT) engineers
• maintenance engineers
• provisioners
Managing and Provisioning a Network

6500 network element. These technical publications are intended for:
• system administrators
• network administrator
• data software administrators
• field maintenance
Maintaining and Troubleshooting a Network

network element. These technical publications are intended for:
• network administrator
• field maintenance

Roadmap 2-5
Technical publications descriptions

The following sections provide detailed summaries of the contents of the
technical publications in the 6500 documentation library.
Documentation Roadmap, 323-1851-090

Documentation Roadmap provides an overview of the documentation suite, a
consolidated list of terms and abbreviations, and a master index to use for
searching information in the library. Topics covered include the following:
• Feature History
• Roadmap
• List of terms
• List of 6500 shelves, circuit packs, panels, and modules
• Master index
• Technical assistance information
6500 / 5400 Interworking Solution, 323-1851-160

This document describes guidelines and considerations for interworking
between the 6500 Packet-Optical Platform (6500) and the 5400
Reconfigurable Switching System (5400 Switch). Topics covered include the
following:
• 6500/5400 Switch interworking description
• 6500/5400 Switch OAM data communications overview
Latency Specifications, 323-1851-170

This document provides latency specifications for different circuit packs and
modules supported in 6500 network element. Topics covered include the
following:
• Latency Specifications
Pluggable Datasheets and Reference, 323-1851-180

This document provides detailed datasheet specifications for the various
types of pluggables which can be used in the 6500 platform. Topics covered
include the following:
• Pluggables Overview
• XFP Specifications
• SFP Specifications
• SFP+ Specifications
• CFP Specifications
• DPO Specifications

2-6 Roadmap
Site Manager for 6500 Packet-Optical Platform and Common Photonic

Layer- Fundamentals, 323-1851-195
The Site Manager graphical user interface (GUI) is available for the 6500
network element. Site Manager provides a simple-to-use point-and-click user
interface that enables you to perform operation, administration, and
maintenance of the 6500 network element.
User documentation for Site Manager is provided on-line and on CD-ROM.

The installation and setup instructions are available in the Site Manager for
6500 Packet-Optical Platform - Fundamentals. This document explains the
minimum hardware platform requirements for the operation of Site Manager
and how to install the software.
The Site Manager for 6500 Packet-Optical Platform - Fundamentals is for local
craft personnel, system administrators, network surveillance, and
maintenance personnels who have access to Site Manager.
Planning, NTRN10DB (Parts 1 to 4)

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Planning describes the applications and
functionality provided by the software and hardware of 6500. Topics covered
• Introduction
• Features overview
• Shelf and equipment descriptions
• Applications and upgrades
• User interface description
• Ordering information
• Pluggable modules
• Technical specifications
• Data communications planning
Ordering Information, 323-1851-151

Ordering Information provides engineering rules, ordering codes, and
ordering procedures for the 6500 network element. Topics covered include the
following:
• Configuration rules
• Bays, shelf assemblies, and hardware
• Circuit pack, pluggable modules, and interface hardware
• Cables
• Software, services, and documentation

Roadmap 2-7
• Ordering references
• Manufacture discontinued items
TL1 Description, 323-1851-190

TL1 Description provides the TL1 command definitions for the 6500 network
element. This document is available in electronic format (PDF and HTML)
either on the 6500 Packet-Optical Platform Release 10.1 Technical
Publications and Guides - CD ROM (NTK564), or from the Ciena web site.
Installation, 323-1851-201.x
Installation provides procedures necessary for the installation of a 6500
network element. Topics covered include the following:
• Safety guidelines
• Regulatory information
• Preparing the installation
• Installing 6500 shelves and equipment
• Cleaning connectors
• Cable and connector details
• Installing 6500 2-slot shelves
• Installing OMX, fiber manager, and routing/connecting related cables
• Installing 6500 7-slot and 6500-7 packet-optical shelves
• Installing the 2150 Passive Optical Multiplexer Chassis (3 and 6 slot
versions)
Commissioning and Testing, 323-1851-221

Commissioning and Testing provides procedures for powering up and
commissioning a network element. Topics covered include the following:
• safety guidelines
• commissioning the network element
• site testing
• system testing

2-8 Roadmap
OME1110 Deployment Guide, 323-1851-250

OME1110 Deployment Guide provides Ethernet in the First Mile (EFM)
interworking between the 6500 Packet-Optical Platform (6500) and the Optical
Multiservice Edge 1110 service module (OME1110). The OME1110
Deployment Guide is included in the 6500 technical publication libraries from
Release 7.0 to Release 9.1. Topics covered include the following:
• OME1110 service module
• Installing OME1110 equipment
• Provisioning the 6500-OME1110 EFM link
• Replacing OME1110 equipment
Administration and Security, 323-1851-301

Administration and Security provides procedures for the administrative tasks
on a network element. Topics covered include the following:
• Interface login and logout
• User account management and administration
• Manual connection terminal and telnet terminal
• Node information
• Visualization tool
• Shelf level view
• Backup and restore
• Release management
• Upgrade management
• TL1 Command Builder, CommLog, and General Broadcast tools
• Command line interface
• Terms and conditions
Configuration - Provisioning and Operating, 323-1851-310 (Parts 1 and 2)

Configuration - Provisioning and Operating provides provisioning and
operating procedures for the network element using the Site Manager
interface. Topics covered include the following:
• Equipment and facility provisioning
• Inventory
• Communications management
• Synchronization
• Test access and connection loopback provisioning
• Protection switching

Roadmap 2-9
• OTS Management
• Domain Optical Controller (DOC)
• Shelf Wavelength Topology
• Differential Provisioning
• SCMD Cascading Order
• Optical Loopback
• Photonic Configuration Management
• OTDR trace
Configuration - Bandwidth and Data Services, 323-1851-320 (Parts 1, 2,

and 3)
Configuration - Bandwidth and Data Services provides provisioning and
operating procedures for the network element. Topics covered include the
following:
• BLSR/MS-SPRing/HERS APS configuration file editing
• BLSR/MS-SPRing/HERS APS provisioning
• Path connections management
• Transponder connections management
• Photonic connections management
• EVPL connections management
• OTN connections management
• Data services receive class of service profiles
• Data services transmit class of service profiles
• Data services class of service scheduling for resilient packet rings
• Data services activation setup provisioning
• Data services bandwidth profiles provisioning
• Data services segment management provisioning
• Data services endpoint management provisioning
• Data services endpoint mapping provisioning
• Data services resilient packet ring management
• Data services resilient packet ring information
• Data services connectivity provisioning for resilient packet rings
• Data services forwarding database
• Reconfiguring an in-service resilient packet ring
• Data services queue group profiles

2-10 Roadmap
• Data services queue group drop profiles

• Data services queue group scheduler profiles
• Data services G.8032 ERP node information
• Data services G.8032 ERP group list
• Data services G.8032 ERP management provisioning
• Data services Ethernet OAM provisioning
Encryption and FIPS Security Policy Overview and Procedures, 323-1851-

340
Encryption and FIPS Security Policy Overview and Procedures provides
information on hardware used in the 6500 Encryption application, security-
related information and provisioning procedures to access the MyCryptoTool.
Topics covered include the following:
• 4x10G OTR w/Encryption 4xXFP/4xSFP+ circuit pack and FIPS Security
Policy
• Encryption Deployment Scenarios and Solutions
• Provisioning MyCryptoTool Access using Site Manager
• Provisioning Certificate Management using MyCryptoTool
• Encryption Alarms
• Maintenance and Upgrades
Fault Management - Performance Monitoring, 323-1851-520

Fault Management - Performance Monitoring provides procedures for
performance monitoring (PM) parameter definition and monitoring. Topics
covered include the following:
• Performance monitoring
• Tandem Connection Monitoring
Fault Management - Alarm Clearing, 323-1851-543 (Parts 1 and 2)

Fault Management - Alarm Clearing provides procedures for network alarm
monitoring and management, trouble clearing, and circuit pack replacement.
The procedures allow the user to identify, isolate and resolve local and remote
operational difficulties with the network element. Topics covered include the
following:
• Alarm and trouble clearing strategy
• Alarm surveillance
• Alarm hierarchies and severities
• Alarm clearing procedures

Roadmap 2-11
Fault Management - Module Replacement Procedures, 323-1851-545

Fault Management - Module Replacement provides procedures for circuit
pack replacement. Topics covered include the following:
• Safety guidelines
• Equipment replacement
• Maintenance
SAOS-based Packet Services Command Reference, 323-1851-610

This document describes the syntax of the Service Aware Operating System
(SAOS) Command Line Interface (CLI) for 6500 packet-enabled circuit packs
that use SAOS for Layer 2 services. Topics covered include the following:
• Commands
SAOS-based Packet Services Configuration, 323-1851-630

This document provides information and examples for configuring 6500
packet-enabled circuit packs that use the Service Aware Operating System
(SAOS) for Layer 2 services. The document includes an explanation of the key
features supported and provides example configurations for these features.
• Configuration management
• Ports management
• Virtual switch configuration
• Sub-port interface configuration
• L2 control frame tunneling configuration
• Quality of Service configuration
• Link Layer Discovery Protocol configuration
• DHCP relay configuration
SAOS-based Packet Services Fault and Performance, 323-1851-650

This document provides fault and performance information for 6500 packet-
enabled circuit packs that use the Service Aware Operating System (SAOS)
for Layer 2 services. The document includes an explanation of the key
features supported and provides example configurations for these features.
• Fault management fundamentals
• Fault management tools and utilities
• Remote Network Monitoring (RMON)
• Connectivity Fault Management (CFM)
• Ethernet Ring Protection switching

2-12 Roadmap
• Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)

• High availability
• Link Aggregation and LACP
• Troubleshooting faults
• Performance management tools and utilities
• Performance monitoring
• Virtual Link Loss Indicator (VLLI)
• Monitoring system health and resources
• Managing port statistics
• Displaying port information
SAOS-based Packet Services MIB Reference, 323-1851-690

This document provides an overview of the available Management
Information Base (MIB) files for 6500 packet-enabled circuit packs that use the
Service Aware Operating System (SAOS) for Layer 2 services. Topics covered
• Introduction
• Ciena MIB Support
• CIENA-CES-CFM-MIB
• CIENA-CES-CHASSIS-MIB
• CIENA-CES-DATAPLANE-MIB
• CIENA-CES-DHCP-RELAY-MIB
• CIENA-CES-EXT-LAG-MIB
• CIENA-CES-IP-INTERFACE-MIB
• CIENA-CES-MODULE-MIB
• CIENA-CES-NOTIFICATIONS-CONTROL
• CIENA-CES-PM
• CIENA-CES-PORT-MIB
• CIENA-CES-RADIUS-CLIENT-MIB
• CIENA-CES-RAPS-MIB
• CIENA-CES-SYSTEM-CONFIG-MIB
• CIENA-CES-VLLI-MIB
• CIENA-GLOBAL
• CIENA-PRODUCTS-MIB
• CIENA-SMI

Roadmap 2-13
• CIENA-TC
Fault Management - SNMP, 323-1851-740

This document describes Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and
its application for the 6500 Packet-Optical Platform and the Common Photonic
Layer. Topics covered include the following:
• SNMP Description
• SNMP Provisioning
Fault Management - Customer Visible Logs, 323-1851-840

Fault Management - Customer Visible Logs provides additional details and
troubleshooting information for customer visible logs related to domain optical
controller (DOC) as well as security and transient conditions.
Circuit pack-based technical publications

Circuit pack-based technical publications provide an additional layer of
information presented on a per circuit pack basis. Circuit pack-based technical
publications are available in electronic format (PDF) either on the 6500
Packet-Optical Platform Release 10.1 Technical Publications and Guides -
CD-ROM (NTK564), or from the Ciena web site. Circuit pack-based technical
publications provide the following information:
• overview
• supported functionality
• equipping rules
• technical specifications
• provisioning flowcharts
• circuit pack provisioning procedures
• provisioning parameters
The following circuit pack-based technical publications are provided:

• Common Equipment, 323-1851-102.1
• Electrical Circuit Packs, 323-1851-102.2
• OC-n/STM-n Circuit Packs, 323-1851-102.3
• 40CG, 100G, OSIC, ISS, and SLIC10 Circuit Packs and 200G Services,
323-1851-102.4
• Broadband, SuperMux, and OTN FLEX MOTR Circuit Packs, 323-1851-
102.5
• Photonics Equipment, 323-1851-102.6
• Data and Layer 2 Circuit Packs, 323-1851-102.7
• OTN I/F, PKT I/F and PKT/OTN I/F Circuit Packs, 323-1851-102.8

2-14 Roadmap
• OME1110 Deployment Guide, 323-1851-250 (The OME1110 Deployment

Guide is included in the 6500 technical publication libraries from Release
7.0 to Release 9.1.)

3-1
List of terms 3-
1+1 linear protection

A protection switching scheme in which two equivalent channels carry the
same traffic, but one is protection and one is working. The 1+1 linear
protection switching scheme is nonrevertive.
1:N protection
A protection switching scheme in which one standby protection channel
protects failures on any of the N working channels (revertive switching).
1:1 protection
A protection switching scheme in which one standby protection channel
protects failures on one working channel.
1U
one rack unit (1.75 in.)
1WAY
unidirectional connection
1WAYPR
unidirectional path protected ring connection
2WAY
bidirectional connection
2WAYPR
Bidirectional path protected ring connection
2WAYDPR
Dual bidirectional path protected ring connection
4xGE
4xGigabit Ethernet circuit pack

3-2 List of terms
8B10B
8-bit over 10-bit
access panel
The access panel is located at the top of the 6500 shelf and provides access
to the OAM&P functions.
ACL
access control list
ACO
alarm cut-off
A push-button switch located on the 6500 maintenance interface card (MIC)

that disables an audible alarm.
ADM
add/drop multiplexer
A network element in which some facilities are added or dropped and some
are passed directly through for transmission to other network elements.
administrative state
The administrative state is the desired state of the entity. The user configures
this state to put an entity in service or put of service. See also “operational
state” on page 3-40.
AES
Advanced Encryption Standard
AFI
Authority and Format Identifier
AID
access identifier
An access identifier (AID) appears in most command argument strings. The

AID identifies the equipment or facilities accessed by the command.
AINS
automatic in-service

List of terms 3-3
AIS
alarm indication signal
A code sent to downstream sites to indicate an upstream failure (used to

prevent unnecessary downstream alarms).
alarm cut-off
See “ACO” on page 3-2.
ALS
automatic laser shutdown
A safety feature that reduces the optical output power in the event of a break
in the optical fiber.
ALSO
automatic line shutoff
AM
analog maintenance
AM1/AM2
analog maintenance version 1/2
AMI
alternate mark inversion (line code, bipolar)
A digital line encoding technique for which a zero is transmitted by no pulse,

while a one is transmitted by a pulse opposite in polarity to the previous pulse.
AMP
amplifier
ANSI
American National Standards Institute
An organization supported by U.S. industry to coordinate, develop, and

publish standards.
AO
automatic output
AP
access panel

3-4 List of terms
APC
angled physical contact
APD
avalanche photo diode
APDFET
avalanche photo diode field-effect transistor
A transistor that uses an avalanche photo diode to convert photons to

electrons. This transistor exhibits very high gain and is used in more sensitive
optical receivers.
API
application programming interface
APR
automatic power reduction
APS
automatic protection switch
A protection switch automatically initiated by the system in response to a

defect.
APS bytes
automatic protection switching (APS) bytes
The K1 and K2 bytes of the SONET/SDH transport overhead of a line/

multiplex section (MS) carrying protection channels.
ARD
absolute route diversity
ARP
address resolution protocol
A transmission control protocol/Internet protocol (TCP/IP) that dynamically

binds a network-layer IP address to a data-link-layer hardware address; for
example, an Ethernet address.
AS
autonomous system

List of terms 3-5
An IP data communications network of hosts, routers, and networks under the

same administration. Inside the autonomous system, interior gateway
protocols such as RIP or OSPF are used to maintain routing information. It
functions as an independent system with regard to other IP networks. In order
to reach other Autonomous Systems, a ‘gateway’ is required.
ASE
amplified spontaneous emission
ASCII
American Standard Code for Information Interchange
ASNCP
arbitrary subnetwork connection protection
ASN.1
abstract syntax notation one
ATAG
automatic tag
A unique numeric string generated by the system.
AU
alarm unit
AUPSR
arbitrary unidirectional path-switched ring
autoprovisioning
The process by which the 6500 shelf processor automatically provisions a
circuit pack with default configuration data when the circuit pack is inserted
into a slot for which no configuration exists.
B3ZS
bipolar three zero substitution
B8ZS
bipolar eight zero substitution

3-6 List of terms
bandwidth
The difference, in hertz (Hz), between the lowest and highest frequencies of
a transmission channel. The range of signal frequencies transmitted by a
communications channel with defined maximum loss or distortion. Bandwidth
indicates the information carrying capacity of a channel.
BB
Broadband
BBE
background block errors
A background block error is an errored block that is not part of a severely

errored second.
BCVL
line bipolar code violation
BDI
backward default indicator
BEI
backward error indication
BER
bit error ratio
A measure of transmission accuracy expressed as a ratio of bit errors

received to bits sent.
BIAE
backward incoming alignment error
bidirectional switching
A bridge to protection channel and a selection from a protection channel of
both directions of duplex traffic.
BIP
bit-interleaved parity
breaker interface panel
A unit installed at the top of a bay for power distribution and management to
the 6500 shelves.

List of terms 3-7
BIP-8
BIP with eight-bit errors
bit
binary digit
The smallest unit of information in a binary system represented as a 0 (zero)

or as a 1 (one).
bit/s
bits per second
The unit used to express transmission rate.
BITS
building-integrated timing supply
BLSR
bidirectional line switched ring
BITS
building-integrated timing supply
All digital equipment in a structure receives timing from the same master
clock, which must be the most accurate and stable clock in the structure. The
BITS is driven by a stratum 3 or better reference signal and sends a DS1
signal to all equipment in the same location.
BLSR
bidirectional line-switched ring
A method of SONET transport over a ring configuration for which half of the
available channels are working and half are considered protection channels.
The traffic is bidirectional. Half of the traffic is sent counter-clockwise over
another fiber according to the path provisioned. The ring uses the line level
status and performance parameters to initiate Automatic Protection Switching
(APS). APS in BLSR is aligned such that working channels 1 through 24 (OC-
48) or channels 1 through 96 (OC-192) are protected by channels 25 through
48 (OC-48) or channels 97 through 192 (OC-192) respectively.
BMAX
maximum bandwidth mode

3-8 List of terms
BPSK
binary phase shift keying
BPV
bipolar violation
An error in the transmission of bipolar signals when two successive marks

have the same polarity.
BR
battery return
bridge
The action of transmitting identical traffic on both the working and protection
channels.
bridge request
A message sent from the tail-end node to the head-end node requesting the
head-end perform a bridge of the working channels onto the protection
channels.
bridge request status

A message sent from the tail-end node to all other nodes within the protection
system (on the path not carrying the protection channels to be used)
indicating the tail end has requested a bridge.
bridging to protection
The action of transmitting identical traffic on both the working and the
protection channels.
BS
band splitter
BSESL
bipolar severely errored seconds count - line
The count of 1-second intervals that contain 51 or more bipolar code violations
or a loss-of-signal event.
BT
base-T

List of terms 3-9
byte
A group of eight binary digits or eight signal elements representing binary
digits operated upon as an entity.
CAP
change application procedure
Ciena document used to perform an in-service upgrade or reconfiguration

with no effect on traffic.
CAT
commissioning assistant tool
CBD
committed burst duration
CBR
constant bit rate
An ATM service category which supports a constant or guaranteed rate to

transport services which require rigorous timing control and performance
parameters.
CBS
Committed burst size
CCAT
contiguous concatenation
CCITT
Consultative Committee on International Telephone and Telegraph
This committee is now replaced by the International Telecommunications

Union—Telecommunications (ITU-T). The CCITT prepared a series of
recommendations for telecommunications protocol.
See also “ITU-T” on page 3-27.
CCM
continuity check message
CCMD
colorless channel Mux/Demux

3-10 List of terms
CDC
colorless directionless contentionless
CDF
client data frame
CDFI
customer defined facility identifier
CD-ROM
compact disk read-only memory
A read/write digital optical storage device of high capacity.
CE
Conformité Européenne
CES
Carrier Ethernet Service
CESD
Carrier Ethernet Service Delivery
CFM
connectivity fault management
CFP
40G/100G transceiver form factor pluggable
CFR
Code of Federal Register
CHAP
challenge-handshake authentication protocol
Challenge handshake authentication protocol (CHAP) provides secure

authentication for devices that want to participate in PPP links.
CHC
channel control
CHMON
channel monitoring

List of terms 3-11
CIR
committed information rate
CLE
customer located equipment
Equipment located on customer premises that provides access to the

operating company network.
CLEI
common language equipment identifier
A trademark of Bell Communications Research. CLEI is a standard

identification method for telephony equipment.
CLFI
common language facility identifier
CLI
command line interface
The TL1 command line interface in the TL1 Command Builder
CLLI
common language location identifier
CLNP
connection less network protocol
Connection less network protocol (CLNP) is an OSI network-layer protocol

that provides the interface between CLNS and upper layers. CLNP carries
upper-layer data and error indications over connectionless links.
CLNS
connectionless-mode network service
Connectionless-mode network service (CLNS) provides network-layer

service to the transport layer via CLNP.
CMD
channel Mux/Demux
CMD44
44 channel Mux/Demux

3-12 List of terms
CMF
client management frame
CND
Ciena network designer
CO
central office
COS
class of service
COADM
configurable optical add/drop multiplexer
COLAN
central office local area network
A facility on the network element that allows the 6500 to communicate with the
customer DCN.
COM
common return
correlation tag
The sequential command identifier with every command input for the TL1
interface. The identifier is called a correlation tag (CTAG).
The format of the CTAG can be used to reflect its purpose, for example,
JOB28, and TAG33.
CoS
class of service
CPE
customer premises equipment
Equipment located on the customer premises that is connected to the

telephone line.
CPL
common photonic layer

List of terms 3-13
CPRI
common public radio interface
CPU
central processing unit
A functional unit that interprets and executes program instructions. The CPU
transmits and receives data from the memories and peripheral units of the
computer.
craft personnel
maintenance personnel
Employees assigned the routine recurring work required to keep a facility,

such as a fiber optic transmission system, plant, building, structure, ground
facility, or utility system, in such condition that it may be continuously used (a)
at its original or designed capacity and efficiency and (b) for its intended
purpose.
CRC
cyclic redundancy check
cross-connect
A connection between endpoints on the network element.
CRC
cyclic redundancy check
CSA
centralized security administration
CSF
client signal failure
CTAG
See “correlation tag” on page 3-12.
CTP
connection termination point
CV
code violation

3-14 List of terms
A code violation is a bit-interleaved parity error at the line/multiplex section,

section/regenerator section, or path layer.
CW
continuous wave
CWDM
coarse wavelength division multiplexing
CXM
C-Band expansion module
DAPI
destination access point identifier
dB
decibel
dBm
decibels relative to one milliwatt
dBQ
decibels relative to coding gain
dc
direct current
DCC
data communications channel
SONET/SDH defines two data communications channel: a section/

regenerator section (RS) data communications channel and a line/multiplex
section (MS) data communications channel.
DCE
data communication equipment
The devices and connections of a communications network that connect the

communication circuit between the data source and destination.
DCN
data communications network

List of terms 3-15
A data communications network (DCN) is the set of processes, equipment, or

facilities used to transport signals from one data processing device at one
location to another data processing device at another location.
defect
An anomaly that interrupts the normal operation of the system and persists for
a defined period of time.
DES
data encryption standard
DGE
dynamic gain equalizer
DGFF
dynamic gain flattening filter
D-H
Diffie-Hellman
DHCP
dynamic host configuration protocol
A protocol used to centrally manage and automate the assignment of Internet

protocol (IP) addresses in a network.
DIA
direction independent access
DISCD
disconnected - not carrying traffic
DISP
dispersion
DOC
domain optical controller
DOSC
dual optical service channel
DPO
DWDM pluggable optics

3-16 List of terms
DS1
digital signal, level 1 (1.544 Mbit/s)
The 8-bit, 24-channel, 1.544 Mbit/s digital signaling format.
DS3
digital signal, level 3 (44.7 Mbit/s)
A serial data stream carrying 28 DS1 signals plus overhead bits.
DSCM
dispersion slope compensating module
DSM
DS1 service module
DSO
dynamic shared object
DSP
domain specific part
DTE
data terminal equipment
Equipment which serves as a data transmitter, data receiver, or both. DTE

controls information transfer according to a data link protocol, and reconverts
the received data signals into user information.
DTL
designated transit list
DUS
do not use for synchronization
DVM
digital voltmeter
DWDM
dense wavelength division multiplexing
DWDM is a transmission technique of multiplexing on the optical layer.

List of terms 3-17
EB
errored block
An errored block is a bit-interleaved parity (BIP) block that has one or more bit
errors.
EBER
excessive bit error ratio
See also “BER” on page 3-6.
EBS
excess burst size
EC-1
electrical carrier level 1 (51.84 Mbit/s)
ED
extended dispersion
EDP
engineering documentation package
EC-1
electrical carrier level 1 (51.84 Mbit/s).
EDC
error detection code
eDCO
electronic dynamically compensating optics
EDFA
erbium-doped fiber amplifier
EDP
engineering drawing package
EER
excessive error ratio
EFM
Ethernet in the first mile

3-18 List of terms
EFT
electrical fast transient
EG
equipment group
EIA
Electronic Industries Alliance
A standards association that specifies electrical transmission standards. The

EIA and TIA have developed numerous well-known communications
standards, including TIA/EIA-232 and EIA/TIA-530.
EIR
excess information rate
ELWT
Electrical Wavelength Translator
EMC
electromagnetic compatibility
EMI
electromagnetic interference
Any electrical or electromagnetic interference that causes undesirable

response, degradation, or failure in electronic equipment.
eMOTR
Ethernet multiplexer optical transponder
ENM
enhanced nonlinear mitigation
ENUT
enhanced non-preemtible traffic
EP
extended power
EPL
Ethernet private line

List of terms 3-19
ERR
error
ETS
enhanced trunk switch
EOL
end of life
Stage at which either the hardware or the software has reached the end of its
useful function or no longer meets business requirements.
EP
extended power
EPL
Ethernet Private Line
ERP
Ethernet Ring Protocol
ES
errored second
An errored second is a second during which at least one code violation or

alarm indication signal occurs.
ESAM
enhanced service access module
ESD
electrostatic discharge
Discharge of stored static electricity that can damage electronic equipment

and impair electrical circuits, resulting in complete or intermittent failures.
ESI
external synchronization input
ESM
Ethernet service module

3-20 List of terms
ESMC
Ethernet sync messaging channel
ESO
external synchronization output
ESF
extended superframe format
E-SPRing
Ethernet shared protection ring
ESWD
electronic software delivery
ETH
Ethernet
ETSI
European Telecommunications Standards Institute
The organization created by the European Post, Telephone, and Telegraph

and the European Community to propose telecommunications standards for
Europe.
ETTP
Ethernet trail termination point
EVPL
Ethernet virtual private line
external timing
A synchronization scheme in which timing for a network element is provided
by an external source such as BITS/SSU.
FA
facility
FAD
facility access digroup

List of terms 3-21
failure
An end to the ability of an item to do a required function. A failure is caused
by the persistence of a defect.
fault indicator
A device that presents a visual display or audible alarm when a failure or
marginal condition exists.
FC
63
fiber channel
An industry-standard specification which details computer channel

communications over fiber optics at transmission speeds from 132 Mbit/s to
1062.5 Mbit/s at distances of up to 10 kilometers.
ferrule connector
A keyed, locking type of fiber-optic connector with a round barrel and threaded
retaining ring.
failure count
The count of failure events.
FCC
flexible cross-connect
FCS
frame checksum
frame check sequence
FCSERR
frame check sequence error
FDA
Food and Drug Administration
FDB
forwarding database

3-22 List of terms
FE
fast Ethernet
FEC
forward error correction
ferrule
A component of a fiber-optic connection that holds a fiber in place and aids in
its alignment.
FG
frame ground
FGA
fixed gain amplifier
FICON
fiber connectivity
FLT
fault
The secondary state indicating that a fault has been detected in equipment.
FICON
fibre connection
FIM
fiber interconnect modules
FIP
fuse interface panel
FMOTR
flex multiplexer optical transponder
FPGA
field programmable gate array
freerun timing
A timing scheme in which a free-running clock on the shelf processor circuit
pack provides timing for a network element.

List of terms 3-23
fromAID
from access identifier
The facility at one end of a cross-connect.
FRU
field replaceable unit
FTAM
file transfer, access, and management
FTP
file transfer protocol
The file-sharing protocol operating at layers 5 through 7 of the open systems

interconnection (OSI) model that governs file-sharing and file-transfer
capabilities.
FTTP
Floating trail termination point
full-duplex mode
In full-duplex mode, LAN traffic is transmitted and received simultaneously.
Gbit/s
gigabits per second
GCC
general communication channel
GE
gigabit Ethernet
A LAN transmission standard (IEEE 802.3z) that provides a data rate of one
billion bits per second (Gbit/s).
GFP
generic framing procedure
Generic framing procedure (GFP) is an ITU standard (G.7041) which

describes a flexible mapping technique for transparent transport of multiple
protocols in SONET/SDH.

3-24 List of terms
GFP-F
generic framing procedure - framed
See also “GFP” on page 3-23.
GFP-T
generic framing procedure - transparent
GMD
group Mux/Demux
GMT
Greenwich mean time
GNE
gateway network element
GMD
group mux/demux
GRE
generic route encapsulation
Generic routing encapsulation (GRE) provides a standard method for

transporting one arbitrary network layer protocol over another arbitrary
network layer protocol (tunneling).
GUI
graphical user interface
A graphical (rather than textual) interface to a computer.
half-duplex mode
The mode where LAN traffic is transmitted or received alternately.
HCCS
high correction count second
HCCSREF
high correction count second reference
HDLC
high-level data link control

List of terms 3-25
HEC
header error control
HERS
head-end ring switching
HO
high-order
holdover
An operating mode in which the network element maintains the timing of the
last synchronization source.
HTTP
hypertext transfer protocol
hub
A network element that accepts several inputs originating from different areas.
A point on a network where a group of circuits are connected and provide

centralized management capabilities. Hubs are useful for their ability to isolate
nodes from disruptions.
ICMP
internet control message protocol
ICMP group
internet control message protocol group
ID
identifier
IDF
invalid data flag
IDP
installation drawing package
IEC
International Electrotechnical Commission
IEEE
institute of electrical and electronic engineers

3-26 List of terms
IETF
internet engineering task force
I/F
interface
A circuit pack described as an "OTN I/F" interfaces between OTN mappings

on its client or line ports and the cross-connect or fabric circuit packs.
IFF
internal fault flag
iISIS
integrated intermediate system to intermediate system
A routing protocol that can be used for both IP and OSI routing.
ILA
integrated line amplifier
ILAN
intershelf local area network
A facility that allows the shelf processor to communicate with the co-located
shelf processor.
IMDD
intensity modulation direct detect
INV
invalid
I/O
input/output
IP
internet protocol
A direct outward dialing (DOD) standard protocol designed for use in

interconnected systems of packet-switching computer communication
networks.
IPG
inter-packet gap

List of terms 3-27
IR
intermediate reach
ISCC
interswitch communication channel protocol
IS
in-service
An indication that some element of the network is carrying traffic or is ready

to carry traffic. Standby units that are IS are prepared to carry traffic.
See also “OOS” on page 3-39.
IS-ANR
in-service - abnormal, or partial failure detected
ISIS
intermediate system to intermediate system
ISO
International Organization for Standardization
The ISO technical committee was created to provide standards on the area of
quality management and quality assurance in a common language for a global
audience.
ISS
inline submarine supervisor
ITU-T
International Telecommunications Union—Telecommunications
An international organization with headquarters in Geneva, Switzerland that

makes recommendations for standardization of telecommunications and
functions through international committees of telephone administrations and
private operating agencies. The ITU-T makes recommendations applying to
the industry, administrations and agencies. This replaces the former
committee known as CCITT.
kbit
kilobit

3-28 List of terms
For processor storage, real and virtual storage, and channel volume, 1024
bits.
See also “bit” on page 3-7.
kbit/s
kilobits per second
The number of binary digits transmitted over a communications channel in

one second. Standard measure of data rate and transmission capacity; 1024
bits per second.
See also “bit” on page 3-7.
kbyte
kilobyte
See also “byte” on page 3-9.
kHz
kilohertz
A measurement of frequency. One thousand cycles per second.
L2
layer 2
L2 MOTR
layer 2 multiplexer optical transponder
L2RPR
layer 2 resilient packet ring
L2SS
layer 2 service switch
LACP
link aggregation control protocol
LAN
local area network

List of terms 3-29
A data communications system that lies within a limited geographic area, has
a specific user group, has a specific topology, and is not a public switched
telecommunications network, but may be connected to one. A LAN has a
moderate to high data transmission rate, and supports shared media.
Examples of LAN technologies are Ethernet, token ring, and fiber-distributed
data interface (FDDI).
LAG
link aggregation group
LAPD
link access protocol on the D-channel
Link access protocol on the D-channel (LAPD) is a protocol that operates at

the data link layer (layer 2) of the OSI architecture.
laser
light amplification by stimulated emission of radiation
Amplification of light by a device that produces an intense, coherent,

directional beam of optical radiation by stimulating electronic, ionic, or
molecular transitions to higher energy levels, so that when the electrons, ions,
or molecules return to lower energy levels, they emit energy.
LBM
Loopback message
LBO
line buildout
LBR
Loopback reply
LCAS
link capacity adjustment scheme
LDCC
line data communications channel
LED
light-emitting diode
A semiconductor diode that emits light when a current is passed through it.

3-30 List of terms
LF
link failure
LIM
line interface module
line timing
A synchronization scheme in which timing for a network element is derived
from a receive line.
LLDCC
lower layer DCC
LLDP
Link Layer Discovery Protocol
LLMP
low latency mapping procedure
LO
low-order
LOF
loss of frame
An alarm where the system is unable to detect a framing indication on the

optics signal. The framing indication is a specific pattern of bits that varies
depending on traffic.
See also “OOF” on page 3-39.
LOFEF
laser off far end failure
LOM
loss of multiframe
LOP
loss of pointer

List of terms 3-31
A fault, for example, a circuitry failure, as the misplacement of the address of

a memory location. An alarm that occurs when a path endpoint detects a
corrupt pointer. The pointer is a mechanism used by the logical path to
indicate where data starts in the payload of a frame.
LOS
loss of signal
A fault, for example, a circuitry failure, as the misplacement of

telecommunications information. LOS can be caused by an optical signal
failure.
LR
long reach
LTM
linktrace message
LTR
linktrace reply
MA
Maintenance association
MAA
manual area address
MAC
media access control
A protocol governing access from a station to a network.
Mbit/s
megabits per second
One megabit per second is equivalent to 1 048 576 bits per second.
MD
maintenance domain
MD5
message digest 5

3-32 List of terms
MDIX
medium-dependent interface cross-over
MEA
mismatched equipment attributes
MEP
Maintenance end point
MHz
megahertz
One million cycles per second. A unit of frequency denoting one million Hz.
MIB
management information base
MIC
maintenance interface card
MIP
Maintenance intermediate point
MLA
midstage line amplifier
MLM
multi longitudinal mode laser, or multimode laser
An injection laser diode which has a number of longitudinal modes.
MMF
multimode fiber
MOA
Multiservice Managed Object Agent
modem
modulator demodulator

List of terms 3-33
A device that modulates and demodulates signals for transmission and

reception, respectively, over communication facilities. Modems convert digital
signals into quasi-analog signals for transmission and reconvert the quasi-
analog signals into digital signals. Other functions may be added to modems
to provide for customer service and control features.
MONE
monitor equipment side (A path)
MONF
monitor facility side (B path)
MONEF
monitor equipment and facility
MOR
multiwavelength optical repeater
MOTR
multiplexer optical transponder
MPLS
multiprotocol label switching
MPO
multifiber push-on/off
MPXC
multiplex Cross Connect
MS
multiplex section
The segment of a fiber transmission system between network elements where

traffic originates and terminates.
MSA
multi-source agreement
MSI
multiplexing structure identifier

3-34 List of terms
MSDCC
multiplex section data communications channel
MSP
multiplex section protection
MSP linear protection

same traffic, but one is protection and one is working. The MSP linear
protection switching scheme is nonrevertive.
MSPP
multi-service provisioning platform
MS-SPRing
multiplex section shared protection ring
MT
maintenance state
MTU
maximum transfer unit
MXC
multiservice cross-connect
NAS
network access server
NAT
network address translation
navigation area
The left side of the Site Manager (see “Site Manager” on page 3-51) main
window. The navigation area displays the network elements (NEs) in a login
profile. Use the navigation area to select an NE to view or edit details.
navigation tree
The network elements in a login profile as represented in the navigation area
(see “navigation area” on page 3-34) as items branching from the login profile.
NC
normally closed

List of terms 3-35
NCCI
network call correlation identification
NDP
Neighbor Discovery Protocol
NDSF
non-dispersion-shifted fiber
NE
See “network element” on page 3-35.
NEBS
Network Equipment Building System
NET
network entity title
network element
A collection of equipment that performs some operation in routing or
transporting a telecommunications signal.
NGM
Next Generation Modulation
NIC
network interface card
NIST
national institute of standards and technology
NMS
network management system
NNI
network-to-network interface
NNS
network name server
NO
normally open

3-36 List of terms
non-revertive switch
When the condition that caused a switch to protection is corrected, the traffic
remains on the protection channels until another bridge request. Traffic does
not automatically revert to its working channel.
NRD
network element release driver
NRZ
Non-Return to Zero
NSA
non-service-affecting
NSAP
network service access point
A number used internally in a SONET/SDH communications network to

address a network element. The NSAP is a number up to forty hexadecimal
digits.
NSSA
not so stubby areas
Stub areas which receive certain link state updates from external networks.
NSAT
Nodal SLAT Assistant Tool
NTP
Network timing protocol
NVS
nonvolatile storage
Storage in which the contents are not permanently lost when power is
removed, but become available again when power is restored.
OADM
optical add/drop multiplexer
OAM
operations, administration, and maintenance

List of terms 3-37
All the tasks necessary for providing, maintaining, or modifying the services
provided by a switching system.
OAM&P
operations, administration, maintenance, and provisioning
OBM
optical bandwidth manager
OBP
Optical Broadband Platform
OC-1
optical carrier level 1
OC-3
optical carrier level 3 (155.52 Mbit/s)
OC-12
OC-48
OC-192
optical carrier level 192 (9.6 Gbit/s)
OC-n
optical carrier level n
OCH
optical channel
OCHTXACTDISP
optical channel transmit activity display
OCI
optical channel interface
OCLD
optical channel and laser detector

3-38 List of terms
OCP
optical convergence platform
ODBR
OSPF data base reduction
ODU
optical data unit
ODU-AIS
optical channel data unit - alarm indication signal
ODU-OCI
optical channel data unit - optical channel interface
ODU-LCK
optical channel data unit - locked (channel is administratively locked)
ODU-SF
optical channel data unit - signal fail
ODUCTP
ODU connection termination point
ODUTTP
ODU trail termination point
OEL
optical Ethernet layer
OFS
out-of-frame second
OID
object identifier
OM
operational measurements
OMA
optical modulation amplitude

List of terms 3-39
OMD
optical mux/demux
OMDF
optical mux/demux filter
OMEA
optical manager element adapter
OMX
optical multiplexer
Equipment that uses a passive optical coupler to combine various

wavelengths over a single fiber-optical cable.
OOB
out of band
OOF
out of frame
An event or an alarm where the system is unable to detect a framing indication

on the optics signal. The framing indication is a specific pattern of bits that
varies depending on the traffic.
See also “LOF” on page 3-30.
OOS
out-of-service
An equipment state in which equipment is removed from service either

automatically (by the system) or manually (by personnel).
See also “IS” on page 3-27.
OOS-AU
out-of-service; autonomous (failure detected).
OOS-AUMA
out-of-service autonomous management - the entity is not able to perform its
provisioned functions and is intentionally removed from service.
OOS-MA
out-of service maintenance for provisioning memory administration

3-40 List of terms
OOS-MA-ANR
out-of-service - maintenance - abnormal or partial failure detected
OOS-MA-MT
out-of-service - management - maintenance state
operational state
The operational state of an entity (equipment or facility) is its actual state. This
state is derived from the underlying condition of the entity and cannot be
edited. See also “administrative state” on page 3-2.
OPM
optical power monitor
OPR
optical power received
OPRN
optical power received normalized
OPS
Optical protection switch
OPT
optical power transmitted
OPTMON
optical monitoring
OPTN
optical power transmitted normalized
OPU
optical channel payload unit
OPU-AIS
optical channel payload unit - alarm indication signal
OPU-PTM
optical channel payload unit - packet transfer mode
optical interface circuit pack

Any supported circuit pack that has an optical interface.

List of terms 3-41
OPTN
optical power transmitted normalized
ORL
optical return loss
OS
operations system
Software that controls the management and execution of programs.
OSA
optical spectrum analyzer
OSC
optical service channel
OSCF
OSC filter
OSI
open systems interconnection
A seven-layer reference model that defines a structured protocol suite for data
communication. A suite of communication protocols, network architectures,
and network management standards produced by the International
Organization for Standardization (ISO).
OSID
optical system identifier
OS-NE
operations system - network element interface
OSNR
optical signal to noise ratio
OSP
outside plant
OSPF
open shortest path first

3-42 List of terms
OSRP
optical signaling and routing protocol
A protocol that defines how routers share routing information. Unlike the older
Routing Information Protocol (RIP) which transfers entire routing tables,
OSPF conserves bandwidth by transferring only routing information that has
changed since the previous transfer.
OSS
operations support system
A network management application providing record keeping tasks such as

work orders, invoicing, and trouble reports.
OST
optical system topology
OVSR
oversubscription ratio
OTDR
optical time domain reflectometry
OTM
optical transport module
OTM
optical transport module n
OTN
optical transport network
OTR
optical transponder
OTS
optical transport section
OTSC
optical transponder and service channel
OTU
optical channel transport unit

List of terms 3-43
OTU-n
optical channel transport unit n (n= 1 is 2.5Gbps ITU G.709 framing, n=2 is
10Gbps ITU G.709 framing, n=3 is 40Gbps ITU G.709 framing, and n=4 is
100G)
OTUTTP
OUT trail termination point
OVPN ID
Optical Virtual Private Network Identifier
PAP
password authentication protocol
Password authentication protocol (PAP) provides password authentication of

remote routers that call in and attempt to establish a point-to-point connection
with a POS interface.
pass-through network element

An add/drop multiplexer that does not terminate a connection.
See also “network element” on page 3-35.
path
Path layer of SONET/SDH overhead is a logical connection between a point
where an STS or VT/VC is multiplexed to the point where it is demultiplexed.
path AIS
AIS inserted into the SONET/SDH path layers (STS or VT/VC) to allow
suppression of downstream alarms in the event of traffic-affecting failure
detected at, or upstream of, the insertion point.
PBE
push button equalizer
PC
personal computer
PCS
physical coding sublayer
PDH
plesiosynchronous digital hierarchy

3-44 List of terms
PDU
protocol data unit
PEC
product engineering code
performance monitoring
Statistics which convey information about performance on a given facility.
PFBERE
post-FEC bit error rate estimate
PHY
physical
PID
password identifier
A confidential code used with several security and administration commands,

to qualify the authorized system user to access the account specified by a
user identifier (UID).
PINFET
positive-intrinsic-negative field-effect transistor
A transistor with a positive-intrinsic-negative (P intrinsic N) diode which

converts photons to electrons. This transistor exhibits low gain and is used in
less sensitive optical receivers.
PKT
packet
PLM
path label mismatch
PM
See “performance monitoring” on page 3-44.
PN
polynomial number
PNO
provisionable network operator

List of terms 3-45
POS
PPP over SONET/SDH
P-OTS
packet-optical transport system
power input card

The card in slots 17a or 17c of a 6500 shelf. The card provides the required -
48 V dc interface to power the shelf.
PPC6
6-slot passive photonics chassis
ppm
parts-per-million
PPI
plesiochronous digital hierarchy physical interface
PPP
point-to-point protocol
An Internet suite protocol used to establish IP communications between two

nodes over non-Ethernet physical interfaces (typically slow-speed serial
links).
PRFBER
pre-FEC bit error rate
protection channels
The redundant bandwidth allocated to transport the working traffic
subsequent to a bridge affecting the working channels.
protection switching (1+1)

same traffic, but one is protection and one is working. The 1+1 protection
switching scheme is non-revertive.
provisioning
The assignment of a specific set of parameters to a network element.
Provisioning involves adding, deleting, or changing components and setting

the values of their attributes.

3-46 List of terms
PRS
primary reference source
PSC
protection switch count
PSD
protection switch duration
PSP
product and service provisioning
PTE
physical telecommunications environment
PTP
physical termination point
PTQ
primary transit queue
PUPS
point-of-use power supply
PWM
pulse width modulation
QoS
quality of service
QSFP+
Enhanced quad (4-channel) small form-factor pluggable (QSFP+)
RADIUS
remote access dial-in user authentication service
RAM
random access memory
Memory into which data can be written and from which data can be read. A
solid state memory device used for transient memory stores. Information can
be entered and retrieved from any storage position.

List of terms 3-47
RDI
remote defect indicator
RDI
remote defect indicator
reach
the maximum distance a signal is carried
REI
remote error indicator
revertive switch
A 1:N protection scheme where, after a wait-to-restore (WTR) period, the
working channels that have requested protection switch back to the working
channel provided that the working channel is fully functional.
RFC
request for comment
RFI
remote fault indicator
A message sent out to the upstream network element reporting a fault on the
downstream network.
RGRP
ring group
RLE
remote line equipment
ringlet endpoint
RMEP
remote maintenance end point
RNE
remote network element
ROADM
reconfigurable optical add/drop multiplexer

3-48 List of terms
A message sent out to the upstream network element reporting a fault on the
downstream network.
RoHS
Restriction of Hazardous Substances
ROM
read only memory
A solid state memory device that has information permanently written into the
memory during manufacture.
route diversity
A configuration used for survivability in which the protection channel fibers
and working channel fibers are routed through different paths in order to
protect the traffic against cable cuts and equipment failures.
RPL
ring protection link
RPR
resilient packet ring
RS
regenerator section
RS-DCC
regenerator section - data communications channel
RTD
round trip delay
RTU
right to use
RTRV-OTM
retrieve optical transport module
Rx
receive
The incoming direction of signal transmission; signals are carried to a network

element from customer equipment.

List of terms 3-49
SA
service-affecting
SAM
service access module
SAN
Storage area network
SAOS
service aware operating system
SAP
service access point
SAPI
source access point identifier
SAS
spatially aware sublayer
SAT
SLAT assistant tool
SBS
stimulated Brillouin scattering
SCMD4
4 channel mux/demux
SD
signal degrade
SDCC
section data communications channel
SDH
synchronous digital hierarchy
ITU-T recommendations which detail the world standards covering

synchronous transmission.

3-50 List of terms
SDH-J
synchronous digital hierarchy-Japan
SDMON
spectral data monitor
SDTH
signal degrade threshold
SEC
SDH equipment clock
SEF
severely errored frame
SEFS
severely errored framing second
SES
severely errored second
A severely errored second is a second where the threshold of errors is

exceeded.
SETS
synchronization equipment timing source
SF
signal failure
superframe format
SFP
small form - factor pluggable
SFP+
enhanced small form - factor pluggable
SFTP
secure file transfer protocol
SGL
shared group link

List of terms 3-51
SHA
secure hash algorithm
shelf processor
The shelf processor is the circuit pack that houses the CPU, which is the
intelligence center of the 6500 shelves.
The shelf processor provides shelf level control, handles all shelf
communications, and runs the system software. System software resides in
the shelf processor or network nonvolatile memory.
SID
source identifier
The name assigned to a network element. Each network element must have
a SID for the user to direct commands to the network element.
Site Manager
A standalone, nodal management graphical user interface (GUI) that is
installed on a PC or UNIX workstation, and is used to operate, administer,
maintain, and provision optical networks.
SLA
service level agreement
SLAT
system lineup and testing
SLIC
submarine line idler channel
SLIP
serial line IP
SLM
single longitudinal mode laser, or single mode laser
An injection laser diode which has a single longitudinal mode.
SLTE
submarine line terminating equipment

3-52 List of terms
SM
site manager
SMC
SONET minimum clock
SMD
selective Mux/Demux
SMF
single-mode fiber
SMI
structure of management information (for SNMP) or System manager
interface
SMUX
supermux 10 port SFP 1x10.7G DWDM circuit pack
SNC
subnetwork connection
SNCP
subnetwork connection protection
SNMP
simple network management protocol
SNTP
simple network timing protocol
SOC
span of control
The total network resources over which a particular network operator has
control.
SOL
start of life
Initial period of the lifetime of a product.

List of terms 3-53
SONET
synchronous optical network
A standard for optical transport formulated by the Exchange Carriers

Standards Association (ECSA) for the American National Standards Institute
(ANSI). The standard defines optical carrier (OC) levels and their electrically
equivalent synchronous transport signals (STS).
A fiber optic communication network that: a) consists of fiber optic data links
and nodes; b) makes use of synchronous transmission; c) operates with
internal synchronism; and d) may operate in synchronism with other networks.
SONMP
synoptics network management protocol
SOP
state of polarization.
SOR
standard OTDR record.
SP
shelf processor. See “shelf processor” on page 3-51.
SPAP
shelf processor with access panel
SPLI
service and photonic layer interoperability
SPLTA
split A path
SPLTB
split B path
SPLTE
split equipment side
SPLTF
split facility side

3-54 List of terms
SPLTEF
split equipment and facility sides
SPOTNMOTR
Integrated shelf processor and 8xOTN Flex MOTR
S/R
save/restore
SRA
single line Raman amplifier
SS
steady state
SSC
spectral shape controller
SSH
secure shell
SSM
synchronization status message
SSU
synchronization supply unit
STBYH
hot standby
STM
synchronous transport module
STM-1
synchronous transport module level 1
STM-4
STM-16

List of terms 3-55
STM-64
STM-256
STM-n
An SDH element which is n times (where n is an integer) the STM-1 rate. For
example, STM-1, STM-4, STM-16, and STM-64.
STMkJ
synchronous transport module with k and j containers
STORM
Short term optical recovery mechanism
STQ
secondary transit queue
Stratum n clock
Timing sources for networks are often described in terms of stratum levels.
The different stratum clock sources define different levels of accuracy.
STU
synchronization traceability unknown
STS
synchronous transport signal
STS-1
synchronous transport signal level 1
The basic signaling rate for a synchronous optical network transmission

medium (SONET, 51.84 Mbit/s).
STS-3c
synchronous transport signal level 3 concatenated
A SONET standard for transmission over OC-3 optical fiber at 155.52 Mbps.
An STS-3c signal consists of three concatenated STS-1 signals

3-56 List of terms
STS-12c
synchronous transport signal level 12 concatenated
A SONET standard for transmission over OC-12 optical fiber at 622.08 Mbps.
An STS-12c signal consists of 12 concatenated STS-1 signals.
STS-n
synchronous transport signal level n (where n is an integer from 1 through
192)
The signal obtained by multiplexing integer multiples (n) of STS-1 signals

(base rate of 51.84 Mbit/s). The rate of the STS-n is n times 51.84 Mbit/s.
STS-1 51.84 Mbit/s

STS-3 155.52 Mbit/s
STS-12 622.08 Mbit/s
STS-48 2488.32 Mbit/s
STS-96 4976.64 Mbit/s
STS-192 9953.28 Mbit/s
STTP
SONET/SDH trail termination point
SVC
switched virtual circuit
A virtual connection that is established for the duration of a transmission.

Special signaling packets that have unique bit streams but usually contain no
data, are used to set up the connection.
See also “VC” on page 3-62.
SVID
service provider VLAN identifier
switch completion time

The interval from the decision to switch to the completion of the bridge and
switch operation at a switching node initiating the request.
switching node
A node that either sources a bridge request or receives a bridge request. A
node that is in any of the pass-through states cannot be a switching node. A
switching node also performs any necessary squelching to prevent
misconnecting of traffic for STS-1/VC-4 or higher rate paths.

List of terms 3-57
switching to protection
The action of selecting traffic (at the tail-end) from the protection channels
instead of the working channels.
SWT
wavelength translator
TAC
test access channel
tail-end
The tail-end is the optics unit or the NE where the line overhead is terminated.
When a failure occurs on a line, the tail-end NE detects the failure and
requests the bridge. For bidirectional switching, a node functions as the head-
end for the outgoing line and as the tail-end for the incoming line on the failed
span.
TAP
test access port
TARP
TID address resolution protocol
TAS
test access session
TC
time committed
TCA
threshold crossing alert
TCM
tandem connection monitoring
TCMCTP
TCM connection termination point
TCM TTP
TCM trail termination point
TCP/IP
transmission control protocol/Internet protocol

3-58 List of terms
Transmission control protocol/Internet protocol (TCP/IP) is a networking

protocol that provides communication across interconnected networks,
between computers with diverse hardware architectures and various
operating systems.
tCTP
terminated connection termination point
TDM
transmit dispersion penalty
TDP
header error control
TE
time excessed
TIA
Telecommunications Industry Association
TE
terminal equipment
time excess
TG
telemetry gain
TID
target identifier
The TID is a non-confidential code to identify the network element being

addressed.
TIDc
target identifier consolidation
TIM
trace identifier mismatch
TL1
Transaction Language 1

List of terms 3-59
TLV
type, length, and value
TM
termination module
TMUX
Trans Mux
TNE
tunnel endpoint
TNS
tunnel segment
TNWT
tunable wavelength translator
TOADM
Thin optical add/drop multiplexer
TOD
time of day
TODR
time of day reversion
TP
termination point
TPE
transparent payload envelope
TR
transmit/receive
transport
The action of conveying signals from one point to one or more other points in
the network.
TSA
time slot assignment

3-60 List of terms
TSDU
transport service data unit
TSGEN
test signal generator
TSI
time slot interchange
TSMON
test signal monitor
TSTF
test failed
TTI
trail trace identifier
TTL
time to live
TTP
trail termination point
TWDP
transmitter waveform distortion penalty
Tx
transmit
The outgoing direction of signal transmission; signals are carried from a

network element to customer premises equipment.
UAS
unavailable seconds
The number of one-second intervals for which the line/multiplex section or

path is not available.
UDP
user datagram protocol

List of terms 3-61
UFEC
ultra forward error correction
UID
user identifier
The user identifier (UID) is used with several security and administration
commands. It is essential to have a UID in order to activate a user login
session.
ULH OCLD
ultra Long Haul OCLD
UNEQ
unequipped
UNI
user-network interface
Uni-ASNCP
unidirectional arbitrary subnetwork connection protection
UOCLD
Ultra Long Haul Optical Channel and Laser Detector
UOSC
uni optical service channel
unidirectional switching
A switching scheme in which only the failed direction of traffic switches to
protection.
UPC
user privilege code
The network element supports five user security levels called user privilege
codes (UPC). The lowest security of the UPC is 1 and the highest is 5. The
five UPC security levels provide varying level of access for task execution.
UPSR
unidirectional path-switched ring

3-62 List of terms
In the UPSR, the ring consists of two fibers on each span, transmitting traffic
in opposite directions, between adjacent nodes. Traffic entering the ring at any
node is transmitted in both directions around the ring until it reaches its exit
point. Each node on the ring is line terminating, such that the connection
across the ring is a path layer connection. At the exit point, the path layer
integrity information is examined for each of the two signals to select the best
quality signal. All of the selectors default to a particular direction, such that
under normal conditions, all traffic is routed around the ring in the same
direction.
URL
uniform resource locator
USM
user-based security model
VC
virtual circuit
VC-4
virtual circuit 4
VCAT
virtual concatenation
A facility provided by the network for transferring data between a logical

channel from the calling DTE and a logical channel to the called DTE, and
which emulates facilities provided by a physical connection. It is established
only for the duration of the call, and it may share a physical circuit with other
virtual circuits.
virtual container
Element of the SDH built up from a container plus path overhead information.
VCDPID
virtual circuit datapath identifier
VCE
virtual circuit endpoint
VCID
virtual circuit segment identifier

List of terms 3-63
VCP
virtual connection point
VCS
virtual circuit segment
VCSEL
vertical-cavity surface-emitting laser
VDC
volts direct current
VEP
virtual end point
VID
VLAN identifier
VLAN
virtual local area network
VLSR
virtual line switched ring
VOA
variable optical attenuator
A device that prevents overloading the optical receiver.
VT
virtual tributary
WAN
wide area network
working channels
The channels over which working traffic is transported when there are no
switch events. An APS system performs restoration for the working channels
only.
WRKG
working

3-64 List of terms
WRKRX
working in the receive direction
WRKTX
working in the transmit directions
WSS
wavelength selective switch
WSSOPM
wavelength selective switch with optical power monitor
WT
wavelength translator
XC
cross-connect
XCON
cross-connect
XCIF
cross connect interface
XCVR
transceiver
XFP
large-form factor pluggable
XLA
switchable line amplifier
ZPT
zero pass through
ZUI
zoomable user interface

4-1
List of 6500 shelves, circuit packs,

panels, and modules 4-
Shelves, circuit packs, and modules names used in 6500

documentation
The following tables provide the long and short names of shelves, circuit
packs, and modules used in 6500 documentation.
• Table 4-1, “6500 shelves” on page 4-2
• Table 4-2, “Shelf processor circuit packs and access panels” on page 4-3
• Table 4-3, “Cross-connect circuit packs” on page 4-3
• Table 4-4, “Breaker/fuse interface panels” on page 4-4
• Table 4-5, “Power Input Cards” on page 4-5
• Table 4-6, “Maintenance Interface Cards” on page 4-6
• Table 4-7, “Optical Protection Switch circuit packs” on page 4-6
• Table 4-8, “Electrical circuit packs” on page 4-6
• Table 4-9, “DSM modules” on page 4-7
• Table 4-10, “OC-n/STM-n circuit packs” on page 4-7
• Table 4-11, “40G and submarine circuit packs” on page 4-9
• Table 4-12, “100G circuit packs” on page 4-10
• Table 4-13, “OTSC and OTR circuit packs” on page 4-13
• Table 4-14, “OTN MOTR circuit packs” on page 4-14
• Table 4-15, “SuperMux circuit packs” on page 4-14
• Table 4-16, “NGM WT circuit packs” on page 4-14
• Table 4-17, “OTN Flex MOTR circuit packs” on page 4-15
• Table 4-18, “Photonic equipment” on page 4-15
• Table 4-19, “Data and Layer 2 circuit packs” on page 4-19
• Table 4-20, “OTN I/F, PKT I/F, and PKT/OTN I/F circuit packs” on page
4-20

4-2 List of 6500 shelves, circuit packs, panels, and modules
6500 shelves
The following table provides the long and short names of shelves in 6500
documentation. See Planning - Ordering Information, 323-1851-151, for
details.
Table 4-1
6500 shelves
PEC Long name Short name
NTK503MAE5 6500 2-slot shelf w/SP + OTN Flex MOTR 8xSFP (DC- 2-slot shelf
powered) shelf assembly
NTK503NAE5 6500 2-slot shelf w/SP + OTN Flex MOTR 8xSFP (AC- 2-slot shelf
powered) shelf assembly
NTK503LA 6500 2-slot optical Type 2 shelf assembly 2-slot shelf
NTK503PAE5 6500 7-slot optical shelf assembly 7-slot shelf
NTK503KA 6500 7-slot optical Type 2 shelf assembly 7-slot shelf
NTK503RA 6500-7 packet-optical shelf assembly 6500-7 packet-optical

shelf
NTK503ADE5 6500 14-slot converged optical shelf assembly 14-slot shelf
NTK503BDE5 6500 14-slot converged optical/front electrical shelf 14-slot shelf

assembly
NTK503CDE5 6500 14-slot converged optical/rear electrical shelf 14-slot shelf

assembly
NTK503SA 6500 14-slot packet-optical shelf assembly 14-slot shelf
NTK603AAE5 6500 32-slot packet-optical shelf assembly 32-slot shelf
NTK603AB 6500 32-slot packet-optical shelf assembly 32-slot shelf

Shelf processor circuit packs and access panels

The following table provides the long and short names of shelf processor
circuit packs and access panels in 6500 documentation. See Common
Equipment, 323-1851-102.1, for details.
Table 4-2
Shelf processor circuit packs and access panels
NTK555AAE5 Shelf processor (SP) SP

NTK555ABE5
NTK555CAE5 Shelf processor (SP-2) SP-2

NTK555EAE5
NTK555FAE5 Shelf processor (SP-2 Dual CPU) SP-2 Dual CPU
NTK555LA Shelf processor w/access panel (SPAP) SPAP
NTK555NA Shelf processor w/access panel (SPAP-2) w/2xOSC 2xSFP SPAP-2 w/2xOSC
2xSFP
NTK505JA Access Panel for 6500-7 packet-optical shelf Access panel (AP)
NTK505PAE5 Access panel for 7-slot shelf assembly Access panel (AP)
NTK505LA Access panel (SDH) Access panel (AP)
NTK505KA Access panel (SDH-J) Access panel (AP)
NTK505MA Access panel (SONET/J-SDH) Access panel (AP)
NTK605MAE5 Access panel for 32-slot shelf assembly Access panel (AP)
NTK505MBE5 Access panel with connections for eight external slots Access panel (AP)
(SONET)
Cross-connect circuit packs

The following table provides the long and short names of cross-connect circuit
packs in 6500 documentation. See Common Equipment, 323-1851-102.1, for
details.
Table 4-3
Cross-connect circuit packs
NTK557AAE5 X-Conn 80G STS-1/VC-3 (80/0) Cross-connect (XC)
NTK557BAE5 X-Conn 160G+ STS-1/VC-3 (160/0) Cross-connect (XC)
NTK557NAE5 X-Conn 80G/80G VT-1.5/VC-12 (80/80) Cross-connect (XC)

Table 4-3
Cross-connect circuit packs (continued)
NTK557PAE5 X-Conn 80G/20G VT-1.5/VC-12 (80/20) Cross-connect (XC)
NTK557QAE5 X-Conn 20G/20G VT-1.5/VC-12 (20/20) Cross-connect (XC)
NTK557TBE5 MXC 20G/20G VT1.5/VC-12 5xSFP Multiservice cross-

connect (MXC)
NTK557EAE5 X-Conn 240G+ STS-1/VC-3 (240/0) Cross-connect (XC)
NTK557GAE5 X-Conn 240G+/80G VT1.5/VC-12 (240/80) Cross-connect (XC)
NTK557ES X-Conn 240G+ STS-1/VC-3 (240/0) Cross-connect (XC)
NTK557GS X-Conn 240G+/80G VT1.5/VC-12 (240/80) Cross-connect (XC)
NTK615AA X-Conn 600G PKT/OTN Cross-connect (XC)
NTK610BBE5 X-Conn 640G+ STS-1/VC-3 (640/0) Cross-connect (XC)
NTK615BA X-Conn 1200G PKT/OTN Type 2 circuit pack Cross-connect (XC)
NTK616AA X-Conn 1600G PKT/OTN Cross-connect (XC)
NTK616BA X-Conn 3200G PKT/OTN Type 2 circuit pack Cross-connect (XC)
Breaker/fuse interface panels

The following table provides the long and short names of Breaker/fuse
interface panels in 6500 documentation. See Common Equipment, 323-1851-
102.1, for details.
Table 4-4
Breaker/fuse interface panels
NTK599AA Breaker interface panel BIP

NTK599BA
NTK599BGE5
NTK599BH
NTK599BK
NTK599DA/EA Breaker/fuse interface panel BIP/FIP
NTN458RA DS1 module breaker interface panel DSM BIP

Power Input Cards

The following table provides the long and short names of Power Input Cards
in 6500 documentation. See Common Equipment, 323-1851-102.1, for
details.
Table 4-5
Power Input Cards
NTK505AA 40A Power Input Card (breakered) - 3-Wire D-Sub Input Power Input Card
NTK505BA 40A Power Input Card (breakerless) - 3-Wire D-Sub Input Power Input Card
NTK505CE 40A Power Input Card (breakered) - 2-Wire D-Sub Input Power Input Card
NTK505DE 40A Power Input Card (breakerless) - 2-Wire D-Sub Input Power Input Card
NTK505CC 50A Power Input Card (breakered) - 2-Wire D-Sub Input Power Input Card
NTK505EEE5 Fused Power Input Card - 2-Wire D-Sub Input, Max 40A Power Input Card
NTK505EC Fused Power Input Card - 2-Wire D-Sub Input, Max 50A Power Input Card
NTK505CAE5 60A Power Input Card (breakered) Power Input Card
NTK505DAE5 60A Power Input Card (breakerless) Power Input Card
NTK505DS 2x50A Power Input Card (breakerless) Power Input Card
NTK505EAE5 Fused Power Input Card - Max 60A Power Input Card
NTK505QA Power Input Card Type 2 (breakered) - 2-Wire D-Sub Input, Max 50A Power Input Card
NTK505QE Power Input Card Type 2 (fused) - 2-Wire D-Sub Input, Max 50A Power Input Card
NTK505RA AC Power Input Card Type 2 (100 - 240 Vac) Power Input Card
NTK605CAE5 3x60A Power Input Card (breakered) Power Input Card
NTK605EAE5 3x60A Power Input Card (fused) Power Input Card
NTK605FA 3x60A Power Input Card Type 2 (breakered) Power Input Card
NTK605FE 3x60A Power Input Card Type 2 (fused) Power Input Card
NTK605GA 4x60A Power Input Card Type 2 (breakered) Power Input Card
NTK605GE 4x60A Power Input Card Type 2 (fused) Power Input Card
NTK505TA Power Input Card (breakerless) - 2-Wire D-Sub Input, Max 10A Power Input Card
NTK505TR 24 Vdc Power Input Card (breakered) - 2-Wire D-Sub Input Power Input Card
NTK505SB AC Power Input Card (100 - 240 Vac) Power Input Card

Maintenance Interface Cards

The following table provides the long and short names of Maintenance
Interface Cards in 6500 documentation. See Common Equipment, 323-1851-
102.1, for details.
Table 4-6
Maintenance Interface Cards
NTK505FAE5 Maintenance interface card MIC

NTK505FBE5
Optical Protection Switch circuit packs

The following table provides the long and short names of Optical Protection
Switch circuit packs in 6500 documentation. See Common Equipment, 323-
1851-102.1, for details.
Table 4-7
Optical Protection Switch circuit packs
PEC Circuit pack long name Circuit pack short

name
NTK554TA 4xOptical Protection Switch (4xOPS C-Band 1xOPSM2) 4xOPS
NTK576AA 2xOptical Protection Switch Module (OPSM2 C-Band) OPSM2
Electrical circuit packs

The following table provides the long and short names of electrical circuit
packs in 6500 documentation. See Electrical Circuit Packs, 323-1851-102.2,
for details.
Table 4-8
Electrical circuit packs
NTK541BAE5 63xE1 working 63xE1
NTK541PAE5 63xE1 protection 63xE1
NTK543NAE5 24xDS3/EC-1 working 24xDS3/EC-1
NTK544NAE5 24xDS3/EC-1 protection 24xDS3/EC-1
NTK543CAE5 24xDS3/E3 working 24xDS3/E3
NTK544CAE5 24xDS3/E3 protection 24xDS3/E3

Table 4-8
Electrical circuit packs (continued)
NTK546CAE5 16xSTM-1e working 16xSTM-1e
NTK546NAE5 16xSTM-1e protection 16xSTM-1e
NTK558DAE5 48 Channel Trans Mux (Portless) TMUX
DSM modules
The following table provides the long and short names of DSM modules in
6500 documentation. See Electrical Circuit Packs, 323-1851-102.2, for
details.
Table 4-9
DSM modules
NTN313AA DSM 84xDS1 termination module (TM) DSM
NTN313AC DSM 84xDS1 termination module (TM) DSM
OC-n/STM-n circuit packs

The following table provides the long and short names of OC-n/STM-n circuit
packs in 6500 documentation. See OC-n/STM-n Circuit Packs, 323-1851-
102.3, for details.
Table 4-10
OC-n/STM-n circuit packs
NTK523DAE5 1xOC-192/STM-64 STS-1/HO IR2/S64.2 1xOC-192/STM-64
NTK523BAE5 1xOC-192/STM-64 STS-1/HO SR1/I64.1 1xOC-192/STM-64
NTK523FAE5 1xOC-192/STM-64 STS-1/HO LR2/L64.2 1xOC-192/STM-64

NTK523FBE5
NTK524DAE5 1xOC-192/STM-64 VT1.5/LO IR2/S64.2 1xOC-192/STM-64
NTK524BAE5 1xOC-192/STM-64 VT1.5/LO SR1/I64.1 1xOC-192/STM-64
NTK524FAE5 1xOC-192/STM-64 VT1.5/LO LR2/L64.2 1xOC-192/STM-64

NTK524FBE5
NTK526xxE5 1xOC-192/STM-64 STS-1/HO DWDM 1xOC-192/STM-64
NTK527xxE5 1xOC-192/STM-64 VT1.5/LO DWDM 1xOC-192/STM-64

Table 4-10
OC-n/STM-n circuit packs (continued)
NTK526JAE5 1xOC-192/STM-64 STS-1/HO DWDM C-Band AM1/AM2 1xOC-192/STM-64
NTK526JBE5 1xOC-192/STM-64 STS-1/HO DWDM L-Band 1xOC-192/STM-64
NTK527JAE5 1xOC-192/STM-64 VT1.5/LO DWDM C-Band AM1/AM2 1xOC-192/STM-64
NTK527JB 1xOC-192/STM-64 VT1.5/LO DWDM L-Band 1xOC-192/STM-64
NTK516BAE5 2xOC-48/STM-16 STS-1/HO SFP circuit pack 2xOC-48/STM-16
NTK517BAE5 2xOC-48/STM-16 VT1.5/LO SFP circuit pack 2xOC-48/STM-16
NTK519BAE5 2xOC-48/STM-16 STS-1/HO DPO circuit pack 2xOC-48/STM-16
NTK520BAE5 2xOC-48/STM-16 VT1.5/LO DPO circuit pack 2xOC-48/STM-16
NTK513DAE5 8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 VT1.5/LO SFP 8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4
NTK513MAE5 8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 STS-1/HO SFP 8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4
NTK512FAE5 16xOC-n/STM-n 5G STS-1/HO SFP 16xOC-n/STM-n 5G
NTK513FAE5 16xOC-n/STM-n 5G VT1.5/LO SFP 16xOC-n/STM-n 5G
NTK512GAE5 16xOC-n/STM-n 10G STS-1/HO SFP 16xOC-n/STM-n 10G
NTK513GAE5 16xOC-n/STM-n 10G VT1.5/LO SFP 16xOC-n/STM-n 10G
NTK521CAE5 OC-n/STM-n 20G STS-1/VC-3 2x XFP/8x SFP (2+8)xOC-n/STM-n

STS-1/VC-3 20G
NTK521DAE5 OC-n/STM-n OTN 20G STS-1/VC-3 2x XFP/8x SFP (2+8)xOC-n/STM-n

STS-1/VC-3 OTN
20G
NTK522CAE5 OC-n/STM-n 20G VT-1.5/LO 2x XFP/8x SFP (2+8)xOC-n/STM-n

LO 20G
NTK522DAE5 OC-n/STM-n OTN 20G VT-1.5/LO 2x XFP/8x SFP (2+8)xOC-n/STM-n

LO OTN 20G
NTK511AA 8xOC-n/STM-n 5G VT1.5/LO SFP 8xOC-n/STM-n

40G and submarine circuit packs

The following table provides the long and short names of 40G and submarine
circuit packs in 6500 documentation. See 40CG, 100G, OSIC, ISS, and
SLIC10 Circuit Packs and 200G Services, 323-1851-102.4, for details.
Table 4-11
40G and submarine circuit packs
40G OCLD
NTK539PAE5 eDC40G OCLD Enh PMD Comp 1xOTU3+ DWDM C-Band 40G OCLD C-Band
NTK539PBE5 eDC40G OCLD 1xOTU3+ DWDM C-Band 40G OCLD C-Band
NTK539PCE5 eDC40G OCLD Regional 1xOTU3+ DWDM C-Band 40G OCLD C-Band
NTK539PDE5 eDC40G OCLD Metro 1xOTU3+ DWDM C-Band 40G OCLD C-Band
NTK539PEE5 eDC40G OCLD Submarine 1xOTU3+ DWDM C-Band 40G OCLD C-Band
NTK539PFE5 eDC40G OCLD MetroHSRx 1xOTU3+ DWDM C-Band 40G OCLD C-Band
NTK539PUE5 eDC40G OCLD MetroHSRx 1xOTU3+ DWDM L-Band 40G OCLD L-Band
NTK539RAE5 eDC40G OCLD Enh PMD Wavelength-Selective 1xOTU3+ Wavelength-Selective

C-Band 40G OCLD C-Band
NTK539RBE5 eDC40G OCLD Wavelength-Selective 1xOTU3+ C-Band Wavelength-Selective

40G OCLD C-Band
NTK539RCE5 eDC40G OCLD Regional Wavelength-Selective 1xOTU3+ C- Wavelength-Selective

Band 40G OCLD C-Band
NTK539RDE5 eDC40G OCLD Metro Wavelength-Selective 1xOTU3+ C- Wavelength-Selective

Band 40G OCLD C-Band
NTK539REE5 eDC40G OCLD Submarine Wavelength-Selective 1xOTU3+ Wavelength-Selective

C-Band 40G OCLD C-Band
40G OCI circuit packs
NTK529SAE5 40G OCI 1xOC-768/STM-256 40G OCI
NTK529SDE5 40G OCI 1xOC-768/STM-256/OTU3 40/43G OCI
NTK529SJE5 40G OCI Multi-Protocol 1xCFP 40G+ CFP OCI
40G MUX OCI circuit packs
NTK525CAE5 4x10G MUX 4x10-11.1G XFP 40G MUX OCI

NTK525CFE5

Table 4-11
40G and submarine circuit packs (continued)
40G XCIF circuit pack
NTK525FAE5 XC I/F 40G STS-1/HO 40G XCIF
40G UOCLD circuit packs
NTK539XAE5 eDC40G OCLD ULH C-Band 1xOTU3+ DWDM 40G UOCLD
NTK539XEE5 eDC40G OCLD ULH Submarine C-Band 1xOTU3+ DWDM 40G UOCLD
OSIC circuit pack
NTK528XAE5 Optical Supervisory and Idler Channel OSIC
Submarine circuit packs
NTK554HA Submarine Line Idler 10 Channel (SLIC10 C-Band) SLIC10
NTK554HC Submarine Line Idler 10 Channel (SLIC10 Flex C-Band) SLIC10 Flex
NTK528YA Inline Submarine Supervisory (ISS C-Band) ISS C-Band
100G circuit packs

The following table provides the long and short names of 100G circuit packs
in 6500 documentation. See 40CG, 100G, OSIC, ISS, and SLIC10 Circuit
Packs and 200G Services, 323-1851-102.4, for details.
Table 4-12
100G circuit packs
100G OCLD circuit packs
NTK539TAE5 eDC100G OCLD Enh PMD C-Band 1xOTU4 DWDM 100G OCLD
NTK539TBE5 eDC100G OCLD C-Band 1xOTU4 DWDM 100G OCLD
NTK539TCE5 eDC100G OCLD Regional C-Band 1xOTU4 DWDM 100G OCLD
NTK539TDE5 eDC100G OCLD Metro C-Band 1xOTU4 DWDM 100G OCLD
NTK539TEE5 eDC100G OCLD Submarine C-Band 1xOTU4 DWDM 100G OCLD
NTK539TJE5 eDC100G OCLD Enh PMD Extended Reach C-Band 100G OCLD
1xOTU4 DWDM
100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit packs
NTK539UA 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Enh PMD with EDFA 1xOTU4 100G WL3 OCLD
C-Band

Table 4-12
100G circuit packs (continued)
NTK539UB 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Long Haul with EDFA 1xOTU4 100G WL3 OCLD
C-Band
NTK539UC 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Regional with EDFA 1xOTU4 100G WL3 OCLD
C-Band
NTK539UD 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Metro with EDFA 1xOTU4 100G WL3 OCLD
C-Band
NTK539UE 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Submarine with EDFA 1xOTU4 100G WL3 OCLD
C-Band
NTK539UH 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD Premium Long Haul with EDFA 100G WL3 OCLD
1xOTU4 C-Band
Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit packs
NTK539BB Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD Long Haul with EDFA 1xOTU4 Flex2 WL3 OCLD
C-Band
NTK539BE Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD Submarine with EDFA 1xOTU4 Flex2 WL3 OCLD
C-Band
NTK539BH Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD Premium Long Haul with EDFA Flex2 WL3 OCLD
1xOTU4 C-Band
NTK539BN Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD Submarine with EDFA 1xOTU4 Flex2 WL3 OCLD
See Note C-Band Type 2
Flex3 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit packs
NTK539QJ Flex3 WaveLogic 3 OCLD Premium with EDFA NxOTU4 Flex3 WL3 OCLD
C-Band
NTK539QK Flex3 WaveLogic 3 OCLD Enhanced with EDFA NxOTU4 Flex3 WL3 OCLD
C-Band
NTK539QL Flex3 WaveLogic 3 OCLD Standard with EDFA NxOTU4 Flex3 WL3 OCLD
C-Band
NTK539QM Flex3 WaveLogic 3 OCLD Basic with EDFA NxOTU4 C- Flex3 WL3 OCLD
Band
NTK539QN Flex3 WaveLogic 3 OCLD Submarine with EDFA NxOTU4 Flex3 WL3 OCLD
See Note C-Band
100G WaveLogic 3 OTR circuit packs
NTK538UJ 100G OTR WaveLogic 3 Premium C-band LR4 Multirate 100G WL3 OTR
NTK538UK 100G OTR WaveLogic 3 Enhanced C-band LR4 Multirate 100G WL3 OTR

Table 4-12
NTK538UL 100G OTR WaveLogic 3 Standard C-band LR4 Multirate 100G WL3 OTR
NTK538UM 100G OTR WaveLogic 3 Basic C-band LR4 Multirate 100G WL3 OTR
NTK538UN 100G OTR WaveLogic 3 Submarine C-band LR4 Multirate 100G WL3 OTR
See Note
100G WaveLogic 3 Nano (WL3n) MOTR circuit packs
NTK538BK 100G MOTR WaveLogic 3n Enhanced C-Band 10xSFP+ 100G WL3n MOTR
NTK538BL 100G MOTR WaveLogic 3n Standard C-Band 10xSFP+ 100G WL3n MOTR
NTK538BM 100G MOTR WaveLogic 3n Basic C-Band 10xSFP+ 100G WL3n MOTR
100G OCI circuit packs
NTK529AAE5 100G OCI 100GE 1xCFP 100GE OCI
NTK529AC 100G OCI Multi-Protocol 1xCFP 100G OCI

Table 4-12
100G MUX circuit packs
NTK529BAE5 10x10G MUX 10GE 10xSFP+ 10x10GE MUX
NTK529BBE5 10x10G MUX Multi-Protocol 10xXFP10x10G MUX 10x10G MUX
NTK529EA 100G MUX Multi-Protocol 2xQSFP+/2xSFP+ 100G

(2xQSFP+/2xSFP+)
MUX
100G PKT/OTN circuit packs
NTK665AA PKT/OTN XC I/F 100G 100G PKT/OTN XCIF
NTK667AA PKT/OTN I/F 100G 10xXFP 10x10G PKT/OTN I/F
Note: Supported in software release 10.11 and up.
OTSC and OTR circuit packs

The following table provides the long and short names of OTSC and OTR
circuit packs in 6500 documentation. See Broadband, SuperMux, and OTN
FLEX MOTR Circuit Packs, 323-1851-102.5, for details.
Table 4-13
OTSC and OTR circuit packs
NTK530MAE5 10G OTR 1x10G XFP 1x10-11.1G DWDM 10G OTR
NTK528AAE5 10G OTSC 1x10G XFP 1x10-11.3G DWDM 10G OTSC
NTK530PAE5 2x10G OTR 4x10-11.3G XFP 2x10G OTR
NTK530PGE5 2x10G OTR 4x XFP 2x10G OTR

NTK530PME5
NTK530QA 4x10G OTR 4xXFP/4xSFP+ 4x10G OTR
NTK530QM 4x10G OTR 8xXFP 4x10G OTR
NTK530QE 4x10G OTR w/Encryption 4xXFP/4xSFP+ 4x10G OTR

OTN MOTR circuit packs

The following table provides the long and short names of OTN MOTR circuit
packs in 6500 documentation. See Broadband, SuperMux, and OTN FLEX
MOTR Circuit Packs, 323-1851-102.5, for details.
Table 4-14
OTN MOTR circuit packs
NTK530NAE5 OTN MOTR 4x2.5G SFP 1x10.7G XFP 2.5G MOTR

NTK530NCE5
SuperMux circuit packs

The following table provides the long and short names of SuperMux circuit
Table 4-15
SuperMux circuit packs
NTK535EAE5 SuperMux 10x SFP 10G DWDM SuperMux with

NTK535EBE5 integrated DWDM
NTK535FAE5 SuperMux 24 Port I/O 1x XFP/10x SFP (SuperMux 1x XFP/ SuperMux with XFP
10x SFP)(new name, Sandra, 3/10/2014)
NGM WT circuit packs

The following table provides the long and short names of NGM WT circuit
Table 4-16
NGM WT circuit packs
NTK530AAE5 NGM WT 1xOC192/STM64 1x10.7G DWDM 10G OC-192/STM-64 WT

NTK530BAE5
NTK530CAE5
NTK530ABE5 NGM WT 1x10GE LAN 1x11.1G DWDM 10GEL WT

NTK530BBE5
NTK530CBE5
NTK530ACE5 NGM WT 1xOTU2 1x10.7G DWDM 10G OTU2 WT

NTK530BCE5
NTK530CCE5

OTN Flex MOTR circuit packs

The following table provides the long and short names of OTN Flex MOTR
circuit packs in 6500 documentation. See Broadband, SuperMux, and OTN
FLEX MOTR Circuit Packs, 323-1851-102.5, for details.
Table 4-17
OTN Flex MOTR circuit packs
NTK532BAE5 OTN Flex MOTR 8xSFP 8xOTN Flex MOTR
NTK532DA OTN Flex MOTR 1xXFP/8xSFP (1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR

NTK532DE
Photonics equipment
The following table provides the long and short names of Photonic equipment
in 6500 documentation. See Photonics Equipment, 323-1851-102.6, for
details.
Table 4-18
Photonic equipment
Circuit packs
NTK554BAE5 Optical Service Channel (OSC) w/WSC 2 Port SFP 2 Port 2xOSC
10/100BT
NTK552AAE5 Single Line Amplifier (SLA C-Band) SLA
NTK552AB Fixed Gain Amplifier (FGA C-Band) FGA
NTK552BAE5 Midstage Line Amplifier (MLA C-Band) MLA C-Band
NTK552BL Midstage Line Amplifier (MLA L-Band) MLA L-Band
NTK552FAE5 Midstage Line Amplifier 2 (MLA2 C-Band) MLA2
NTK552FB Midstage Line Amplifier 2 (MLA2 C-Band) with variable MLA2 w/VOA
optical attenuator (VOA)
NTK552GAE5 Midstage Line Amplifier 3 (MLA3 C-Band) MLA3
NTK552DAE5 Line Interface Module (LIM C-Band) LIM C-Band
NTK552DL Line Interface Module (LIM L-Band) LIM L-Band
NTK552JA Single Line Raman Amplifier (SRA C-Band) w/Optical SRA

Service Channel (OSC) 1xSFP 10/100 BT WSC
NTK552KA Switchable Line Amplifier (XLA C-Band) XLA

Table 4-18
Photonic equipment (continued)
NTK552JN Service Access Module (SAM C-Band) w/Optical Service SAM

Channel (OSC) 1xSFP 10/100 BT WSC
NTK552JT Enhanced Service Access Module (ESAM C-Band) w/ ESAM

Optical Service Channel (OSC) 1xSFP 10/100 BT WSC
NTK553EAE5 Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS) 100 GHz w/OPM C- WSS 100 GHz w/OPM
Band 5x1 5x1
NTK553JAE5 Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS) 100 GHz w/OPM C- WSS 100 GHz w/OPM
NTK553JB Band 2x1 2x1
NTK553HA Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS) 100 GHz w/OPM C- WSS 100 GHz w/OPM
Band 4x1 4x1
NTK553FAE5 Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS) 50 GHz w/OPM C- WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 9x1
Band 9x1(triple slot-wide variant)
NTK553FC Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS) 50 GHz w/OPM C- WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 9x1
Band 9x1(double slot-wide variant)
NTK553LA Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS) Flex C-Band w/OPM WSS Flex C-Band w/
9x1(double slot-wide variant) OPM 9x1
NTK553KAE5 Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS) 50 GHz w/OPM C- WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 2x1
NTK553KCE5 Band 2x1
NTK553MA Wavelength Selective Switch (WSS) Flex C-Band w/OPM WSS Flex C-Band w/
20x1 OPM 20x1
NTK553PAE5 Optical Power Monitor (OPM C-Band) 2 Port 2-Port OPM
NTK553PB Optical Power Monitor (OPM Flex C-band) 2-Port 2-Port OPM Flex C-Band
NTK508AAE5 4 Channel Mux/Demux (SCMD4) 100 GHz C-Band circuit SCMD4 100 GHz
pack (Group 1)
NTK508ABE5 4 Channel Mux/Demux (SCMD4) 100 GHz C-Band circuit SCMD4 100 GHz
pack (Group 2)
NTK508ACE5 4 Channel Mux/Demux (SCMD4) 100 GHz C-Band circuit SCMD4 100 GHz
pack (Group 3)
NTK508ADE5 4 Channel Mux/Demux (SCMD4) 100 GHz C-Band circuit SCMD4 100 GHz
pack (Group 4)
NTK508AEE5 4 Channel Mux/Demux (SCMD4) 100 GHz C-Band circuit SCMD4 100 GHz
pack (Group 5)
NTK508AFE5 4 Channel Mux/Demux (SCMD4) 100 GHz C-Band circuit SCMD4 100 GHz
pack (Group 6)

Table 4-18
NTK508AGE5 4 Channel Mux/Demux (SCMD4) 100 GHz C-Band circuit SCMD4 100 GHz
pack (Group 7)
NTK508AHE5 4 Channel Mux/Demux (SCMD4) 100 GHz C-Band circuit SCMD4 100 GHz
pack (Group 8)
NTK508AJE5 4 Channel Mux/Demux (SCMD4) 100 GHz C-Band circuit SCMD4 100 GHz
pack (Group 9)
NTK553GAE5 Selective Mux/Demux (SMD) 50 GHz C-Band 8x1 circuit SMD 50 GHz 8x1
pack
NTK508FAE5 12 Channel Colorless Mux/Demux (CCMD12 C-Band) CCMD12
NTK508HA 8-Degree 16-Channel Colorless Mux/Demux (CCMD8x16 CCMD8x16

C-Band 1xCXM)
Modules
NT0H32AE OMX 4CH + Fiber Manager, Band 1 OMX
NT0H32BE OMX 4CH + Fiber Manager, Band 2 OMX
NT0H32CE OMX 4CH + Fiber Manager, Band 3 OMX
NT0H32DE OMX 4CH + Fiber Manager, Band 4 OMX
NT0H32AF OMX 4CH Enhanced + Fiber Manager, Band 1 OMX
NT0H32BF OMX 4CH Enhanced + Fiber Manager, Band 2 OMX
NT0H32CF OMX 4CH Enhanced + Fiber Manager, Band 3 OMX
NT0H32DF OMX 4CH Enhanced + Fiber Manager, Band 4 OMX
NT0H32EE OMX 4CH + Fiber Manager, Band 5 OMX
NT0H32FE OMX 4CH + Fiber Manager, Band 6 OMX
NT0H32GE OMX 4CH + Fiber Manager, Band 7 OMX
NT0H32HE OMX 4CH + Fiber Manager, Band 8 OMX
NT0H32EF OMX 4CH Enhanced + Fiber Manager, Band 5 OMX
NT0H32FF OMX 4CH Enhanced + Fiber Manager, Band 6 OMX
NT0H32GF OMX 4CH Enhanced + Fiber Manager, Band 7 OMX
NT0H32HF OMX 4CH Enhanced + Fiber Manager, Band 8 OMX
NT0H32AGE5 OMX 4CH DWDM 100GHz + Fiber Manager, Band 1 Odd OMX

Table 4-18
NT0H32AHE5 OMX 4CH DWDM 100GHz + Fiber Manager, Band 1 Even OMX
NT0H32BGE5 OMX 4CH DWDM 100GHz + Fiber Manager, Band 2 Odd OMX
NT0H32BHE5 OMX 4CH DWDM 100GHz + Fiber Manager, Band 2 Even OMX
NT0H32CGE5 OMX 4CH DWDM 100GHz + Fiber Manager, Band 3 Odd OMX
NT0H32CHE5 OMX 4CH DWDM 100GHz + Fiber Manager, Band 3 Even OMX
NT0H32DGE5 OMX 4CH DWDM 100GHz + Fiber Manager, Band 4 Odd OMX
NT0H32DHE5 OMX 4CH DWDM 100GHz + Fiber Manager, Band 4 Even OMX
NT0H32JA OMX 16CH DWDM C-band OMX
NT0H32JBE5 OMX 16CH DWDM C-band 100GHz, Band 1 and Band 2 OMX
NT0H32JCE5 OMX 16CH DWDM C-band 100GHz, Band 3 and Band 4 OMX
NT0H32KA OMX 16CH DWDM L-band OMX
NTT862AAE5 44 Channel Mux/Demux (CMD44) 100 GHz C-Band CMD44 100 GHz
module
NTT862FAE5 Enhanced 44 Channel Mux/Demux (eCMD44) 100 GHz C- Enhanced CMD44 100
Band module GHz
NTT862GA 10 Group Mux/Demux (GMD10) C-Band module GMD10
NTT862BAE5 44 Channel Mux/Demux (CMD44) 50 GHz C-Band (Blue) CMD44 50 GHz (Blue)
module
NTT862BBE5 44 Channel Mux/Demux (CMD44) 50 GHz C-Band (Red) CMD44 50 GHz (Red)
module
NTT862BCE5 Enhanced 44 Channel Mux/Demux (CMD44) 50 GHz C- Enhanced CMD44 50

Band (Blue) module GHz (Blue)
NTT862BDE5 Enhanced 44 Channel Mux/Demux (CMD44) 50 GHz C- Enhanced CMD44 50

Band (Red) module GHz (Red)
NTK504AAE5 4 Channel Optical Mux/Demux (OMD4) 100 GHz C-Band OMD4 100 GHz
module Group 1)
NTK504ABE5 4 Channel Optical Mux/Demux (OMD4) 100 GHz C-Band OMD4 100 GHz
module (Group 2)
NTK504ACE5 4 Channel Optical Mux/Demux (OMD4) 100 GHz C-Band OMD4 100 GHz
module (Group 3)

Table 4-18
NTK504ADE5 4 Channel Optical Mux/Demux (OMD4) 100 GHz C-Band OMD4 100 GHz
module (Group 4)
NTK504AEE5 4 Channel Optical Mux/Demux (OMD4) 100 GHz C-Band OMD4 100 GHz
module (Group 5)
NTK504AFE5 4 Channel Optical Mux/Demux (OMD4) 100 GHz C-Band OMD4 100 GHz
module (Group 6)
NTK504AGE5 4 Channel Optical Mux/Demux (OMD4) 100 GHz C-Band OMD4 100 GHz
module (Group 7)
NTK504AHE5 4 Channel Optical Mux/Demux (OMD4) 100 GHz C-Band OMD4 100 GHz
module (Group 8)
NTK504AJE5 4 Channel Optical Mux/Demux (OMD4) 100 GHz C-Band OMD4 100 GHz
module (Group 9)
NTT862DAE5 Broadband Mux/Demux 1x2 module BMD2
NTT862DCE5 Upgrade Broadband Mux/Demux 1x2 (UBMD2) module UBMD2
NTT862DDE5 Monitor Broadband Mux/Demux 1x2 (MBMD2) module MBMD2
NTK504BA Optical Service Channel (OSC) Filter (1516.9 nm) module OSC Filter
(1516.9 nm)
NTK504CA Fiber Interconnect Module (FIM) Type 1 FIM Type 1
NTK504CB Fiber Interconnect Module (FIM) Type 2 FIM Type 2
NTK576BA CCMD8x16 C-Band Expansion Module CXM C-Band Type 1
Data and Layer 2 circuit packs

The following table provides the long and short names of Data and Layer 2
circuit packs in 6500 documentation. See Data and Layer 2 Circuit Packs,
323-1851-102.7, for details.
Table 4-19
Data and Layer 2 circuit packs
NTK535LAE5 4xGE EPL GE

NTK535LBE5
NTK533AAE5 1x10GE EPL 10GE
NTK548BAE5 24x10/100BT EPL 24x10/100BT EPL

Table 4-19
Data and Layer 2 circuit packs (continued)
NTK548MAE5 24x10/100BT EPL with 8xSFP 24x10/100BT EPL
NTK531YAE5 Flex MOTR 8xSFP, 2xXFP FLEX MOTR
NTK531BAE5 L2SS VT1.5/LO 4xGE L2SS
NTK531MAE5 L2SS DS1/E1/DS3/E3 4xGE PDH gateway
NTK531HAE5 20G L2SS 16 Port I/O 2xXFP / 8xSFP 20G L2SS
NTK531VAE5 L2 MOTR 2xXFP/10xSFP circuit pack L2 MOTR
NTK536AA eMOTR 4xXFP/8xSFP+ eMOTR
NTK536AB eMOTR 4xXFP/8xSFP+ eMOTR
NTK536FA eMOTR 4xXFP/8xSFP+/32xSFP eMOTR
NTK536FB eMOTR 4xXFP/8xSFP+/32xSFP eMOTR
NTK534BAE5 RPR 10G STS-1/HO 4xGE RPR
OTN I/F, PKT I/F, and PKT/OTN I/F circuit packs

The following table provides the long and short names of OTN I/F, PKT I/F, and
PKT/OTN I/F circuit packs in 6500 documentation. See OTN I/F, PKT I/F and
PKT/OTN I/F Circuit Packs, 323-1851-102.8, for details.
Table 4-20
OTN I/F, PKT I/F, and PKT/OTN I/F circuit packs
NTK620AA OTN XC I/F 40G 40G OTN XCIF
NTK665AA PKT/OTN XC I/F 100G 100G PKT/OTN XCIF
NTK622AA OTN I/F Flex 16xSFP 16xFLEX OTN I/F
NTK667AA PKT/OTN I/F 100G 10xXFP 10x10G PKT/OTN I/F

5-1
Master index 5-
The master index guides the user of the 6500 Packet-Optical Platform (6500)
documentation to find information on a particular topic.
Sample index entry

If you are searching the index for information on performance monitoring (PM)
alarms, look for the following index entry:
Example
Level 1 entry: performance monitoring
Level 2 entry: alarms
Level 3 entry: clearing
The master index lists this information in alphabetical order. It also lists some
terms under the abbreviation of that term. Each topic is referenced at the page
level in each document.
You can find the topic lamp test listed as the level one heading under the topic
letter L, followed by the alphabetical listing of any associated level two or three
headings. Then, you select one of the references and use the alphanumeric
code to find out which technical publication contains the information you need.
In the following example, the index lists the information you need on lamp test,
in the following format:
lamp test
performing
from MIC 543 3-22
from Site Manager 310 2-4
The following technical publications provide the required information:

• 543: Fault Management - Alarm Clearing, 323-1851-543, Chapter 3,
page 22
• 310: Configuration - Provisioning and Operating, 323-1851-310,
Chapter 2, page 4

5-2 Master index
The blue links in this index will open the applicable technical publication to the
selected content when clicked only if the index and technical publications are
in the same folder. Technical Publications will not open when the index links
are clicked directly from the www.ciena.com portal.
Attention Mozilla Firefox portal users:

You can download multiple documents at one time into a folder using the free
add-on DownThemAll. Once you have installed DownThemAll:
1 Log on to https://portal.ciena.com using Firefox.
2 On the Documentation tab under Product Documentation Search, select
the folder of documents to be downloaded using the Browse pull-down.
3 Under the Tools menu of your Firefox browser, select -> DownThemAll.
4 Select the location where you want the documents saved and set the
Filters to Documents (pdf, odf ...) or select the documents in the list.
5 Click the Start! button.
Disclaimer
Firefox and DownThemAll are not owned or licensable by Ciena and you use
them at your own risk. Ciena makes no warranties as to performance,
merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, or any other warranties
whether expressed or implied. No oral or written communication from or
information provided by Ciena shall create a warranty. Under no
circumstances shall Ciena be liable for direct, indirect, special, incidental, or
consequential damages resulting from the use, misuse, or inability to use this
software, even if Ciena has been advised of the possibility of such damages.

Master index 5-3
Numerics 1+1 TPT

configuration PG.2 4-8
(1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-1
overview 310.2 6-63
alarms 102.5 5-16
1+1 traffic protection
cross-connection rates 102.5 5-11
switch hierarchy 310.2 6-26
cross-connection types 102.5 5-11
1+1, ODUTTP
equipping rules 102.5 5-19
overview 310.2 6-34
latency 102.5 5-22, 170 1-65
1+1, TCMTTP
performance monitoring 102.5 5-15
overview 310.2 6-34
reconfiguration 545 2-276
10/100BT
supported SFPs 102.5 5-11
I/O panel 102.7 1-27
supported XFPs 102.5 5-11
10/100BT cable PG.3 8-126
technical specifications 102.5 5-20
10/100BT cables
(2+8)xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-79
ordering 151 4-51
alarms 102.3 1-92
10/100BT circuit pack
operational measurements 520 1-503
100Base optical specifications PG.3 8-153
100G (2xQSFP+/2xSFP+) MUX circuit
latency 102.3 1-98
pack 102.4 2-179
alarms 102.4 2-188
supported SFPs/XFPs 102.3 1-89
1:N protection
exerciser 310.2 6-9
latency 102.4 2-203
overview 310.2 6-3
optical specifications PG.3 8-183
provisioning groups 310.2 6-7
switch criteria 310.2 6-7
supported QSFP+s 102.4 2-186
1+1 enhanced trunk switch (ETS)
supported SFP+s 102.4 2-186
overview 310.2 6-47
1+1 ETS
100G circuit pack
applications PG.2 4-37
1+1 LAG protection
latency 102.4 2-224, 170 1-16
overview 310.2 6-39
1+1 linear
roadmap and provisioning procedures 102.4 2-
252
overview 310.2 6-28
100G circuit packs, OTN transport and switched
path connection
services
bidirectional 320.1 3-77
Ethernet drop-and-continue 320.1 3-80
100G OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-98
1+1 linear APS alarms 543.1 4-23
alarms 102.4 2-112
1+1 Optical Protection Switch (OPS)
overview 310.2 6-54
1+1 OTN
latency 102.4 2-138
1+1 OTN line-side
overview 310.2 6-41
supported CFPs 102.4 2-110
1+1 protection
overview 310.2 6-10, 310.2 6-12
100G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-1
provisioning groups 310.2 6-10
alarms 102.4 2-43

5-4 Master index
100G OCLD circuit pack (continued) 10G OC-192/STM-64 WT circuit pack 102.5 4-1
cross-connection types 102.4 2-42 alarms 102.5 4-9
equipping rules 102.4 2-46 cross-connection rates 102.5 4-6
latency 102.4 2-97 cross-connection types 102.5 4-6
optical specifications PG.3 8-174 equipping rules 102.5 4-11
performance monitoring 102.4 2-42 latency 102.5 4-14
technical specifications 102.4 2-91 performance monitoring 102.5 4-8
100G PKT/OTN XCIF circuit pack 102.8 1-19 supported XFPs 102.5 4-6
alarms 102.8 1-24 technical specifications 102.5 4-12
cross-connection rates 102.8 1-23 10G OTN circuit pack
cross-connection types 102.8 1-23 optical specifications PG.3 8-155
equipping rules 102.8 1-26 10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-2
latency 102.8 1-31, 102.8 1-34, 170 1-82, 170 alarms 102.5 1-8
1-85 cross-connection rates 102.5 1-7
performance monitoring 102.8 1-23 cross-connection types 102.5 1-7
specifications PG.3 8-183 equipping rules 102.5 1-10
technical specifications 102.8 1-29 latency 102.5 1-13, 170 1-3
100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-1 operational measurements 520 1-518
alarms 102.4 2-43 optical specifications PG.3 8-158
cross-connection rates 102.4 2-42 performance monitoring 102.5 1-8
cross-connection types 102.4 2-42 supported XFPs 102.5 1-7
equipping rules 102.4 2-46 technical specifications 102.5 1-12
latency 102.4 2-97 10G OTSC circuit pack 102.5 1-14
optical specifications PG.3 8-174 alarms 102.5 1-20
performance monitoring 102.4 2-42 cross-connection rates 102.5 1-19
technical specifications 102.4 2-91 cross-connection types 102.5 1-18
100G WaveLogic 3 OTR circuit pack 102.4 2-204 latency 102.5 1-27, 170 1-3
alarms 102.4 2-214 operational measurements 520 1-518
cross-connection rates 102.4 2-213 optical specifications PG.3 8-160
cross-connection types 102.4 2-213 performance monitoring 102.5 1-20
equipping rules 102.4 2-217 supported XFPs 102.5 1-19
latency 102.4 2-223 technical specifications 102.5 1-25
optical specifications PG.3 8-180 10G OTU2 WT circuit pack 102.5 4-29
performance monitoring 102.4 2-213 alarms 102.5 4-35
technical specifications 102.4 2-219 cross-connection rates 102.5 4-33
100GE OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-98 cross-connection types 102.5 4-33
alarms 102.4 2-112 equipping rules 102.5 4-38
cross-connection rates 102.4 2-109 latency 102.5 4-41
cross-connection types 102.4 2-109 performance monitoring 102.5 4-35
equipping rules 102.4 2-115 supported XFPs 102.5 4-33
latency 102.4 2-138 technical specifications 102.5 4-39
performance monitoring 102.4 2-111 10G WT circuit pack
supported CFPs 102.4 2-110 optical specifications PG.3 8-155
technical specifications 102.4 2-137 10G XFP module
100GHz CMD44 point-to point terminal optical specifications PG.3 8-187
configuring 221 4-166 10GE circuit pack
10G NGM WT circuit pack operational measurements 520 1-503
latency 170 1-3

Master index 5-5
10GEL WT circuit pack 102.5 4-15 14-slot packet-optical shelf front cover kit with
alarms 102.5 4-22 extended depth NTK509CD, installing onto
cross-connection rates 102.5 4-19 a NTK503SA shelf (new installations
cross-connection types 102.5 4-19 only) 201.3 1-332
equipping rules 102.5 4-24 14-slot shelf components PG.1 3-6
latency 102.5 4-28 14-slot shelf cooling configurations PG.1 3-72
operational measurements 520 1-518 14-slot shelf cover NTK509CBE6, 14-slot front
optical specifications PG.3 8-155 cover extension kit NTK509CY 201.3 1-
performance monitoring 102.5 4-21 224
supported XFPs 102.5 4-19 14-slot shelf electrical interface area
technical specifications 102.5 4-26 hardware PG.1 3-23
10x10G 170 1-99 14-slot shelf fans
10x10G MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-139 hardware PG.1 3-72
alarms 102.4 2-159 14-slot Shelf Front Cover Extension Kit NTK509CZ
cross-connection rates 102.4 2-156 installing 201.3 1-294
cross-connection types 102.4 2-156 14-slot Shelf Front Cover NTK509CCE6, 14-slot
equipping rules 102.4 2-162 Shelf Front Cover Extension Kit
latency 102.4 2-178 NTK509CZ 201.3 1-294
optical specifications PG.3 8-183 14-slot Shelf Front Cover NTK509CCE6,
performance monitoring 102.4 2-158 installing 201.3 1-269
supported XFPs 102.4 2-156 16xFLEX OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-49
technical specifications 102.4 2-177 alarms 102.8 1-55
10x10G PKT/OTN circuit pack 102.8 1-72 cross-connection rates 102.8 1-52
alarms 102.8 1-79 cross-connection types 102.8 1-52
cross-connection rates 102.8 1-77 equipping rules 102.8 1-59
cross-connection types 102.8 1-77 latency 102.8 1-61, 170 1-76
equipping rules 102.8 1-82 optical specifications PG.3 8-184
latency 102.8 1-85 performance monitoring 102.8 1-55
performance monitoring 102.8 1-78 supported SFPs 102.8 1-52
supported SFPs 102.8 1-77 technical specifications 102.8 1-60
technical specifications 102.8 1-84 16xGE front pluggable I/O panel
10x10GE MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-139 hardware
alarms 102.4 2-159 ordering 151 3-115
cross-connection rates 102.4 2-156 16xGE front pluggable I/O panel, replacing 545 2-
cross-connection types 102.4 2-156 176
equipping rules 102.4 2-162 16xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-60
latency 102.4 2-178 alarms 102.3 1-72
optical specifications PG.3 8-183 cross-connection rates 102.3 1-69
performance monitoring 102.4 2-158 cross-connection types 102.3 1-68
supported SFP+s 102.4 2-156 equipping rules 102.3 1-75
technical specifications 102.4 2-177 latency 102.3 1-78
120 ohm converter module, replacing 545 2-186 performance monitoring 102.3 1-72
14-slot front cover extension kit NTK509CCE6 supported SFPs 102.3 1-70
installing 201.3 1-250 technical specifications 102.3 1-76
14-slot front cover extension kit NTK509CY 16xSTM-1e circuit pack 102.2 1-46
installing 201.3 1-224 alarms 102.2 1-50
14-slot optical shelf NTK503ADE5, installing Shelf cross-connection rates 102.2 1-50
Front Cover NTK509CCE6 201.3 1-250 cross-connection types 102.2 1-49

5-6 Master index
16xSTM-1e circuit pack (continued) 2.5G MOTR circuit pack (continued)

latency 102.2 1-56 equipping rules 102.5 2-10
performance monitoring 102.2 1-50 latency 102.5 2-12
replacing 545 2-89 performance monitoring 102.5 2-7
technical specifications 102.2 1-55 supported SFPs/XFPs 102.5 2-6
testing 221 6-25 technical specifications 102.5 2-11
1U AC rectifier 102.1 3-63 2.5G MOTR circuit packs
equipping rules 102.1 3-65 roadmap and provisioning procedures 102.5 2-
technical specifications 102.1 3-66 13
1U rectifier module, replacing 545 2-222 20G L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-25
1WAY path connection alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-31, 543.1 3-32
adding 320.1 3-49 alarms 102.7 2-35
1WAY photonic connections cross-connection rates 102.7 2-32
adding 320.1 5-17 editing
1WAY transponder connection I/O carrier 310.1 1-130
adding 320.1 4-21 map mode 310.1 1-130
1WAY unidirectional path connections 320.1 3-4 WAN configuration 310.1 1-130
1WAY unidirectional photonic connections 320.1 equipping rules 102.7 2-37
5-3 operational measurements 520 1-506
1WAY unidirectional transponder performance monitoring 102.7 2-35
connection 320.1 4-3 physical port view 301 5-25
1WAYPR path connection protection 310.2 6-13
adding 320.1 3-49 replacing 545 2-47
1WAYPR unidirectional path connections 320.1 supported SFPs/XFPs 102.7 2-33
3-5 technical specifications 102.7 2-39
1x10GE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-13 testing 221 6-47
alarms 102.7 1-17 20G L2SS equipment protection
cross-connection rates 102.7 1-16 testing 221 6-59
cross-connection types 102.7 1-16 20G L2SS Front I/O panel (Multi-Service) 102.7
equipping rules 102.7 1-19 2-28
latency 102.7 1-21, 170 1-114 20L2SS gateway circuit pack
performance monitoring 102.7 1-17 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-31
replacing 545 2-43 2110 shelf
supported XFPs 102.7 1-16 installing 201.1 2-61, 201.2 2-64, 201.3 2-124,
technical specifications 102.7 1-20, 102.7 1-35 201.4 2-124
testing 221 6-68 2110-Tx-xxxx DCM
1xOC-192/STM-64 circuit pack 102.3 1-1 installing into the 2110 shelf 201.1 2-65, 201.2
alarms 102.3 1-17 2-68, 201.3 2-128, 201.4 2-128
cross-connection rates 102.3 1-17 2150 Passive Optical Multiplexer (3-slot)
cross-connection types 102.3 1-16 configuring and installing filter modules 201.5
equipping rules 102.3 1-21 1-47
latency 102.3 1-32 installling 201.5 1-38
performance monitoring 102.3 1-17 routing fiber 201.5 1-47
technical specifications 102.3 1-22 2150 passive optical multiplexer (3-slot)
2.048 MHz chassis 102.6 1-384
electrical specifications PG.3 8-319 2150 Passive Optical Multiplexer (6-slot)
2.5G MOTR circuit pack 102.5 2-1 installing 201.5 1-4
alarms 102.5 2-8 2150 passive optical multiplexer (6-slot)
cross-connection rates 102.5 2-5 chassis 102.6 1-382

Master index 5-7
2150 Passive Optical Multiplexer Chassis 2-Port OPM Flex C-Band circuit pack 102.6 1-199
24-fiber MPO cable equipping rules 102.6 1-208
assembly 201.0 6-6 optical specifications PG.3 8-272
pinout 201.0 6-6 performance monitoring 102.6 1-204
24x10/100BT circuit pack technical specifications 102.6 1-209
testing 221 6-40 2-slot shelf
24x10/100BT EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-22 connecting a terminal 201.3 1-364
alarms 102.7 1-32 replacing 545 2-345
cross-connection rates 102.7 1-30 2-slot shelf cooling configurations PG.1 3-82
cross-connection types 102.7 1-30 2-slot shelf fans
equipping rules 102.7 1-34 hardware PG.1 3-82
latency 102.7 1-36, 170 1-112 2-slot shelf front cover
performance monitoring 102.7 1-32 installing 201.1 1-149
replacing 545 2-60 2-slot x 2-row filler card PG.1 3-143
supported SFPs 102.7 1-31 2WAY bidirectional EVPL connection 320.1 6-3
24xDS3/E3 circuit pack 102.2 1-34 2WAY bidirectional OTN connections 320.1 7-4
alarms 102.2 1-39 2WAY bidirectional path connections 320.1 3-5
cross-connection rates 102.2 1-38 2WAY bidirectional photonic connections 320.1 5-
equipping rules 102.2 1-41 2WAY bidirectional transponder connection 320.1
latency 102.2 1-45 4-4
performance monitoring 102.2 1-38 2WAY EVPL connection
replacing 545 2-40 adding 320.1 6-8
technical specifications 102.2 1-44 2WAY path connection
24xDS3/EC-1 circuit pack 102.2 1-22 adding 320.1 3-49
alarms 102.2 1-27 2WAY photonic connections
cross-connection rates 102.2 1-26 adding 320.1 5-17
cross-connection types 102.2 1-26 2WAY transponder connection
equipping rules 102.2 1-29 adding 320.1 4-21
latency 102.2 1-33 2WAYDPR bidirectional OTN connections 320.1
performance monitoring 102.2 1-26 7-5
replacing 545 2-40 2WAYDPR bidirectional path connections 320.1
technical specifications 102.2 1-32 3-7
2-Fiber BLSR 2WAYDPR path connection
configuration PG.2 4-9 adding 320.1 3-49
ENUT 310.2 6-88 2WAYPR bidirectional OTN connections 320.1 7-
overview 310.2 6-80 4
protection group provisioning 310.2 6-84 2WAYPR bidirectional path connections 320.1 3-
2-Fiber MS-SPRing 6
configuration PG.2 4-9 2WAYPR path connection
ENUT 310.2 6-88 adding 320.1 3-49
overview 310.2 6-80 2x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-30
protection group provisioning 310.2 6-84 alarms 102.5 1-44
2-Port OPM circuit pack 102.6 1-199 cross-connection rates 102.5 1-40
alarms 102.6 1-207 cross-connection types 102.5 1-40
equipping rules 102.6 1-208 latency 102.5 1-50, 102.5 1-81, 170 1-4
optical specifications PG.3 8-272 operational measurements 520 1-518
performance monitoring 102.6 1-204 optical specifications PG.3 8-159
technical specifications 102.6 1-209 performance monitoring 102.5 1-42

5-8 Master index
2x10G OTR circuit pack (continued) 40G circuit pack

supported XFPs 102.5 1-40 applications PG.2 4-34
technical specifications 102.5 1-50 latency 102.4 1-147, 170 1-9
2xOC-48/STM-16 circuit pack 102.3 1-33 40G circuit packs
alarms 102.3 1-41 functions 102.4 1-107
cross-connection rates 102.3 1-40 roadmap and provisioning procedures 102.4 1-
equipping rules 102.3 1-44 40G circuit packs, OTN transport and switched
latency 102.3 1-46 services
performance monitoring 102.3 1-41 operational measurements 520 1-543
supported SFPs/DPOs 102.3 1-40 40G MSPP circuit packs
technical specifications 102.3 1-45 optical interface, ordering 151 3-31
2xOC-48/STM-16 DPO carrier circuit pack, 40G MUX OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-54
replacing 545 2-30 10GbE WAN
2xOSC circuit pack 102.6 1-4 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-27
alarms 102.6 1-8 alarms 102.4 1-63
equipping rules 102.6 1-9 cross-connection rates 102.4 1-60
optical specifications PG.3 8-240 cross-connection types 102.4 1-60
performance monitoring 102.6 1-8 equipping rules 102.4 1-67
replacing 545 2-96 functions 102.4 1-109
supported SFPs 102.6 1-8, 102.6 1-90, 102.6 latency 102.4 1-72
1-116 operational measurements 520 1-536
technical specifications 102.6 1-12 optical specifications PG.3 8-168
2xOSC ports on shelf processor SPAP-2 w/2xOSC performance monitoring 102.4 1-62
optical specifications PG.3 8-240 supported XFPs 102.1 1-24, 102.4 1-60
32-slot shelf technical specifications 102.4 1-72
connecting a terminal or modem 201.4 1-201 40G OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-29
32-slot shelf access panel cross-connection rates 102.4 1-40
replacing 545 2-167 equipping rules 102.4 1-46
32-slot shelf components PG.1 3-28 functions 102.4 1-108
32-slot shelf cooling configurations PG.1 3-77 latency 102.4 1-53
32-slot shelf fans optical specifications PG.3 8-166
hardware PG.1 3-77 performance monitoring 102.4 1-41
32-slot Shelf Front Cover Extension Kit NTK609CZ reconfiguration 545 2-280
installing 201.4 1-188 replacing 545 2-113
32-slot Shelf Front Cover NTK609CAE5 supported SFPs/XFPs/CFPs 102.4 1-41
installing 201.4 1-181 technical specifications 102.4 1-51
32-slot shelves 40G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-1
32xSTM-1e front I/O panel cross-connection rates 102.4 1-11
replacing 545 2-170 cross-connection types 102.4 1-11
40/41/43G OCI circuit pack equipping rules 102.4 1-14
optical specifications PG.3 8-166 functions 102.4 1-107
40/43G OCI circuit pack latency 102.4 1-28
functions 102.4 1-108 optical specifications PG.3 8-162
optical specifications PG.3 8-166 performance monitoring 102.4 1-11
replacing 545 2-113 technical specifications 102.4 1-24

Master index 5-9
40G OCLI circuit pack 4-Fiber BLSR

cross-connection types 102.4 1-40 configuration PG.2 4-10
40G OTN XCIF circuit pack 102.8 1-2 overview 310.2 6-91
alarms 102.8 1-7 protection group provisioning 310.2 6-97
cross-connection rates 102.8 1-6 4-Fiber HERS
equipping rules 102.8 1-9 overview 310.2 6-91
latency 102.8 1-14, 170 1-77 protection group provisioning 310.2 6-97
performance monitoring 102.8 1-7 4-Fiber MS-SPRing
specifications PG.3 8-183 configuration PG.2 4-10
technical specifications 102.8 1-13 overview 310.2 6-91
40G UOCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-85 protection group provisioning 310.2 6-97
alarms 102.4 1-91 4x10G OTR (NTK530QE variant) circuit pack
cross-connection rates 102.4 1-91 alarms 340 5-1
cross-connection types 102.4 1-91 certificate management 340 4-1
equipping rules 102.4 1-94 changing battery 340 6-10
functions 102.4 1-110 client and line ports 340 1-8
latency 102.4 1-106 Crypto daughtercard 340 1-11
optical specifications PG.3 8-169 encryption features 340 1-8
performance monitoring 102.4 1-91 initial setup 340 1-11
technical specifications 102.4 1-105 inspecting 340 6-6
40G XCIF circuit pack 102.4 1-73 installation summary 340 3-3
alarms 102.4 1-78 MyCryptoTool 340 4-1
cross-connection rates 102.4 1-77 access mode 340 3-1
cross-connection types 102.4 1-77 log into 340 4-32
equipping rules 102.4 1-81 procedures 340 4-1
functions 102.4 1-109 private IP solution 340 3-42
latency 102.4 1-84, 170 1-109 removing 340 6-13
performance monitoring 102.4 1-77 replacing 340 6-23
replacing 545 2-66 reseating 340 6-17
specifications PG.3 8-183 returning 340 6-34
technical specifications 102.4 1-84 Site Manager procedures 340 3-1
40G+ CFP OCI circuit pack tamper evident seals 340 1-11
functions 102.4 1-108 transport and enterprise segregation 340 1-14
operational measurements 520 1-536 transport summary 340 3-3
reconfiguration 545 2-280 USB port 340 1-9
replacing 545 2-113 zeroization 340 1-17
48 Channel Trans Mux (Portless) 4x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-54
connection management 320.1 3-32 alarms 102.5 1-72
48 channel Trans Mux circuit pack cross-connection rates 102.5 1-69
replacing 545 2-63 cross-connection types 102.5 1-68
48x10/100BT I/O panel, replacing 545 2-173 equipping rules 102.5 1-77
48xGE PKT I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-62 latency 170 1-7
alarms 102.8 1-67 operational measurements 520 1-518
latency 102.8 1-71 performance monitoring 102.5 1-71
performance monitoring 102.8 1-67 supported SFP+s 102.5 1-69
supported SFPs 102.8 1-65 supported SFPs 102.5 1-69
technical specifications 102.8 1-69 supported XFPs 102.5 1-69

5-10 Master index
4x2.5G MOTR circuit pack 6500 7-slot Type 2 shelf

reconfiguration 545 2-276 installing 201.2 1-30
4xGE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-1 6500 CLI
alarms 102.7 1-8 clping 301 11-23
cross-connection rates 102.7 1-7 commands 301 11-19, 301 11-23, 301 11-24,
cross-connection types 102.7 1-7 301 11-25, 301 11-26, 301 11-27, 301 11-
equipping rules 102.7 1-10 28
latency 102.7 1-12 coping 301 11-24
performance monitoring 102.7 1-8 customizing 301 11-17
replacing 545 2-43 help 301 11-5
supported SFPs 102.7 1-7 keystroke navigation 301 11-6
technical specifications 102.7 1-11 modes 301 11-4
testing 221 6-33 netping 301 11-25
4xGE EPL EFM circuit pack notational conventions 301 11-4
replacing 545 2-43 ping 301 11-26
4xGE EPL SFP circuit pack remote login 301 11-15
latency 170 1-113 retrieving
4xOPS circuit pack 102.1 5-2 forwarding database entries 301 11-19
alarms 102.1 5-11 NSAP address 301 11-22
equipping rules 102.1 5-12 security 301 11-3
optical interface, ordering 151 3-86 starting a session 301 11-12
optical specifications PG.3 8-284 tab completion 301 11-5
performance monitoring 102.1 5-8 telnet 301 11-27
technical specifications 102.1 5-13 traceroute 301 11-28
5100/5200 and 6500 6500 command line interface (6500 CLI),
interworking PG.4 9-278 overview PG.2 5-35
6.312 MHz 6500 Photonics
electrical specifications PG.3 8-318 application PG.2 4-40
63xE1 circuit pack 102.2 1-2 6500 shelf
alarms 102.2 1-5 installing 2-slot shelf 201.1 1-7
cross-connection rates 102.2 1-5 6500 TL1 Gateway
cross-connection types 102.2 1-5 TIDc member shelf GNE support PG.4 9-68
equipping rules 102.2 1-7 6500-7 packet-optical shelf
latency 102.2 1-21 installing 201.2 1-1
performance monitoring 102.2 1-5 6500-7 shelf cooling configurations PG.1 3-81
replacing 545 2-89 6500-7 shelf fans
technical specifications 102.2 1-12 hardware PG.1 3-81
64 kHz Composite Clock (64K CC) 6-slot passive photonic chassis 102.6 1-385
electrical specifications PG.3 8-318 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis
6500 configuring and installing filter modules 201.5
general introduction PG.1 1-1 1-23
services 151 1-71, PG.1 3-138 installing 201.5 1-11
shelf PG.1 3-5 7-slot shelf access panel
6500 14-slot shelf replacing 545 2-167
installing 201.3 1-11 7-slot shelf components PG.1 3-33, PG.1 3-40
6500 2-slot shelves 7-slot shelf cooling configurations PG.1 3-79
installing 201.1 1-1 7-slot shelf fans
6500 7-slot shelf hardware PG.1 3-79
installing 201.2 1-1, 201.2 1-8 7-slot Shelf Front Cover NTK509CPE6
installing 201.2 1-254

Master index 5-11
7-slot&6500-7 shelves access panel (continued)

connecting a terminal 201.2 1-263 technical specifications 102.1 3-84
802.1ab LLDP topology discovery PG.1 2-162 accessing
84xDS1 TM circuit pack SNMP MIBs 740 1-103, 740 1-107
optical specifications PG.3 8-239 accessories, ordering 151 2-2
protection 310.2 6-10 account dormancy 301 2-25
provisioning automatically 310.1 1-95 editing defaults 301 2-43
provisioning manually 310.1 1-99 ACL 301 2-23, PG.4 9-327
8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 circuit pack 102.3 1-47 ACO button
alarms 102.3 1-54 lamp test 543.1 2-40
cross-connection rates 102.3 1-52 activating
cross-connection types 102.3 1-52 incremental expansion pack load 301 9-15
equipping rules 102.3 1-57 active alarms PG.2 5-25
latency 102.3 1-58 active disabled alarms PG.2 5-25
performance monitoring 102.3 1-54 retrieving 543.1 2-18
supported SFPs 102.3 1-53 sorting 543.1 2-18
technical specifications 102.3 1-58 updating 543.1 2-18
8xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-99 active users PG.2 5-31
alarms 102.3 1-105 forcing out 301 2-48
cross-connection rates 102.3 1-103 retrieving 301 2-47
cross-connection types 102.3 1-103 AD facility
equipping rules 102.3 1-108 parameters 102.5 3-119, 310.1 1-571
latency 102.3 1-110 adapter cleaning 201.0 5-11
performance monitoring 102.3 1-105 adapter kits, installing 201.0 4-12
supported SFPs 102.3 1-104 add/drop filter
technical specifications 102.3 1-109 inserting 221 5-49
8xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-1 adding
alarms 102.5 5-16 ARP proxy entry 310.1 3-20
cross-connection rates 102.5 5-11 ARP table entry 310.1 3-20
cross-connection types 102.5 5-11 BMD2 module 221 4-44
equipping rules 102.5 5-19 CCMD12 circuit pack 221 4-56
latency 102.5 5-22, 170 1-63 CCMD8x16 circuit pack 221 4-59
performance monitoring 102.5 5-15 CMD44 module 221 4-44
supported SFPs 102.5 5-11 co-routed SNC 330 3-65
technical specifications 102.5 5-20 CXM-Band Type 1 221 4-59
database replication entry 310.1 3-20
A DCN settings entry 310.1 3-20
ETH facility to LAG 310.1 1-169
abbreviations
ETH100 facility to LAG 310.1 1-169
alarm 543.1 2-1, 543.1 4-1, 543.2 5-2
ETH10G facility to LAG 310.1 1-169
PM 520 1-1, 520 2-1
EVPL connections 320.1 6-8
Absolute Route Diversity
facility 310.1 1-133
SNC 330 3-24
facility to equipment 310.1 1-133
access control list 301 2-23
G.8032 ERP group list range 320.3 25-5
access panel 102.1 3-67
GNE entry 310.1 3-20
alarms 102.1 3-81
GRE entry 310.1 3-20
cables, ordering 151 4-12
IISIS circuit entry 310.1 3-20
IISIS router entry 310.1 3-20
installing 201.1 1-7, 201.2 1-8, 201.3 1-11,
invalid password list entry 301 2-54
201.4 1-8
IP entry 310.1 3-20

5-12 Master index
adding (continued) adding (continued)

IP Static Route entry 310.1 3-20 photonic connection 301 5-43, 320.1 5-17
LAN entry 310.1 3-20 port filter 310.1 3-20
login profile remote maintenance end point 320.3 27-41
Site Manager session, over craft Ethernet remote NE to span of control 301 4-110
connection 301 1-42 resilient packet ring 320.2 16-7
Site Manager session, over direct cable (RS- resilient packet ring protection 320.2 16-11
232) connection 301 1-51 reverse port NAT 310.1 3-20
Site Manager session, over modem RPR 320.2 16-7
connection 301 1-47 SCMD4 circuit pack 221 4-52
Site Manager session, over network shelf 301 4-90
connection 301 1-37 SNC 330 3-37
terminal session, over craft Ethernet SNMP alarmModelTable row 740 2-49
connection 301 1-45 SNMP community name 740 2-38
terminal session, over direct cable (RS-232) SNMP group mapping 740 2-32
connection 301 1-54 SNMP user group 740 2-34
terminal session, over modem SNMP USM user 740 2-28
connection 301 1-50 SNMP view 740 2-30
terminal session, over network static entries 320.2 19-13
connection 301 1-40 static NAT entry 310.1 3-20
lower layer DCC/GCC entry 310.1 3-20 time of day servers 301 4-105
maintenance association 320.3 27-19 TODR profile 330 5-7
maintenance domain 320.3 27-11 transponder connections 320.1 4-21
maintenance end point 320.3 27-32 upper layer DCC entry 310.1 3-20
maintenance intermediate point 320.3 27-27 user account 301 2-32
member shelf to a consolidated node 301 4-97 VEP 330 3-87
member SNC adding a channel
co-routed SNC 330 3-69 passive OTS network 221 5-47
NAT entry 310.1 3-20 ADJ (TXRX) facility
node to a login profile 301 1-58 editing 310.1 1-177
node to navigation tree 301 1-70 ADJ/ADJ-Line/ADJ-TX/ADJ-RX/ADJ-Fiber facility
OMD4 module 221 4-48 parameters 310.1 1-531
OMX module 221 4-48 adjacencies
optical channel to a stretched span 221 7-47 provisioning 102.6 2-64, 221 3-24
optical channels 221 7-3, 221 7-17 adjacencies displaying 301 5-39
optical connection 301 5-43 Adjacency Discovery Unreliable alarm 543.1 4-26
OSPF circuit entry 310.1 3-20 adjacency facility
OSPF router entry 310.1 3-20 expected far end address 310.1 1-553
OSRP cascaded route 330 2-11 Adjacency Far End Not Discovered alarm 543.1
OSRP instance 330 1-16 4-28
OSRP line 330 1-40 Adjacency Mismatch alarm 543.1 4-33
OSRP link 330 1-29 Adjacency Provisioning Error alarm 543.1 4-36
OSRP non-viable routing list 330 2-20 ADJ-FIBER facility
OSRP route 330 2-7 editing 310.1 1-177
OSRP routing list 330 2-15 ADJ-TX/ADJ-RX facility
OTN connections 102.8 1-149, 320.1 7-13 editing 310.1 1-177
OTS 310.2 7-13, 310.2 13-20, 310.2 13-23 administration
OTS instance 301 5-52 backup 301 7-3
passive components 102.6 2-240, 221 5-4 backup and restore 301 7-2
path connections 320.1 3-49 CommLog 301 10-1

Master index 5-13
administration (continued) active alarms (continued)

General Broadcast tool 301 10-1 viewing 543.1 1-25, 543.1 1-26
login banner 301 1-4 active disabled alarms
release management 301 8-1 details, retrieving 543.1 2-18
SSH 301 1-3 filtering 543.1 2-18
TL1 Command Builder 301 10-1 retrieving 543.1 2-18
upgrade management 301 9-1 sorting 543.1 2-18
user account administration 301 2-1 updating 543.1 2-18
user account management 301 2-1 active events, viewing 543.1 1-29
administrative weight alarm clearing strategy 543.1 1-12
SNC 330 3-23 alarm details, retrieving 543.1 2-13
advanced security settings PG.2 5-32 alarm hold-off 543.1 1-31
aging alarm management procedures 543.1 2-10
passwords 301 2-5 alarm monitoring procedures 543.1 2-10
AINS alarm parameters 543.1 2-2
default period, editing 301 4-68 environmental alarms 543.1 2-3
PM collection 520 1-43 external controls 543.1 2-2
AINS support on facilities 102.5 1-138, 310.1 1- alarm point status
282, 310.1 1-286 disabling 543.1 2-22
air filter enabling 543.1 2-22
replacement timer alarm profiles 543.1 1-29
resetting 301 4-85 procedures 543.1 2-10
replacing 545 2-226 alarm provisioning
air flow direction terminology 201.0 3-4 procedures 543.1 2-10
air flow directions PG.1 3-69 alarm source, identifying 543.1 2-39
air plenum alarm unit 543.1 1-15
grounding 201.3 1-11 audible alarms, clearing 301 5-45, 543.1 2-40
installing 201.3 1-11 clearing (Advanced SAT) 221 2-71
airflow, front exhaust considerations 201.0 3-7 disabled alarms, viewing 543.1 1-31
AIS (DS1) alarm 543.1 4-229 displaying 301 5-36, 301 5-39
AIS (DS3) alarm 543.1 4-236 environmental alarm
AIS (E1) alarm 543.1 4-258 labels 543.1 2-3
AIS (E3) alarm 543.1 4-236 environmental alarm attributes,
AIS (EC-1) alarm 543.1 4-270 provisioning 543.1 2-43
AIS (ESI) alarm 543.1 4-304 events
AIS (OC/STM) alarm 543.2 5-408 autonomous messages 543.1 2-4
AIS (OC-48/STM-16, OC-192/STM-64, OC-768/ details, retrieving 543.1 2-15
STM-256) alarm 543.2 5-410 filtering 543.1 2-15
AIS (OTUTTP, STTP) alarm 543.2 5-410 retrieving 543.1 2-15
AIS (STS/HO VC) alarm 543.2 5-409 sorting 543.1 2-15
AIS (VT/LO VC) alarm 543.2 5-409 updating 543.1 2-15
alarm external alarm provisioning
abbreviations 543.1 2-1, 543.1 4-1, 543.2 5-2 overview 543.1 1-31
active alarms procedures 543.1 2-10
AINS 543.1 1-27 external control relay
color-coded alarm severity 543.1 1-26 procedures 543.1 2-10
filtering 543.1 2-13 external control relays
retrieving 543.1 2-13 labels 543.1 2-2
sorting 543.1 2-13 operating 543.1 2-45
updating 543.1 2-13 overview 543.1 1-31

5-14 Master index
external control relays (continued) hierarchy (continued)

provisioning 543.1 2-45 STM-1e 543.1 3-65, 543.1 3-66, 543.1 3-67,
releasing 543.1 2-45 543.1 3-69
fault clearing priority 543.1 1-13 STM-m facility 543.1 3-32, 543.1 3-43,
hierarchy 543.1 3-4 543.1 3-44
20G L2SS circuit pack 543.1 3-31, 543.1 3- STS facility 543.1 3-44
32 TCM facility 543.1 3-62, 543.1 3-63
20G MOTR circuit pack 543.1 3-32 VC facility 543.1 3-44
20L2SS gateway circuit pack 543.1 3-31 VT facility 543.1 3-44
40G MUX OCI 10GbE WAN 543.1 3-27 WAN 543.1 3-28, 545 3-2
8b10B 543.1 3-33, 543.1 3-34 lamp test, performing 543.1 2-40
DS1 service module (DSM) 543.1 3-13 list of alarms 543.1 4-5, 543.2 5-5
DS3 facility, coax to optics direction 543.1 photonic system procedures 543.1 2-11
3-14 procedures 543.1 2-10
DS3 facility, optics to coax direction 543.1 profile details, retrieving 543.1 2-21
3-15 profiles
E1 hardware 543.1 3-16 editing 543.1 2-22
E1 line 543.1 3-16 retrieving 543.1 2-21
E3, coax to optics direction 543.1 3-17 setting active 543.1 2-27
E3, optics to coax direction 543.1 3-18 setting default 543.1 2-25
EC-1 543.1 3-19 security alarms, clearing 543.1 2-20
EFM alarms 543.1 3-30 severity 543.1 1-13, 543.1 3-1, 545 3-2
equipment, circuit packs 543.1 3-8 color-coded 543.1 1-26
equipment, provisioned pluggables 543.1 3- editing 543.1 2-22
11 source
equipment, shelf 543.1 3-12 identifying circuit pack 543.1 2-39
equipment, unprovisioned pluggables 543.1 identifying facility 543.1 2-39
3-11 identifying pluggable module/port 543.1 2-
ETH 543.1 3-28, 545 3-2 39
ETH100 543.1 3-28, 545 3-2 alarm and event management PG.2 5-24
FC100/FC200/FC400 543.1 3-28, 545 3-2 alarm banner 195 3-9
Fiber Channel 543.1 3-33, 543.1 3-34 setting view options 195 3-27
GE 543.1 3-28, 545 3-2 alarm clearing strategy 543.1 1-12
L2 MOTR 543.1 3-45 alarm control cables (DSM), connecting 201.3 2-
L2SS circuit pack 543.1 3-31 98, 201.4 2-98
L2SS gateway circuit pack 543.1 3-31 alarm indicators 195 3-11
LAN/WAN EPL 543.1 3-28, 545 3-2 alarm labels 195 3-11
OC-n facility 543.1 3-32, 543.1 3-43, 543.1 alarm notification in Navigation tab (Site Manager
3-44 window) 195 3-6
OTM2 mapping facility 543.1 3-61 alarm profiles PG.2 5-26
OTM4 facility 543.1 3-59 Alarm Provisioning Near Limit alarm 543.1 4-39
OTM4 mapping facility 543.1 3-60 alarms per circuit pack
overall 543.1 3-7 (1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-16
PDH gateway circuit pack 543.1 3-31 (2+8)xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-92
Photonic Optical Signal facility 543.1 3-64 100G (2xQSFP+/2xSFP+) MUX circuit
pluggable I/O carriers 543.1 3-10 pack 102.4 2-188
pluggable I/O panels 543.1 3-10 100G OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-112
RPR 543.1 3-68 100G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-43
RPR LAN port 543.1 3-69 100G PKT/OTN XCIF circuit pack 102.8 1-24
shelf equipment 543.1 3-12

Master index 5-15
alarms per circuit pack (continued) alarms per circuit pack (continued)
100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2- CMD44 100 GHz module 102.6 1-301
43 CMD44 50 GHz module 102.6 1-319
100G WaveLogic 3 OTR circuit pack 102.4 2- cross-connect circuit pack 102.1 2-31
214 DSCM module 102.6 1-368
100GE OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-112 DSM 102.2 1-63
10G OC-192/STM-64 WT circuit pack 102.5 4- ESAM circuit pack 102.6 1-121
9 FGA circuit pack 102.6 1-378
10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-8 FIM Type 1 module 102.6 1-358
10G OTSC circuit pack 102.5 1-20 FIM Type 2 module 102.6 1-358
10G OTU2 WT circuit pack 102.5 4-35 FLEX MOTR circuit pack 102.7 1-45
10GEL WT circuit pack 102.5 4-22 Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-
10x10G MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-159 43
10x10G PKT/OTN circuit pack 102.8 1-79 Flex3 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-
10x10GE MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-159 43
16xFLEX OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-55 GMD10 module 102.6 1-349
16xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-72 ISS C-Band circuit pack 102.4 1-130
16xSTM-1e circuit pack 102.2 1-50 L2 MOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-50, 102.7 2-72
1x10GE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-17 L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-8
1xOC-192/STM-64 circuit pack 102.3 1-17 LIM circuit pack 102.6 1-81
2.5G MOTR circuit pack 102.5 2-8 maintenance interface card (MIC) 102.1 3-85
20G L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-35 MBMD2 module 102.6 1-344
24x10/100BT EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-32 MLA circuit pack 102.6 1-36
24xDS3/E3 circuit pack 102.2 1-39 MLA2 circuit pack 102.6 1-54
24xDS3/EC-1 circuit pack 102.2 1-27 MLA3 circuit pack 102.6 1-69
2-Port OPM circuit pack 102.6 1-207 OMD4 100 GHz module 102.6 1-327
2-Port OPM Flex C-Band circuit pack 102.6 1- OMX module 102.6 1-273
207 OSC Filter (1516.9 nm) module 102.6 1-363
2x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-44 OSIC circuit pack 102.4 1-122
2xOC-48/STM-16 circuit pack 102.3 1-41 PDH gateway circuit pack 102.7 2-20
2xOSC circuit pack 102.6 1-8 Photonic passive equipment 102.6 1-411
40G MUX OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-63 RPR circuit pack 102.7 2-96
40G OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-42 SAM circuit pack 102.6 1-121
40G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-12 SCMD4 circuit pack 102.6 1-217
40G OTN XCIF circuit pack 102.8 1-7 shelf processor circuit pack 102.1 1-24
40G UOCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-91 SLA circuit pack 102.6 1-24
40G XCIF circuit pack 102.4 1-78 SLIC Idler circuit pack 102.4 1-141
48xGE PKT I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-67 SMD 50 GHz 8x1 circuit pack 102.6 1-226
4x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-72 SRA circuit pack 102.6 1-95
4xGE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-8 SuperMux circuit pack 102.5 3-22
4xOPS circuit pack 102.1 5-11 TMUX circuit pack 102.2 2-6
63xE1 circuit pack 102.2 1-5 Transponder Protection Tray (TPT) 102.1 4-13
8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 circuit pack 102.3 1-54 UBMD2 module 102.6 1-339
8xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-105 Wavelength-selective 40G OCLD circuit
8xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-16 pack 102.4 1-12
access panel 102.1 3-81 WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 2x1 circuit pack 102.6
BMD2 module 102.6 1-334 1-145
CCMD12 circuit pack 102.6 1-236 WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 4x1 circuit pack 102.6
CCMD8x16 circuit pack 102.6 1-249 1-155
checking (Advanced SAT) 221 2-71

5-16 Master index
alarms per circuit pack (continued) applications (continued)

WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 5x1 circuit pack 102.6 Flex3 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack PG.2 4-
1-131 37
WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 2x1 circuit pack 102.6 1- intra-office PG.2 4-16
195 NGM PG.2 4-28
WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 9x1 circuit pack 102.6 1- OMX PG.2 4-18
170 orderwire PG.2 4-41
WSS Flex w/OPM C-Band 20x1 circuit PDH PG.2 4-17
pack 102.6 1-182 Submarine PG.2 4-40
WSS Flex w/OPM C-Band 9x1 circuit applying
pack 102.6 1-170 BLSR
XLA circuit pack 102.6 1-105 ring configuration files 320.1 1-22
alarms & controls PG.2 5-26 HERS
alarms cut-off PG.2 5-25 ring configuration files 320.1 1-22
alarms per circuit pack MS-SPRing
4x10G OTR (NTK530QE variant) circuit ring configuration files 320.1 1-22
pack 340 5-1 APR
All Provisioned RADIUS Accounting Servers overview 543.1 1-155
Unavailable alarm 543.1 4-40 APS provisioning
All Provisioned RADIUS Servers Unavailable requirements 320.1 2-8
alarm 543.1 4-42 ARD
allowing SNC 330 3-24
database change events 543.1 2-19 ARP proxy 310.1 3-8
inventory display 543.1 2-19 adding entry 310.1 3-20
log display 543.1 2-19 deleting entry 310.1 3-22
ALS parameters 310.1 3-51
overview 543.1 1-155 ARP table
ALS Disabled alarm 543.1 4-43 adding entry 310.1 3-20
ALS Triggered - Laser is shutdown alarm 543.1 4- deleting entry 310.1 3-22
44 editing 310.1 3-17
ALSO parameters 310.1 3-52
overview 543.1 1-156 ASNCP
AMP facility overview 310.2 6-104
editing 310.1 1-177 switch criteria 310.2 6-105
parameters 310.1 1-512 TODR profiles 1 5-1
amplifier assigning
Photonic PM profile, default 520 1-94
gain settings 543.1 2-51 PM threshold profile 520 1-103
amplifier output power, measuring 543.1 2-54 default 520 1-94
amplifiers TODR profiles 330 5-2
replacing 545 2-98 authentication
AMPMON facility centralized 301 2-8
parameters 310.1 1-530 challenge/response 301 2-7
applications PG.2 4-1 local user 301 2-6
100G circuit pack PG.2 4-37 user account 301 2-6
40G circuit pack PG.2 4-34 auto concatenation
6500 Photonics PG.2 4-40 SONET/SDH 320.1 3-11
Control Plane PG.2 4-40 auto equipping
Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack PG.2 4- enabling/disabling 301 5-50
37

Master index 5-17
Auto Protection Switch Acknowledge Time Out backup and restore (continued)
alarm 543.1 4-55 provisioning data files
autodiscovery PG.1 2-156 file name parameters 301 7-6
auto-equipping URL formats 301 7-4
disabling (Advanced SAT) 221 2-38 backups
enabling (Advanced SAT) 221 2-38 forwarding database files 320.2 19-9
automated backup 301 7-3 backwards defect indicators 543.1 1-11
Automatic In-Service (AINS) Band splitter 100 GHz modules 102.6 1-394
default period, editing 301 4-68 bandwidth allocation
automatic laser shutdown displaying 320.2 17-3
overview 543.1 1-155 bandwidth defragmentation
automatic line shut off performing 310.1 1-219
overview 543.1 1-156 bandwidth lockout 330 1-7, 330 1-8
automatic power reduction Bandwidth Oversubscribed alarm 543.1 4-64
overview 543.1 1-155 bandwidth profiles 320.2 12-1, PG.2 5-14
Automatic Power Reduction Active alarm 543.1 4- creating 320.2 12-6
45 deleting 320.2 12-11
Automatic Shutoff alarm 543.1 4-50 editing 320.2 12-8
Automatic Shutoff Compromised alarm 543.1 4- parameters 320.2 12-13
52 retrieving 320.2 12-5
Automatic Shutoff Disabled alarm 543.1 4-53 setting a default 320.2 12-12
autonomous messages 543.1 2-4 bandwidth profiles parameters 320.2 12-13
autoprovisioning 301 5-50 bandwidth threshold 330 1-6
Autoprovisioning Mismatch - Pluggable banner
alarm 543.1 4-59, 543.1 4-61 editing 301 4-40
Autoprovisioning Mismatch alarm 543.1 4-57 batch file
Autoprovisioning power and wavelength PG.1 2- building 301 10-6
157 editing 301 10-11
Autoprovisioning TTI PG.1 2-163 loading 301 10-10
Autoroute disable 330 1-8 running 301 10-13
battery cables, non-oxidizing compound,
B applying 201.0 3-7
battery input and return terminals, non-oxidizing
backplane PG.1 3-60
compound, applying 201.0 3-7
Backplane bandwidth allocation algorithms 320.1
Battery Low alarm 340 5-2, 543.1 4-65
3-38
bays
backplane bandwidth defragmentation 320.1 3-
configurations PG.1 2-68
37
equipping rules 151 1-81
Backplane bandwidth engineering rules 320.1 3-
ordering 151 2-2
38
BDI 543.1 1-11
Backplane bandwidth fragmentation 320.1 3-36
BER
Backplane Bandwidth Query toolset 320.1 3-37
measuring raw BER (OTM2) 520 1-124
Backplane ID Module 1 Failed alarm 543.1 4-62
Bipolar Violations (DS1) alarm 543.1 4-229
Backplane ID Module 2 Failed alarm 543.1 4-62
Bipolar Violations (DS3) alarm 543.1 4-236
backup and restore 301 7-2
Bipolar Violations (E1) alarm 543.1 4-258
provisioning data
Bipolar Violations (E3) alarm 543.1 4-236
backup details, retrieving 301 7-9
blocked nodes
restoring 301 7-14
SNC 330 3-25
saving 301 7-10

5-18 Master index
BLSR breaker interface panel 102.1 3-2

APS configuration file cables, ordering 151 4-18
editing 320.1 1-1 equipping rules 102.1 3-16
APS provisioning 320.1 2-1 technical specifications 102.1 3-20
requirements 320.1 2-8 breaker interface panel (1U)
configuration PG.2 4-9 installing 201.0 4-51
editing 320.1 2-14 breaker interface panel (2U)
extra traffic 320.1 3-30 installing 201.0 4-32
full VT 320.1 3-30 testing input power 201.0 4-32
path connection Broadband circuit packs
bidirectional 320.1 3-84 optical interface, ordering 151 3-33
linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1 3-88 Broadband interface circuit packs
subtending UPSR (bidirectional) 320.1 3-92 slots PG.1 2-127
ring configuration files broadband network SLAT 221 9-1
applying to nodes 320.1 1-22 broadcasting
creating 320.1 1-7 messages to users 301 10-16
deleting 320.1 1-23 building
editing 320.1 1-14 script 301 10-6
exporting 320.1 1-21 building-integrated timing supply
retrieving 320.1 1-6 operations 310.2 4-17
saving 320.1 1-20 performance 310.2 4-16
ring configuration information utilization of resources 310.2 4-17
clearing 320.1 1-19 building-integrated timing supply (BITS) 310.2 4-
retrieving 320.1 2-9 16
ring configurations BW Lockout Configured alarm 543.1 4-67
creating 320.1 1-7
data, loading from a network element 320.1
1-12
C
cable
ring map 320.1 2-2
24-fiber MPO 201.0 6-6
creating 320.1 2-13
alarm control (DSM) 201.3 2-98, 201.4 2-98
deleting 320.1 2-19
communication (DSM) 201.3 2-98, 201.4 2-98
retrieving 320.1 2-9
DS1 201.3 2-111, 201.4 2-111
switch criteria 310.2 6-87, 310.2 6-95
electrical cables 201.3 1-194
VT-accessed 320.1 3-29
Ethernet RJ-45 201.0 6-4
BLSR/MS-SPRing
ground
VT/LO VC assignment 320.1 3-29
air plenum 201.3 1-11
BMD-2 module
cooling unit 201.1 1-7, 201.2 1-8, 201.2 1-
replacing 545 2-144
30, 201.3 1-11, 201.4 1-8
shelf 201.1 1-7, 201.2 1-8, 201.2 1-30,
BMD2 module 102.6 1-330
201.3 1-11, 201.4 1-8
adding 221 4-44
ordering 151 4-1
alarms 102.6 1-334
RS-232 null modem 201.0 6-2
cable and connector details 201.0 6-1
installing 201.1 1-119, 201.2 1-205, 201.3 1-
cable pinout
146, 201.4 1-131
24-fiber MPO cable 201.0 6-6
Ethernet RJ-45 cable 201.0 6-4
replacing 545 2-117
RS-232 null modem cable 201.0 6-2
brackets, ordering 151 2-30
Cable Trace Compromised alarm 543.1 4-68

Master index 5-19
cables, non-oxidizing compound, applying 201.0 CFP module (continued)

3-7 ordering 151 3-110
calculated shelf power, calculating 301 4-81 replacing 545 2-70
calculating challenge/response 301 2-7, 301 2-67
calculated shelf power 301 4-81 authentication 301 2-76
challenge/response reply 301 2-86 reply, calculating/generating 301 2-86
Calibration Required alarm 543.1 4-69 challenge/response calculator PG.2 5-33
Cat 5E cable assemblies 151 4-51 changing
category 5e cable password 301 2-50
routing 201.3 1-181 raman password 301 2-51
CCM Error alarm 543.1 4-70 shared secret
CCMD12 C-Band circuit pack RADIUS server 301 2-74
replacing 545 2-136 test access session (TAS) mode 310.2 5-25
CCMD12 circuit pack 102.6 1-229 changing battery
adding 221 4-56 4x10G OTR (NTK530QE variant) circuit
alarms 102.6 1-236 pack 340 6-10
cross-connection rates 102.6 1-234 Channel Controller: Failure Detected alarm 543.1
cross-connection types 102.6 1-234 4-73
equipping rules 102.6 1-237 Channel Controller: Unexpected Loss Detected
optical specifications PG.3 8-277 alarm 543.1 4-77
performance monitoring 102.6 1-234 Channel degrade alarm 543.1 4-83
technical specifications 102.6 1-237 channel monitoring 520 1-43
CCMD8x16 C-Band 1xCXM circuit pack Channel Opacity Error alarm 543.1 4-87
replacing 545 2-136 channelized loopback
CCMD8x16 circuit pack 102.6 1-239 operating 310.2 5-32
adding 221 4-59 releasing 310.2 5-32
alarms 102.6 1-249 retrieving 310.2 5-30
equipping rules 102.6 1-251 test access 310.2 5-7
optical specifications PG.3 8-278 CHC facility
performance monitoring 102.6 1-247 editing 310.1 1-177
technical specifications 102.6 1-252 parameters 310.1 1-559
centralized security administration PG.2 5-32 checking
attributes alarms (Advanced SAT) 221 2-71
authentication settings, provisioning 301 2- NE software release 221 2-15
67 circuit pack 545 2-108
details, retrieving 301 2-66 (1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR 102.5 5-1
RADIUS proxy server (2+8)xOC-n/STM-n 102.3 1-79
provisioning 301 2-77 100G (2xQSFP+/2xSFP+) MUX 102.4 2-179
RADIUS server 100G OCI 102.4 2-98
provisioning 301 2-68 100G OCLD 102.4 2-1
shared secret, changing 301 2-74 100G PKT/OTN XCIF 102.8 1-19
Certificate About to Expire alarm 340 5-4, 543.1 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD 102.4 2-1
4-71 100G WaveLogic 3 OTR 102.4 2-204
Certificate Expired alarm 340 5-5, 543.1 4-72 100GE OCI 102.4 2-98
certificate management 340 4-1 10G OC-192/STM-64 WT 102.5 4-1
certification 10G OTR 102.5 1-2
IBM protocols PG.1 2-178 10G OTSC 102.5 1-14
CFP module 10G OTU2 WT 102.5 4-29
cleaning 201.0 5-22 10GEL WT 102.5 4-15
optical specifications 180 5-1 10x10G MUX 102.4 2-139

5-20 Master index
circuit pack (continued) circuit pack (continued)

10x10G PKT/OTN 102.8 1-72 Flex3 WaveLogic 3 OCLD 102.4 2-1
10x10GE MUX 102.4 2-139 inserting 201.1 1-104, 201.2 1-190, 201.3 1-
16xFLEX OTN I/F 102.8 1-49 130, 201.4 1-114
16xOC-n/STM-n 102.3 1-60 inspecting
16xSTM-1e 102.2 1-46 4x10G OTR (NTK530QE variant) circuit
1x10GE EPL 102.7 1-13 pack 340 6-6
1xOC-192/STM-64 102.3 1-1 installing 201.1 1-96, 201.2 1-180, 201.3 1-
2.5G MOTR 102.5 2-1 119, 201.4 1-103
20G L2SS 102.7 2-25 interface PG.1 3-83
24x10/100BT EPL 102.7 1-22 ISS C-Band 102.4 1-126
24xDS3/E3 102.2 1-34 L2 MOTR 102.7 2-40
24xDS3/EC-1 102.2 1-22 L2SS 102.7 2-2
2-Port OPM 102.6 1-199 LEDs 543.1 1-16
2-Port OPM Flex C-Band 102.6 1-199 LIM 102.6 1-75
2x10G OTR 102.5 1-30 MLA 102.6 1-29
2xOC-48/STM-16 102.3 1-33 MLA2 102.6 1-44
2xOSC 102.6 1-4 MLA2 w/VOA 102.6 1-44
40G MUX OCI 102.4 1-54 MLA3 102.6 1-62
40G OCI 102.4 1-29 NGM WT 1xOC192/STM64 1x10.7G
40G OCLD 102.4 1-1 DWDM PG.3 7-13
40G OTN XCIF 102.8 1-2 OSIC 102.4 1-119
40G UOCLD 102.4 1-85 overview PG.1 3-1
40G XCIF 102.4 1-73 path connection compatibility 320.1 3-4
48xGE PKT I/F 102.8 1-62 PDH gateway 102.7 2-13
4x10G OTR 102.5 1-54 primary state, editing 310.1 1-104
4x10G OTR (NTK530QE variant) 340 1-8 provisioning
4xGE EPL 102.7 1-1 automatically 310.1 1-82
4xOPS 102.1 5-2 provisioning manually 310.1 1-87, 310.1 1-91
63xE1 102.2 1-2 rebooting 543.1 2-29
8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 102.3 1-47 reconfiguration
8xOC-n/STM-n 102.3 1-99 40/43G OCI circuit pack 545 2-280
8xOTN Flex MOTR 102.5 5-1 40G OCI circuit pack 545 2-280
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-8 40G+ CFP OCI circuit pack 545 2-280
CCMD12 102.6 1-229 WSS w/OPM circuit pack 545 2-283
CCMD8x16 102.6 1-239 removing 201.1 1-104, 201.2 1-190, 201.3 1-
changing battery 130, 201.4 1-114
4x10G OTR (NTK530QE variant) circuit 4x10G OTR (NTK530QE variant) circuit
pack 340 6-10 pack 340 6-13
common, ordering 151 3-5 replacing 545 2-240
cross-connect 102.1 2-1 16xSTM-1e circuit pack 545 2-89
deleting 310.1 1-108 1x10GE EPL circuit pack 545 2-43
details, retrieving 310.1 1-81 20G L2SS circuit pack 545 2-47
editing, primary state 310.1 1-104 24x10/100BT EPL circuit pack 545 2-60
electrical interface, ordering 151 3-112 24xDS3/E3 circuit pack 545 2-40
eMOTR 102.7 2-59 24xDS3/EC-1 circuit pack 545 2-40
ESAM 102.6 1-110 2xOC-48/STM-16 DPO carrier circuit
FGA 102.6 1-373 pack 545 2-30
FLEX MOTR 102.7 1-37 2xOSC circuit pack 545 2-96
Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD 102.4 2-1 40/43G OCI circuit pack 545 2-113

Master index 5-21
replacing (continued) circuit pack (continued)

40G OCI circuit pack 545 2-113 SMD 50 GHz 8x1 102.6 1-220
40G XCIF circuit pack 545 2-66 SRA 102.6 1-86
40G+ CFP OCI circuit pack 545 2-113 SuperMux 102.5 3-1
48 channel Trans Mux circuit pack 545 2-63 supported CFP 180 5-1
4x10G OTR (NTK530QE variant) circuit supported DPO 180 6-1
pack 340 6-23 supported pluggable modules PG.3 7-4
4xGE EPL circuit pack 545 2-43 supported QSFP+ 180 4-1
4xGE EPL EFM circuit pack 545 2-43 supported SFP 180 3-1
63xE1 circuit pack 545 2-89 supported SFP/XFP/DPO modules PG.3 7-4
amplifiers 545 2-98 supported SFP+ 180 4-1
CCMD12 C-Band circuit pack 545 2-136 supported XFP 180 2-1
CCMD8x16 C-Band 1xCXM circuit testing
pack 545 2-136 16xSTM-1e 221 6-25
DSM 84xDS1 TM circuit pack 545 2-92 1x10GE EPL 221 6-68
eMOTR circuit pack 545 2-54 20G L2SS 221 6-47
FGA amplifier circuit pack 545 2-98 24x10/100BT 221 6-40
Fiber Interconnect Module 545 2-128 4xGE EPL 221 6-33
L2SS circuit pack 545 2-47 DS3/E3 221 6-21
LIM amplifier circuit pack 545 2-98 DS3/EC-1 221 6-21
MLA amplifier circuit pack 545 2-98 E1 221 6-17
OC-48/STM-16 DPO module 545 2-35 L2SS 221 6-47
optical interface circuit pack 545 2-13 PDH 221 6-55
OTN XC I/F circuit pack 545 2-66 RPR 221 6-64
Passive Mux/Demux modules 545 2-124 SuperMux 221 6-71
PDH circuit pack 545 2-47 TMUX 221 6-29
RASMAN amplifier 545 2-98 TMUX 102.2 2-1
RPR circuit pack 545 2-51 Wavelength-selective 40G OCLD 102.4 1-1
SCMD4 circuit pack 545 2-136 WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 2x1 102.6 1-135
shelf processor 545 2-158 WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 4x1 102.6 1-149
SLA amplifier circuit pack 545 2-98 WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 5x1 102.6 1-125
SMD circuit pack 545 2-108 WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 2x1 102.6 1-185
SRA amplifier circuit pack 545 2-103 WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 9x1 102.6 1-158
WSS 50GHz w/OPM C-band circuit WSS Flex w/OPM C-Band 20x1 102.6 1-175
pack 545 2-108 WSS Flex w/OPM C-Band 9x1 102.6 1-158
reseating 545 2-7 XLA 102.6 1-99
4x10G OTR (NTK530QE variant) circuit Circuit pack 3rd Party - Pluggable alarm 543.1 4-
pack 340 6-17 120
restarting 543.1 2-29 Circuit pack Configuration Save Failed
returning alarm 543.1 4-88
4x10G OTR (NTK530QE variant) circuit Circuit Pack Failed - Pluggable alarm 543.1 4-95
pack 340 6-34 Circuit Pack Failed - Sync alarm 543.1 4-97
RPR 102.7 2-91 Circuit Pack Failed - Traffic alarm 543.1 4-97
SAM 102.6 1-110 Circuit Pack Failed alarm 543.1 4-89
SCMD4 100 GHz 102.6 1-210 Circuit Pack Latch Open alarm 543.1 4-99
shelf assignment 310.1 1-259 Circuit Pack Mate Mismatch alarm 543.1 4-101
shelf processor 102.1 1-1 Circuit Pack Mismatch - Pluggable alarm 543.1 4-
SLA 102.6 1-17 109
SLIC Idler 102.4 1-135 Circuit Pack Mismatch alarm 543.1 4-103
slot numbering 151 1-2

5-22 Master index
Circuit Pack Missing - Pluggable alarm 543.1 4- CLI, see 6500 CLI and SAOS-based CLI
119 CLI, see command line interface
Circuit Pack Missing alarm 543.1 4-110 Client Service Mismatch alarm 543.1 4-131
Circuit Pack Operational Capability Exceeded CLLI
alarm 543.1 4-121 editing 301 4-43
Circuit Pack Unknown - Pluggable alarm 543.1 4- closing
127 CommLog terminal session 301 10-15
Circuit Pack Unknown alarm 543.1 4-124 General Broadcast tool 301 10-16
Circuit Pack Upgrade Failed alarm 543.1 4-129 Site Manager 195 3-20
circuit packs, handling, safety guidelines 201.0 1- terminal session 301 3-6, 301 3-7
39, 221 10-39, 545 1-39 TL1 Command Builder 301 10-3
circuitless IP interface PG.4 9-357 clping
class of service 6500 CLI 301 11-23
overview 320.2 8-2, 320.2 9-2 CMD44 100 GHz module 102.6 1-294
parameters 320.2 10-8 alarms 102.6 1-301
parameters, displaying 320.2 10-4 cross-connection rates 102.6 1-301
parameters, editing 320.2 10-5 cross-connection types 102.6 1-301
class of service scheduler PG.2 5-14 equipping rules 102.6 1-302
overview 320.2 10-1 technical specifications 102.6 1-303
parameters 320.2 10-8 CMD44 50 GHz module 102.6 1-304
CLE PG.1 3-143 alarms 102.6 1-319
CLE hardware PG.1 3-143 cross-connection rates 102.6 1-317
cleaning cross-connection types 102.6 1-317
adapter 201.0 5-11 equipping rules 102.6 1-319
CFP 201.0 5-22 performance monitoring 102.6 1-317
fiber 201.0 5-4 technical specifications 102.6 1-320
MPO connectors 201.0 5-29 CMD44 module
optical connectors 201.0 5-11 adding 221 4-44
optical interface internal connectors 201.0 5-4 installing 201.1 1-119, 201.2 1-205, 201.3 1-
QSFP+ 201.0 5-22 146, 201.4 1-131
SFP 201.0 5-22 optical specifications PG.3 8-274
XFP/SFP+ 201.0 5-22 reconfiguration 545 2-303
cleaning connectors 201.0 5-1, 201.3 1-1 replacing 545 2-117
clear security alarms PG.2 5-26 CMF UPI Mismatch alarm 543.1 4-133
clearing CN-100-x4L and CN-100-x4H 4-channel Optical
alarms (Advanced SAT) 221 2-71 Mux/Demux Filter (OMDF4) 100 GHz
audible alarms 301 5-45, 543.1 2-40 modules 102.6 1-388
DOC alarms 310.2 8-11 CN-100-x80 8-channel Optical Mux/Demux Filter
DOC logs 310.2 8-10 (OMDF8) 100 GHz modules 102.6 1-391
operational measurements counts 520 1-91 CN-51S-00 Optical Service Channel Filter (1-Ch
performance monitoring counts OSCF CWDM 1511 nm) 102.6 1-400
current 520 1-74 COLAN
history 520 1-74 provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-48
PM counts COLAN comms
untimed 520 1-76 DCN SP redundancy PG.4 9-58
untimed OTU 520 1-109 COLAN-A OSPF Adjacency Loss alarm 543.2 5-
ring configuration information 320.1 1-19 225
security alarms 543.1 2-20 COLAN-A Port Failure alarm 543.2 5-61
CLI COLAN-X OSPF Adjacency Loss alarm 543.2 5-
overview 301 11-1 225

Master index 5-23
COLAN-X Port Failure alarm 543.2 5-61 configuration files (continued)

Cold Restart Required: FPGA Changed HERS
alarm 543.1 4-135 applying to nodes 320.1 1-22
collector nodes creating 320.1 1-7
test access 310.2 5-6 editing 320.1 1-14
Colorless OADM retrieving 320.1 1-6
testing 102.6 2-190, 221 4-120 MS-SPRing
command line interface (6500), see 6500 CLI applying to nodes 320.1 1-22
command line interface (SAOS-based), see creating 320.1 1-7
SAOS-based CLI editing 320.1 1-14
commercial and regulatory specifications PG.3 8- retrieving 320.1 1-6
331 Configuration Mismatch - Adv BW Limit
commissioning and testing PG.2 5-5 alarm 543.1 4-140
commissioning, network element using Advanced Configuration Mismatch - BW Lockout
SAT 221 2-34 alarm 543.1 4-141
CommLog 301 10-1 Configuration Mismatch - BW Threshold
content, printing 301 10-15 alarm 543.1 4-142
terminal session Configuration Mismatch - Common ID
closing 301 10-15 alarm 543.1 4-143
starting 301 10-15 Configuration Mismatch - Concatenation
common circuit packs alarm 543.1 4-144
access panel 151 3-5, 151 3-7 Configuration Mismatch - Link ID alarm 543.1 4-
cross-connect 151 3-20 145
filler cards and panels 151 3-22 Configuration Mismatch - Node alarm 543.1 4-
Maintenance Interface Card 151 3-15 146
power input cards 151 3-8 Configuration Mismatch - OVPN ID alarm 543.1
shelf processor kits 151 3-16 4-147
common equipment Configuration Mismatch - Primary State
overview PG.1 3-1 alarm 543.1 4-148
comms setting management options 310.1 3-29 Configuration Mismatch alarm 543.1 4-139
communication and control cables, configuration rules 151 1-1
connecting 201.1 1-84, 201.2 1-169, configurations
201.3 1-98, 201.4 1-94 1+1 ETS PG.2 4-9
communication cables (DSM), connecting 201.3 1+1 linear PG.2 4-6
2-98, 201.4 2-98 1+1 OTN PG.2 4-8
communications management 310.1 3-1 1+1 TPT PG.2 4-8
components 14-slot shelf cooling PG.1 3-72
Fiber Manager 2-Fiber BLSR PG.2 4-9
DSCM into drop-in plate assembly 201.1 1- 2-Fiber MS-SPRing PG.2 4-9
128, 201.2 1-215, 201.3 1-156, 201.4 1- 2-slot shelf cooling PG.1 3-82
141 32-slot shelf cooling PG.1 3-77
compression lugs, non-oxidizing compound, 4-Fiber BLSR PG.2 4-10
applying 201.0 3-7 4-Fiber HERS PG.2 4-10
Config Mismatch - LCAS alarm 543.1 4-137 4-Fiber MS-SPRing PG.2 4-10
configuration files 6500-7 shelf cooling PG.1 3-81
BLSR 7-slot shelf cooling PG.1 3-79
applying to nodes 320.1 1-22 bay PG.1 2-68
creating 320.1 1-7 BLSR PG.2 4-9
editing 320.1 1-14 cooling PG.1 3-69
retrieving 320.1 1-6 encryption 340 2-1

5-24 Master index
configurations (continued) connecting (continued)

Ethernet point-to-point PG.2 4-13 power cables to DSM shelf (OAM HW Rel 6 or
Layer 2 multipoint-to-multipoint PG.2 4-14 later) 201.3 2-87, 201.4 2-87
Layer 2 point-to-point PG.2 4-14 rack ground to office ground 201.0 4-27
MSP linear PG.2 4-6 shelf ground cable 201.1 1-7, 201.2 1-8, 201.2
MS-SPRing PG.2 4-9 1-30, 201.3 1-11, 201.4 1-8
SNCP PG.2 4-12 terminal 201.3 1-364, 201.4 1-201
summary PG.1 2-148 terminal to 7-slot&6500-7 shelves 201.2 1-263
unidirectional, supporting unidirectional path connecting craft PC 221 2-11
connections 320.1 3-8 connecting the DS1 service module to the 14-slot
unprotected PG.2 4-2 shelf 201.3 2-119, 201.4 2-119
UPSR PG.2 4-12 connecting to the 2-slot shelf 201.3 1-364
configuring connecting to the 32-slot shelf 201.4 1-201
100GHz CMD44 point-to point terminal 221 4- connection and bandwidth management PG.2 5-
166 9
certificate management 340 4-1 count path connections PG.2 5-10
MyCryptoTool access mode 340 3-1 connection blocking 320.1 3-10
OMD4 point-to-point terminal 221 4-170 connection data
OMX point-to-point terminal 221 4-170 adding 301 5-43
remote CMD44 terminal 221 4-189 deleting 301 5-43
user account password requirements 301 2-45 filtering 301 5-43
connecting connection ID
air plenum ground cable 201.3 1-11 photonic connections 320.1 5-12
alarm control cables (DSM) 201.3 2-98, 201.4 connection identifier
2-98 SNC 320.1 3-39, 330 3-28
communication cables (DSM) 201.3 2-98, connection status 195 3-10
201.4 2-98 Connection Validation PG.2 5-20
cooling unit ground cable 201.1 1-7, 201.2 1-8, connection validation summary
201.2 1-30, 201.3 1-11, 201.4 1-8 retrieving 310.2 12-6
DS1 cables to the DSM 201.3 2-108, 201.4 2- connections
108 path 320.1 3-1
fiber-optic cable to the optical interface 102.6 connectivity 301 11-23, 301 11-24, 301 11-25,
2-35, 201.1 1-140, 201.2 1-236, 201.3 1- 301 11-26
207, 201.4 1-164 external DCN
inter-NE fibers 221 4-161 external IP address model PG.4 9-61
intra-NE fibers 221 4-4 OAM parameters, provisioning 320.2 18-5
MPO cables for CDC to the optical parameters, viewing 320.2 18-4
interface 201.3 1-207 private DCN
MPO cables to the optical interface 102.6 2-35, private IP address model PG.4 9-62
201.2 1-236, 201.4 1-164 public DCN
network element to DCN 221 2-73 public IP address model PG.4 9-61
OMX 16CH DWDM equipment drawers 201.1 connectivity provisioning PG.2 5-15
2-34, 201.2 2-34, 201.3 2-33, 201.4 2-34 IP parameters 320.2 18-11
OMX 4CH equipment drawers 201.1 2-28, OAM parameters 320.2 18-10
201.2 2-28, 201.3 2-28, 201.4 2-28 overview 320.2 18-1
output power cables to 1U BIP/FIP 201.1 1-56, parameters 320.2 18-10, 320.2 18-11
201.2 1-137, 201.3 1-70, 201.4 1-65 connectivity testing
power cables to DSM shelf (OAM HW Rel 5 or IP address, editing 320.2 18-9
earlier) 201.3 2-79, 201.4 2-79 connector, pinouts 102.1 3-87, PG.3 8-99
consolidated Alarms 543.1 2-13

Master index 5-25
consolidated alarms PG.2 5-24 cooling configurations PG.1 3-69

consolidated craft mode 195 1-25 cooling fan module, replacing 545 2-200
consolidated node 301 1-2, 301 4-16, 301 4-19 cooling unit assembly
adding member shelf 301 4-97 grounding 201.1 1-7, 201.2 1-8, 201.2 1-30,
deleting member shelf 301 4-101 201.3 1-11, 201.4 1-8
member shelf installing 201.1 1-7, 201.2 1-8, 201.2 1-30,
primary state, changing 301 4-99 201.3 1-11, 201.4 1-8
control and communication cables, replacing 545 2-194
connecting 201.1 1-84, 201.2 1-169, cooling, air flow direction terminology 201.0 3-4
201.3 1-98, 201.4 1-94 coping
control frame profile 6500 CLI 301 11-24
20G L2SS 310.1 1-394 copying
L2SS 310.1 1-394 DOC logs 310.2 8-7
PDH gateway 310.1 1-394 inventory information 310.1 2-6
RPR 310.1 1-395 PM profiles 520 1-98
Control Plane PM threshold profiles 520 1-98
application PG.2 4-40 SSH/SFTP keys 301 2-59
connection identifier 330 3-28 copying table data 195 3-33
co-routed SNC 330 3-29 co-routed SNC 330 3-29
engineering guidelines 330 3-30 engineering guidelines 330 3-30
shared attributes 330 3-29 shared attributes 330 3-29
link aggregation 330 1-29 Co-Routed SNC Degraded alarm 543.1 4-152
OTN Co-Routed SNC Unavailable alarm 543.1 4-153
features 330 1-3 co-routed SNC, see CR-SNC
Photonic co-routed sub-network connection, see CR-SNC
maintenance mode 330 1-10 Corrupt Inventory Data alarm 543.1 4-154
OOB 330 1-8 count path connections 320.1 3-36, PG.2 5-10
span loss exceeded 330 1-9 parameters 320.1 3-221
control plane PG.2 5-21 CP Loss of Host Timing Ref. alarm 543.1 4-159
connection identifier, SONET/SDH 320.1 3-39 CPE Discovery Protocol Fail alarm 543.1 4-157
data communications PG.4 9-92 CPL and 6500
datacomm considerations PG.4 9-91 interworking PG.4 9-271
in-band communications PG.4 9-91 CPS parameter 330 1-8
out-of-band communications PG.4 9-92 CPU2 Unreachable alarm 543.1 4-160
packet services applications CPU2 Warm Restart Required alarm 543.1 4-161
overview 330 4-1 craft access
PKT/OTN cross-connect provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-68
datacomm considerations PG.4 9-94 Craft Load Missing alarm 543.1 4-162
Control Plane Operations Blocked alarm 543.1 4- Craft Load Unpacking Aborted - Low Disk Space
149 alarm 543.1 4-163
Control Plane System mismatch alarm 543.1 4- craft OSPF/IISIS
151 provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-70
converged shelf components PG.1 3-14 creating
converting bandwidth profiles 320.2 12-6
1+1 linear with DSM endpoint to UPSR 310.2 BLSR
6-135 ring configuration files 320.1 1-7
ROADM to DGE 310.2 13-11 ring configurations 320.1 1-7
cooling by forced air, working with systems 201.0 BLSR ring map 320.1 2-13
1-25, 221 10-25, 545 1-25

5-26 Master index
creating (continued) Cross-connect Error alarm 543.1 4-168

equipment group 102.7 2-170, 310.1 1-113 Cross-connection Mismatch alarm 543.1 4-164
HERS cross-connection rates
ring configuration files 320.1 1-7 (1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-11
ring configurations 320.1 1-7 (2+8)xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-88
HERS ring map 320.1 2-13 100G (2xQSFP+/2xSFP+) MUX circuit
MS-SPRing pack 102.4 2-186
ring configuration files 320.1 1-7 100G OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-109
ring configurations 320.1 1-7 100G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-42
MS-SPRing ring map 320.1 2-13 100G PKT/OTN XCIF circuit pack 102.8 1-23
OTS instance 310.2 13-7 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-
passive configuration on 2-slot shelf 102.6 2- 42
247, 221 5-11 100G WaveLogic 3 OTR circuit pack 102.4 2-
passive OTS, amplifier 102.6 2-246, 221 5-10 213
passive OTS, channel access 102.6 2-246, 100GE OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-109
221 5-10 10G OC-192/STM-64 WT circuit pack 102.5 4-
queue group drop profiles 320.3 22-5 6
queue group profiles 320.3 21-6 10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-7
queue group scheduler profiles 320.3 23-5 10G OTSC circuit pack 102.5 1-19
receive class of service profiles 320.2 8-6 10G OTU2 WT circuit pack 102.5 4-33
ring map 320.1 2-13 10GEL WT circuit pack 102.5 4-19
ring port, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-18, 320.3 26- 10x10G MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-156
24 10x10G PKT/OTN circuit pack 102.8 1-77
ring, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-13 10x10GE MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-156
ringlet port, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-35, 320.3 16xFLEX OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-52
26-45 16xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-69
ringlet, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-30 16xSTM-1e circuit pack 102.2 1-50
script 301 10-6 1x10GE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-16
test access session (TAS) 310.2 5-19 1xOC-192/STM-64 circuit pack 102.3 1-17
transmit class of service profiles 320.2 9-6 2.5G MOTR circuit pack 102.5 2-5
tunnel endpoint 320.2 13-33 20G L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-32
tunnel endpoint map 320.2 14-31 24x10/100BT EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-30
tunnel segment 320.2 13-28 24xDS3/E3 circuit pack 102.2 1-38
VCE 320.2 13-18 24xDS3/EC-1 circuit pack 102.2 1-26
VCS 320.2 13-11 2x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-40
virtual circuit endpoint 320.2 13-18 2xOC-48/STM-16 circuit pack 102.3 1-40
virtual circuit endpoint map 320.2 14-15 40G MUX OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-60
virtual circuit segment 320.2 13-11 40G OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-40
cross-connect (XC) circuit pack 102.1 2-1 40G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-11
latency 170 1-106 40G OTN XCIF circuit pack 102.8 1-6
alarms 102.1 2-31 40G UOCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-91
compatibility 320.1 3-4 40G XCIF circuit pack 102.4 1-77
equipping rules 102.1 2-35 4x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-69
latency 102.1 2-43 4xGE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-7
protection 310.2 6-3 63xE1 circuit pack 102.2 1-5
reconfiguration 545 2-245 8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 circuit pack 102.3 1-52
replacing 545 2-79 8xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-103
roadmap and provisioning procedures 102.1 2- 8xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-11
45 CCMD12 circuit pack 102.6 1-234
technical specifications 102.1 2-42 CMD44 100 GHz module 102.6 1-301

Master index 5-27
cross-connection rates (continued) cross-connection types (continued)

CMD44 50 GHz module 102.6 1-317 16xFLEX OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-52
DSM 102.2 1-62 16xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-68
ESAM circuit pack 102.6 1-115 16xSTM-1e circuit pack 102.2 1-49
FLEX MOTR circuit pack 102.7 1-41 1x10GE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-16
Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2- 1xOC-192/STM-64 circuit pack 102.3 1-16
42 2.5G MOTR circuit pack 102.5 2-5
Flex3 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2- 24x10/100BT EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-30
42 24xDS3/E3 circuit pack 102.2 1-38
L2 MOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-47 24xDS3/EC-1 circuit pack 102.2 1-26
L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-6 2x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-40
LIM circuit pack 102.6 1-78 2xOC-48/STM-16 circuit pack 102.3 1-39
MLA circuit pack 102.6 1-33 40G MUX OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-60
MLA2 circuit pack 102.6 1-50 40G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-11
MLA2 w/VOA circuit pack 102.6 1-50 40G OCLI circuit pack 102.4 1-40
MLA3 circuit pack 102.6 1-65 40G OTN XCIF circuit pack 102.8 1-6
multiservice cross-connect (MXC) circuit 40G UOCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-91
pack 102.1 2-29 40G XCIF circuit pack 102.4 1-77
PDH gateway circuit pack 102.7 2-18 4x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-68
RPR circuit pack 102.7 2-94 4xGE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-7
SAM circuit pack 102.6 1-115 63xE1 circuit pack 102.2 1-5
SCMD4 100 GHz circuit pack 102.6 1-214 8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 circuit pack 102.3 1-52
SLA circuit pack 102.6 1-20 8xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-103
SRA circuit pack 102.6 1-90 8xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-11
SuperMux circuit pack 102.5 3-17 CCMD12 circuit pack 102.6 1-234
TMUX circuit pack 102.2 2-6 CMD44 100 GHz module 102.6 1-301
Wavelength-selective 40G OCLD circuit CMD44 50 GHz module 102.6 1-317
pack 102.4 1-11 DSM 102.2 1-62
cross-connection types ESAM circuit pack 102.6 1-115
(1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-11 FLEX MOTR circuit pack 102.7 1-41
(2+8)xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-88 Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-
100G (2xQSFP+/2xSFP+) MUX circuit 42
pack 102.4 2-186 Flex3 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-
100G OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-109 42
100G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-42 L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-6
100G PKT/OTN XCIF circuit pack 102.8 1-23 LIM circuit pack 102.6 1-78
100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2- MLA circuit pack 102.6 1-33
42 MLA2 circuit pack 102.6 1-50
100G WaveLogic 3 OTR circuit pack 102.4 2- MLA2 w/VOA circuit pack 102.6 1-50
213 MLA3 circuit pack 102.6 1-65
100GE OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-109 multiservice cross-connect (MXC) circuit
10G OC-192/STM-64 WT circuit pack 102.5 4- pack 102.1 2-29
6 PDH gateway circuit pack 102.7 2-18
10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-7 SAM circuit pack 102.6 1-115
10G OTSC circuit pack 102.5 1-18 SCMD4 100 GHz circuit pack 102.6 1-214
10G OTU2 WT circuit pack 102.5 4-33 SLA circuit pack 102.6 1-20
10GEL WT circuit pack 102.5 4-19 SRA circuit pack 102.6 1-89
10x10G MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-156 SuperMux circuit pack 102.5 3-16
10x10G PKT/OTN circuit pack 102.8 1-77 TMUX circuit pack 102.2 2-6
10x10GE MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-156

5-28 Master index
cross-connection types (continued) data services queue group profiles

Wavelength-selective 40G OCLD circuit overview 320.3 21-1
pack 102.4 1-11 data services segment management
Crossed Fibers Suspected alarm 543.1 4-169 overview 320.2 13-1
CSA 301 2-67 database
details, retrieving 301 2-66 change events, allowing 543.1 2-19
RADIUS proxy server change events, inhibiting 543.1 2-19
provisioning 301 2-77 forwarding 320.2 19-1
RADIUS server Database Auto Save in Progress alarm 543.1 4-
provisioning 301 2-68 171
shared secret, changing 301 2-74 database backup 301 7-3
customer visible logs Database Commit Failed alarm 543.1 4-184
Debug data collection using Card Logs 840 4-1 Database Integrity Fail - CPU2 alarm 543.1 4-173
introduction 840 1-1 Database Integrity Fail alarm 543.1 4-172
troubleshooting DOC logs 840 2-1 Database Not Recovered For Slot alarm 543.1 4-
customizing 174
6500 CLI session 301 11-17 Database Recovery Incomplete alarm 543.1 4-
CWDM pluggable optics (SFP) 180 3-4 175
CXM C-Band Type 1 database replication
optical specifications PG.3 8-278 adding entry 310.1 3-20
CXM C-Band Type 1 module 102.6 1-239 deleting entry 310.1 3-22
CXM-Band Type 1 editing 310.1 3-17, 310.1 3-19
adding 221 4-59 database replication service PG.4 9-101
parameters 310.1 3-70
D Database Restore Failed alarm 543.1 4-181
Database Restore in Progress alarm 543.1 4-177
Dark Fiber Loss Measurement Disabled
Database Save Failed alarm 543.1 4-178
alarm 543.1 4-170
Database Save in Progress alarm 543.1 4-186
data circuit packs
date
optical interface, ordering 151 3-29
editing 301 4-43
roadmap and provisioning procedures 102.5 5-
date and time
28, 102.7 1-61, 102.8 1-91
provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-43
data communication channel, see DCC
DBRS
data communications PG.2 5-27
IP routing protocols PG.4 9-101
data communications, see DCN
DCC
data services PG.2 5-12
protection PG.4 9-264
data services activation setup
DCC interworking
overview 320.2 11-1
IP-managed network elements PG.4 9-261
data services bandwidth profiles
OSI-managed network elements PG.4 9-261,
overview 320.2 12-1
PG.4 9-262
data services endpoint management
DCC Link Fail alarms 543.1 4-187
overview 320.2 14-1
DCC parameters
data services endpoint mappings
provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-55
overview 320.2 15-1
DCC transparency 310.1 3-10, PG.4 9-268
data services Ethernet OAM provisioning
interworking requirements PG.4 9-269
overview 320.3 27-1
limitations PG.4 9-269
data services G.8032 ERP management
DCN
overview 320.3 26-1
4x10G OTR
data services queue group drop profiles
encryption PG.4 9-328
overview 320.3 22-1
FIPS Security Policy PG.4 9-328

Master index 5-29
DCN (continued) DCN (continued)

6500 NE IP parameters 310.1 3-55
data communication interfaces PG.4 9-4 IP routing table parameters 310.1 3-49
host-only mode PG.4 9-10 IP static route parameters 310.1 3-34
internal routing protocols PG.4 9-28 IP static route provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-
internal SNTP Client/Server PG.4 9-47 39
IP Addressing PG.4 9-42 LAN parameters 310.1 3-57
non-routing mode PG.4 9-28 LAN ports provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-5
secure HTTP PG.4 9-47 lower layer DCC/GCC parameters 310.1 3-59
single public IP PG.4 9-42 NAT, parameters 310.1 3-74
supported protocols PG.4 9-47 Non-routing mode provisioning
ARP proxy 310.1 3-8 guidelines PG.4 9-28
ARP proxy parameters 310.1 3-51 options 310.1 3-29
ARP table parameters 310.1 3-52 OSPF circuit parameters 310.1 3-38
communication interfaces for accessing remote OSPF circuit provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-
sites PG.4 9-11 35
database replication service, OSPF database reduction parameters 310.1
parameters 310.1 3-70 3-37
design examples PG.4 9-110 OSPF router parameters 310.1 3-41
DHCP parameters 310.1 3-71 OSPF router provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-
DHCP provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-48 34
DSM OAM comms 310.1 3-8 overview 310.1 3-1
DSM OAM link parameters 310.1 3-52 planning PG.4 9-1
encryption PG.4 9-328 port filter, parameters 310.1 3-43
encryption OTR key management PPP parameters 310.1 3-65
communications PG.4 9-328 PPP provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-53
engineering guidelines PG.4 9-338 preserve comms data option PG.4 9-374
design bandwidth requirements PG.4 9-340 private connectivity
external connectivity private IP address model PG.4 9-62
external IP address model PG.4 9-61 provisioning 310.1 3-1
FIPS Security Policy PG.4 9-328 public connectivity
firewalls PG.4 9-321 public IP address model PG.4 9-61
FTP parameters 310.1 3-72 RADIUS gateway PG.4 9-64
FTP provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-49 Reverse Port NAT PG.4 9-64
gateway network element, provisioning PG.4 reverse port NAT, parameters 310.1 3-36
9-81 secure shell PG.4 9-49
GNE parameters 310.1 3-54 security PG.4 9-324
GRE parameters 310.1 3-55 serial/RS-232 parameters 310.1 3-67
GRE provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-54 serial/RS-232 ports
host-only mode provisioning guidelines PG.4 provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-10
9-10 settings
HTTP/HTTPS, parameters 310.1 3-73 adding an entry 310.1 3-20
IISIS circuit parameters 310.1 3-31 deleting an entry 310.1 3-22
IISIS circuit provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-30 editing 310.1 3-17
IISIS router parameters 310.1 3-33 retrieving 310.1 3-16
IISIS router provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-29 SFTP PG.4 9-49
IISIS routing table parameters 310.1 3-49 SP redundancy PG.4 9-56
interfaces 310.1 3-4 COLAN comms PG.4 9-58
IP addressing PG.4 9-354 craft communications PG.4 9-58
IP masks PG.4 9-354 SSH, parameters 310.1 3-73

5-30 Master index
DCN (continued) DCN examples (continued)

static NAT 310.1 3-8 management of OM3500 through 6500 using
static NAT parameters 310.1 3-36 GRE tunnel PG.4 9-240
TARP 310.1 3-8 management of OM4000 through 6500 with IP
Telnet provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-53 only external DCN PG.4 9-217
telnet, parameters 310.1 3-72 using OSPF with two 6500 gateway network
TL1 gateway connections parameters 310.1 3- elements connected to OSPF backbone
68 with collocated CPL network
tools 310.1 3-24 elements PG.4 9-250
troubleshooting PG.4 9-337 using single 6500 GNE with IISIS through 6500
upper layer DCC parameters 310.1 3-46 network to reach remote 6130 network
visible NE information parameters 310.1 3-48 elements PG.4 9-205
DCN examples using single 6500 GNE with IISIS to reach
6500 GNE configuration remote 6130 network elements in a SNCP/
individual LAN drops from customer UPSR ring configuration with generic
DCN PG.4 9-120 SDH/SONET equipment PG.4 9-211
redundant ARP GNE configuration PG.4 9- voice over IP orderwire PG.4 9-254
160 DCN provisioning rules
redundant NAT GNE configuration PG.4 9- general PG.4 9-78
169 route redistribution and summarization PG.4
redundant OSPF GNE configuration (each 9-79
GNE in different OSPF area) PG.4 9-125 DCN scalability PG.4 9-101
redundant OSPF GNE configuration (GNEs deactivating
in same OSPF area) PG.4 9-132 incremental expansion pack load 301 9-15
redundant OSPF GNE configuration (using Debug Port in Use alarm 543.1 4-193
tunnels on DCN) PG.4 9-141 debug port login
redundant private IP addressing PG.4 9- authentication settings 301 2-65
191 defect
standalone ARP GNE configuration PG.4 9- displaying 320.3 27-50
149 defining
standalone ARP GNE with numbered ILAN direct cable (RS-232) settings 301 1-35
interface PG.4 9-156 modem settings 301 1-33
standalone private IP addressing PG.4 9- site address for a DSM 310.1 1-103
184 delay
standalone private IP with COLAN-X and SNC 330 3-23
COLAN-A enabled using IPDGD PG.4 9- Delay Measurement Enabled on Slave Node
198 alarm 543.1 4-194
standalone static GNE configuration PG.4 Delay Measurement Failed alarm 543.1 4-195
9-113 Delay Measurement Mismatch Capability
6500 Photonics and MSPP with OM3500 alarm 543.1 4-196
(OSPF and iISIS) PG.4 9-233 delay measurements 520 1-47
6500/HDX interworking using HDX DCC deleting
transparency and multiple OSI ARP proxy entry 310.1 3-22
areas PG.4 9-248 ARP table entry 310.1 3-22
auto-tunneling PG.4 9-245 bandwidth profiles 320.2 12-11
DBRS use in a mesh network PG.4 9-258 BLSR
management of 6500 through non-6500 ring configuration files 320.1 1-23
network element PG.4 9-222 BLSR ring map 320.1 2-19
management of OM3500 through 6500 PG.4 circuit pack 310.1 1-108
9-227 deleting (continued)

Master index 5-31
co-routed SNC 330 3-67 path connection 320.1 3-60

database replication entry 310.1 3-22 Photonic connection 301 5-43
DCN settings entry 310.1 3-22 photonic connections 320.1 5-21
equipment group 310.1 1-116 pluggable 310.1 1-108
ETH facility from LAG 310.1 1-191 port filter 310.1 3-22
ETH100 facility from LAG 310.1 1-191 queue group drop profiles 320.3 22-9
ETH10G facility from LAG 310.1 1-191 queue group profiles 320.3 21-13
EVPL connections 320.1 6-11 queue group scheduler profiles 320.3 23-9
expansion pack load 301 8-33 receive class of service profiles 320.2 8-9
facility from equipment 310.1 1-184 release server 301 8-28
GNE entry 310.1 3-22 remote maintenance end point 320.3 27-43
GRE entry 310.1 3-22 remote NE from span of control 301 4-113
HERS resilient packet ring 320.2 16-10
ring configuration files 320.1 1-23 resilient packet ring protection 320.2 16-14
HERS ring map 320.1 2-19 reverse port NAT 310.1 3-22
IISIS circuit entry 310.1 3-22 ring port, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-20, 320.3 26-
IISIS router entry 310.1 3-22 26
invalid password list entry 301 2-55 ring, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-16
IP Static Route entry 310.1 3-22 ringlet port, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-39, 320.3
LAN entry 310.1 3-22 26-47
login profile 301 1-56 ringlet, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-33
lower layer DCC/GCC entry 310.1 3-22 RPR 320.2 16-10
maintenance association 320.3 27-23 RPR protection 320.2 16-14
maintenance domain 320.3 27-15 shelf provisioning, all 301 4-86
maintenance end point 320.3 27-37 SNC 330 3-62
maintenance intermediate point 320.3 27-28 SNMP alarmModelTable row 740 2-53
member shelf from a consolidated node 301 4- SNMP community name 740 2-46
101 SNMP group mapping 740 2-32
member SNC SNMP trap destinations 740 2-24
co-routed SNC 330 3-73 SNMP user group 740 2-34
MS-SPRing SNMP USM user 740 2-28
ring configuration files 320.1 1-23 SNMP view 740 2-30
MS-SPRing ring map 320.1 2-19 software load 301 8-23
MyCryptoTool access mode setting 340 3-21 SPLI entries 301 4-109
NAT entry 310.1 3-22 static entries 320.2 19-14
node from a login profile 301 1-63 static NAT entry 310.1 3-22
node to navigation tree 301 1-70 time of day server 301 4-105
optical channels 221 7-29, 221 7-35 TODR profile 1 5-11
optical connection 301 5-43 transmit class of service profiles 320.2 9-9
OSPF circuit entry 310.1 3-22 transponder connections 320.1 4-27
OSPF router entry 310.1 3-22 tunnel endpoint 320.2 13-37, 320.2 14-29
OSRP cascaded route 330 2-14 tunnel endpoint map 320.2 14-35, 320.2 15-11
OSRP line 330 1-46 tunnel segment 320.2 13-31
OSRP link 330 1-39 upper layer DCC entry 310.1 3-22
OSRP non-viable routing list 330 2-24 user account 301 2-40
OSRP route 330 2-10 VCE 320.2 13-24, 320.2 14-13
OSRP routing list 330 2-19 VCS 320.2 13-16
OTN connections 320.1 7-16 VEP 330 3-91
OTS instance 310.2 7-8
deleting (continued) deleting (continued)

5-32 Master index
virtual circuit endpoint 320.2 13-24, 320.2 14- Disk 90 percent Full alarm 543.1 4-197
13 Disk Full alarm 543.1 4-197
virtual circuit endpoint map 320.2 14-20, 320.2 DISP facility
15-6 editing 310.1 1-177
virtual circuit segment 320.2 13-16 parameters 310.1 1-566
deprovisioning dispersion range, displaying 310.1 1-218
test access channel (TAC) 310.2 5-18 dispersion scan, manual 310.1 1-216
test access port (TAP) 310.2 5-16 displaying 301 5-39, 320.2 10-4
DGE adjacencies 301 5-39
testing 102.6 2-224, 221 4-154 DCN settings 310.1 3-16
DGE OTS 330 1-8 defect information 320.3 27-50
DHCP dispersion ranges 310.1 1-218
parameters 310.1 3-71 DOC, logs 310.2 8-6
provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-48 encryption active alarms and historical
DIA logs 340 4-82
testing 221 4-112 encryption details using MyCryptoTool 340 4-
dialup connectivity 41
remote support PG.4 9-320 equipment 301 5-39
differential provisioning PG.2 5-20 equipment mode 301 5-34, 301 5-35
editing entries 310.2 10-5 facility 301 5-39
overview 310.2 10-1 facility inventory 310.1 2-4
retrieving 310.2 10-4 forwarding database information 320.2 19-5
direct cable (RS-232), defining settings 301 1-35 G.8032 ERP node information 320.3 24-4
Direction Independent Access. See DIA intrusion attempt handling details 301 2-62
disabling invalid password 301 2-53
alarm point status 543.1 2-22 lane powers 310.1 1-217
auto-equipping 301 5-50 link trace information 320.3 27-45
auto-equipping (Advanced SAT) 221 2-38 login banner 301 4-36
intrusion attempt handling 301 2-63 member shelf information of a consolidated
IP access control list 301 2-85 node 301 4-96
local user 301 2-6 MyCryptoTool access mode using Site
MyCryptoTool access mode 340 3-20 Manager 340 3-18
RADIUS accounting servers 301 2-71 nodal member parameters 301 4-36
SNMP agent 740 2-22 nodal shelf parameters 301 4-36
SNMP authentication traps 740 2-63 nodal system parameters 301 4-36
SNMP proxy 740 2-22 node information 301 4-36
synchronization status message (SSM) 310.2 optical power ranges 310.1 1-218
4-10 OTDR trace 310.2 14-7
user account 301 2-6, 301 2-42 OTS instance 301 5-39
disabling, performance monitoring 520 1-43 port graphics 301 5-35
disconnecting protection groups 301 5-39
fiber-optic cable from the optical ring information 320.2 17-3
interface 102.6 2-35, 201.1 1-140, 201.2 RPR fairness details 320.2 16-5
1-236, 201.3 1-207, 201.4 1-164 RPR protection (span) details 320.2 16-5
from a network element 301 1-69 RPR quality of service details 320.2 16-5
MPO cables for CDC from the optical shelf graphics 301 5-34
interface 201.3 1-207 shelf inventory 310.1 2-3
MPO cables from the optical interface 102.6 2- Shelf Level View 301 6-5
35, 201.2 1-236, 201.4 1-164 test access channel (TAC) 310.2 5-12
Disk 75 percent Full alarm 543.1 4-197 displaying (continued)

Master index 5-33
test access port (TAP) 310.2 5-12 SAOS MIB files 301 8-9
test access session (TAS) 310.2 5-12 SOR files 310.2 14-5
time of day parameters 301 4-36 DPO module 180 6-1
TR control (OTM2) 310.1 1-214 supported, by circuit pack 180 6-4, 180 7-42,
user account details 301 2-31 PG.3 7-4
wavelength ranges 310.1 1-218 drop-and-continue
DOC path connection
channel parameters 310.2 8-21 BLSR 320.1 3-96
clearing alarms 310.2 8-11 HERS 320.1 3-96
clearing logs 310.2 8-10 MS-SPRing 320.1 3-96
copying logs 310.2 8-7 DS1
displaying logs 310.2 8-6 electrical specifications PG.3 8-320
editing setting 310.2 8-18 installation
overview 310.2 8-1 installing and removing DS1 front
power audit 310.2 8-13 cover 201.3 2-122, 201.4 2-122
re-optimizing channels 310.2 8-12 DS1 broadcast
resetting TCA baselines 310.2 8-8 path connection
retrieving summary 310.2 8-5 provisioning 320.1 3-144
settings parameters 310.2 8-26 DS1 cable PG.3 8-124
stopping action 310.2 8-15 pinout PG.3 8-125
summary parameters 310.2 8-19 routing 201.3 2-111, 201.4 2-111
viewing DOC Trail 310.2 8-16 DS1 cables 102.2 1-77
viewing NE Trail 310.2 8-17 ordering 151 4-45
DOC Action Failed: Add alarm 543.1 4-201 pinout 102.2 1-78
DOC Action Failed: Delete alarm 543.1 4-204 DS1 facility
DOC Action Failed: Monitor alarm 543.1 4-207 editing 310.1 1-177
DOC Action Failed: Optimize alarm 543.1 4-210 parameters 310.1 1-396
DOC Action: Channel Add In Progress DS1 mapping 320.1 3-14
alarm 543.1 4-199 DS1 Receive alarms 543.1 4-229
DOC Action: Channel Delete In Progress DS1 service module
alarm 543.1 4-200 testing 221 6-13
DOC Action: Fault Detected alarm 543.1 4-213 DS1 service module (DSM)
DOC Consecutive Re-Opt Threshold Crossed alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-13
alarm 543.1 4-216 DS1DS3 facility
DOC Domain Not Optimized alarm 543.1 4-219 parameters 310.1 1-404
DOC Invalid Photonic Domain alarm 543.1 4-221 DS1WAN facility
DOC Power Audit Failed alarm 543.1 4-226 parameters 310.1 1-408
documentation, ordering 151 5-19 DS3
Domain Optical Controller electrical specifications PG.3 8-321
customer visible logs DS3 cables 102.2 1-32, 102.2 1-45, PG.3 8-126
Debug data collection using Card Logs 840 ordering 151 4-45
4-1 DS3 facility
introduction 840 1-1 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-14, 543.1 3-15
troubleshooting 840 2-1 editing 310.1 1-177
Domain Optical Controller (DOC) PG.2 5-19 parameters 310.1 1-400, 310.1 1-404
Domain Optical Controller Disabled alarm 543.1 DS3 Receive alarms 543.1 4-236
4-228 DS3/E3 circuit pack
Dormant Account Detected alarm 543.1 4-245 testing 221 6-21
downloading DS3/E3/EC-1

5-34 Master index
I/O panels 102.2 1-85 DSM OAM link

DS3/E3/EC-1 I/O panel editing 310.1 3-17, 310.1 3-19
replacing 545 2-170 parameters 310.1 3-52
DS3/EC-1 circuit pack DSM shelf 102.2 1-57
protection 310.2 6-3 DSM-Host Misconnection alarm 543.1 4-246
testing 221 6-21 DSM-OAM adapter module, replacing 545 2-190
DS3WAN facility Duplicate Adjacency Discovered alarm 543.1 4-
parameters 310.1 1-408 249
DSCM 102.6 1-402 Duplicate IP Address alarm 543.1 4-250
See also PECs Duplicate Primary Shelf alarm 543.1 4-252
installing into Fiber Manager 201.1 1-128, Duplicate Shelf Detected alarm 543.1 4-254
201.2 1-215, 201.3 1-156, 201.4 1-141 Duplicate Site ID alarm 543.1 4-256
DSCM circuit pack DWDM pluggable optics (DPO) 180 6-1
latency 170 1-110 DWDM pluggable optics (SFP) 151 3-99, 180 3-4
DSCM module 102.6 1-365 DWDM pluggable optics (XFP) 102.7 2-49, 102.7
alarms 102.6 1-368 2-71, 151 3-92, 180 2-1
equipping rules 102.6 1-368 dynamic entries 320.2 19-16
latency 102.6 1-371 Dynamic NAT provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221
optical specifications PG.3 8-282 2-52
replacing 545 2-149, 545 2-153
DSM
E
E1
alarms 102.2 1-63
electrical specifications PG.3 8-319, PG.3 8-
322
I/O panel 102.2 1-79
defining site address 310.1 1-103
port mappings 102.2 1-19, PG.3 8-122
editing site address 310.1 1-103
E1 cable PG.3 8-116
120 ohm pinout 102.2 1-18, PG.3 8-121
fan module
75 ohm pinout 102.2 1-16, PG.3 8-119
replacing 545 2-207
E1 cables 102.2 1-13
installation
ordering 151 4-43
connecting power cables to DSM shelf (OAM
E1 circuit pack
HW Rel 5 or earlier) 201.3 2-79, 201.4 2-
protection 310.2 6-3
79
testing 221 6-17
connecting power cables to DSM shelf (OAM
E1 facility
HW Rel 6 or later) 201.3 2-87, 201.4 2-87
editing 310.1 1-177
installing the DSM shelf 201.3 2-71, 201.4
2-71
E1 hardware
ordering 151 3-116
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-16
E1 I/O module in a Metro front electrical shelf,
provisioning automatically 310.1 1-95
replacing 545 2-178
provisioning manually 310.1 1-99
E1 I/O panel, replacing 545 2-180
E1 line
DSM 84xDS1 termination module (TM)
inserting 201.3 2-112, 201.4 2-112
E1 mapping 320.1 3-14
removing 201.3 2-112, 201.4 2-112
E1 Receive alarms 543.1 4-258
replacing 545 2-92
E1 Transmit alarms 543.1 4-263
DSM breaker interface panel
installing 201.3 2-64, 201.4 2-64
E1DS3 facility
DSM OAM comms 310.1 3-8

Master index 5-35
parameters 310.1 1-404 date and time 301 4-43

E1WAN facility differential provisioning entries 310.2 10-5
parameters 310.1 1-408 DISP facility 310.1 1-177
E3 DOC setting 310.2 8-18
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-17, 543.1 3-18 DS1 facility 310.1 1-177
E3 cables 102.2 1-32, 102.2 1-45, PG.3 8-126 DS3 facility 310.1 1-177
ordering 151 4-45 DSM OAM link 310.1 3-17, 310.1 3-19
E3 facility E1 facility 310.1 1-177
parameters 310.1 1-403 EC-1 facility 310.1 1-177
E3 Receive alarms 543.1 4-236 encryption components
E3, electrical specifications PG.3 8-320 using MyCryptoTool 340 4-29
E3WAN facility using Site Manager 340 3-9
parameters 310.1 1-408 equipment group 310.1 1-115
EC-1 cables 102.2 1-32, 102.2 1-45, PG.3 8-126 equipment mode 310.1 1-117
ordering 151 4-45 equipment profile 310.1 1-117
EC-1 facility ETH10G facility 310.1 1-177
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-19 Ether type, L2 MOTR equipment 310.1 1-132
editing 310.1 1-177 Ethernet facility 310.1 1-177
parameters 310.1 1-401 EVPL connections 320.1 6-10
EC-1 Receive alarms 543.1 4-270 facility parameters 310.1 1-177
EC-1, electrical specifications PG.3 8-321 facility primary state 310.1 1-172
echotest FLEX facility 310.1 1-177
operating or releasing OAM messages 320.2 FTP 310.1 3-17
18-7 HCCS reference attribute 520 1-111
eCMD44 module HERS
installing 201.1 1-119, 201.2 1-205, 201.3 1- ring configuration files 320.1 1-14
146, 201.4 1-131 HERS configuration 320.1 2-14
replacing 545 2-117 HTTP/HTTPS 310.1 3-17, 310.1 3-19
editing 320.2 10-5 I/O carrier, 20G L2SS circuit pack 310.1 1-130
account dormancy defaults 301 2-43 IP 310.1 3-17
ADJ (TXRX) facility 310.1 1-177 LAN 310.1 3-17, 310.1 3-19
ADJ-FIBER facility 310.1 1-177 logical shelf number 301 4-93
ADJ-TX/ADJ-RX facility 310.1 1-177 login banner 301 4-40
alarm profiles 543.1 2-22 login profile 301 1-55
alarm severity 543.1 2-22 lower layer DCC/GCC 310.1 3-17, 310.1 3-19
AMP facility 310.1 1-177 maintenance association 320.3 27-21
ARP table 310.1 3-17 maintenance domain 320.3 27-13
Automatic In-Service (AINS) default maintenance end point 320.3 27-35
period 301 4-68 map mode, 10/100BT EPL circuit pack 310.1
bandwidth profiles 320.2 12-8 1-128
banner 301 4-40 map mode, 20G L2SS circuit pack 310.1 1-130
banner type 301 4-40 member shelf, primary state 301 4-99
BLSR monitor mode 520 1-105
ring configuration files 320.1 1-14 MS-SPRing
BLSR configuration 320.1 2-14 ring configuration files 320.1 1-14
CHC facility 310.1 1-177 MS-SPRing configuration 320.1 2-14
communications settings 310.1 3-17 NAT 310.1 3-17, 310.1 3-19
co-routed SNC 330 3-48 network element
database replication 310.1 3-17, 310.1 3-19 CLLI 301 4-43
editing (continued) network element (continued)

5-36 Master index
name 301 4-43 resilient packet ring protection 320.2 16-13

TID 301 4-43 ring map 320.1 2-14
network element mode 301 4-43 ring port, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-19, 320.3 26-
nodal shelf parameters 301 4-70 25
nodal system parameters 301 4-54 ring, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-14
node in a login profile 301 1-61 ringlet port, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-37, 320.3
OC3 (DS1TM) facility 310.1 1-177 26-46
OCn facility 310.1 1-177 ringlet, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-31
OPTMON facility 310.1 1-177 RPR 320.2 16-8
OSC facility 310.1 1-177 RPR protection 320.2 16-13
OSRP cascaded route 330 2-13 script 301 10-11
OSRP instance 330 1-22 section trace 310.1 1-222
OSRP line 330 1-42 signal label 310.1 1-229
OSRP link 330 1-33 simultaneous login limit defaults 301 2-43
OSRP node 330 1-24 site address for a DSM 310.1 1-103
OTN bandwidth threshold defaults 330 1-28 SNC 330 3-26, 330 3-48
OSRP non-viable routing list 330 2-22 SNMP community name 740 2-27, 740 2-43
OSRP route 330 2-9 SNMP community string 740 2-59
OSRP routing list 330 2-17 SNMP group mapping 740 2-32
OTMn facility 310.1 1-177 SNMP trap destinations 740 2-24
OTN connections 320.1 7-15 SNMP user group 740 2-34
OTS instance 102.6 2-311, 310.2 7-6, 310.2 SNMP USM user 740 2-28
13-8, 310.2 13-10 SNMP version 740 2-59
OTS parameters 310.2 7-18 SNMP view 740 2-30
OTS slot sequence 310.2 13-12 SSH 310.1 3-17, 310.1 3-19
OTU HCCS reference attribute 520 1-111 SSH/SFTP keys 301 2-57
password 301 2-50 STMn facility 310.1 1-177
defaults 301 2-43 system MIB parameters 740 2-56
path connection 320.1 3-57 telnet 310.1 3-17, 310.1 3-19
path trace 310.1 1-229 TID slot sequence 310.2 13-17
PM profiles 520 1-95 time of day
PM threshold profiles 520 1-95 polling interval 301 4-104
PPP 310.1 3-17, 310.1 3-19 server 301 4-105
protection parameters status 301 4-104
electrical equipment 310.2 6-134 TL1 commands 301 10-4
optical equipment 310.2 6-127 TL1 gateway parameters 301 4-103
optical facilities 310.2 6-127 TODR profile 1 5-9
protection scheme TR control (OTM2) 310.1 1-214
electrical equipment 310.2 6-131 trail trace 310.1 1-225
optical equipment 310.2 6-115 transmit class of service profiles 320.2 9-7
optical facilities 310.2 6-115 transponder connections 320.1 4-25
provisioned PEC 310.1 1-117 tunnel endpoint 320.2 13-35, 320.2 14-27
provisioning mode 310.1 1-117 tunnel endpoint map 320.2 14-33, 320.2 15-9
queue group drop profiles 320.3 22-7 tunnel segment 320.2 13-29, 320.2 14-37
queue group profiles 320.3 21-8 user account 301 2-36
queue group scheduler profiles 320.3 23-6 user defaults 301 2-43
raman password 301 2-51 user profile 301 2-36
receive class of service profiles 320.2 8-7 user defaults 301 2-43
resilient packet ring 320.2 16-8 VCE 320.2 13-21, 320.2 14-10
editing (continued) editing (continued)

Master index 5-37
VCS 320.2 13-13, 320.2 14-22 IP access control list 301 2-85
VEP 330 3-90 RADIUS accounting servers 301 2-71
virtual circuit endpoint 320.2 13-21, 320.2 14- SNMP agent 740 2-22
10 SNMP authentication traps 740 2-63
virtual circuit segment 320.2 13-13, 320.2 14- SNMP proxy 740 2-22
22 user account 301 2-41
WAN configuration, 20G L2SS circuit enabling, performance monitoring 520 1-43
pack 310.1 1-130 encryption
WAN facility 310.1 1-177 4x10G OTR (NTK530QE variant) circuit
warning message 301 4-40 pack 340 1-8
EFM remote loopback 310.1 1-192 building a customized network 340 1-7
electrical cables, routing 201.3 1-194 carrier managed service model 340 2-7
Electrical circuit packs components 340 1-5
roadmap and provisioning procedures 102.2 1- deployment solutions 340 2-1
96 FIPS 340 1-8
electrical I/O cable GNE 340 2-16
routing 201.3 1-181 ITU-T G.709 Frame Structure 340 1-16
electrical I/O hardware, installing 201.3 1-165 key management
electrical interface area non-segregated (L3) solution PG.4 9-328
hardware provisioning PG.4 9-334
ordering 151 3-113 segregated (L2) solution PG.4 9-329
electrical specifications PG.3 8-318 MyCryptoTool access
2.048 MHz PG.3 8-319 provisioning summary
6.312 MHz PG.3 8-318 non-segregated mode 340 2-5
64 kHz Composite Clock (64K CC) PG.3 8-318 overview 340 1-5
DS1 PG.3 8-320 private IP 340 3-42
DS3 PG.3 8-321 provisioning overview 340 3-1
E1 PG.3 8-319, PG.3 8-322 redundant GCC2 340 2-15
E3 PG.3 8-320 scenarios 340 2-1
EC-1 PG.3 8-321 segregated mode 340 2-11
STM-1e PG.3 8-321 single enterprise model 340 2-2
electromagnetic specifications PG.3 8-327 TIDc 340 2-15
eMOTR 4xXFP/8xSFP+ circuit pack Encryption Authentication Material Missing
optical specifications PG.3 8-184 alarm 340 5-6, 543.1 4-275
eMOTR 4xXFP/8xSFP+/32xSFP circuit pack Encryption Configuration Mismatch alarm 340 5-
optical specifications PG.3 8-184 8, 543.1 4-277
eMOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-59 Encryption Failure alarm 340 5-9, 543.1 4-278
equipping rules 102.7 2-75 Encryption Keying Authentication Failure
latency 102.7 2-79, 170 1-67 alarm 340 5-10, 543.1 4-279
operational measurements 520 1-534 Encryption Keying Communication Failure
performance monitoring 102.7 2-71 alarm 340 5-12, 543.1 4-281
replacing 545 2-54 endpoint management PG.2 5-15
supported SFPs/SFP+s/XFPs 102.7 2-69 endpoint map
technical specifications 102.7 2-78 tunnel, creating 320.2 14-31
enabling tunnel, deleting 320.2 14-35, 320.2 15-11
alarm point status 543.1 2-22 tunnel, editing 320.2 14-33, 320.2 15-9
auto-equipping 301 5-50 virtual circuit, creating 320.2 14-15
auto-equipping (Advanced SAT) 221 2-38 virtual circuit, deleting 320.2 14-20
intrusion attempt handling 301 2-63
enabling (continued) endpoint mapping PG.2 5-15

5-38 Master index
parameters 320.2 15-13 equipment and facility provisioning

tunnel parameters 320.2 14-61, 320.2 15-20 overview 310.1 1-1
virtual circuit parameters 320.2 14-47 equipment and traffic protection PG.2 5-33
engineering guidelines Equipment Configuration Mismatch alarm 543.1
DCN PG.4 9-338 4-282
design bandwidth requirements PG.4 9-340 equipment group
synchronization mixed timing 310.2 4-17 creating 102.7 2-170, 310.1 1-113
TID consolidation PG.4 9-86 deleting 310.1 1-116
engineering recommendations, site 151 1-141 details, retrieving 310.1 1-112
engineering rules editing 310.1 1-115
OMX 151 1-159 SAOS-based CLI
ordering 151 1-1 commands 301 11-32
Enhanced Trunk Switch (ETS) 102.1 4-19 equipment management PG.2 5-6
equipping rules 102.1 4-29 equipment mode
specifications PG.3 8-311 editing 310.1 1-117
technical specifications 102.1 4-29 equipment mode parameters 310.1 1-275
entries equipment mode, displaying 301 5-34, 301 5-35
dynamic 320.2 19-16 Equipment OOS with Subtending Facilities IS
flushing from forwarding databases 320.2 19-7 alarm 543.1 4-286
static 320.2 19-16, 320.2 19-22 equipment profile
static, adding to forwarding database 320.2 19- editing 310.1 1-117
13 Equipment Reconfiguration In Progress
static, deleting from forwarding database 320.2 alarm 543.1 4-288
19-14 equipping rules
ENUT (1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR with XFP circuit
protection switching 310.2 6-88 pack 102.5 5-19
environmental specifications PG.3 8-323 (2+8)xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-95
equalizing 100G (2xQSFP+/2xSFP+) MUX circuit
passive layer network 102.6 2-248, 221 5-12 pack 102.4 2-190
thin terminal 102.6 2-283, 221 4-176 100G OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-115
equipment 151 3-87 100G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-46
adding 301 5-36 100G PKT/OTN XCIF circuit pack 102.8 1-26
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-12 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-
circuit packs 46
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-8 100G WaveLogic 3 OTR circuit pack 102.4 2-
details, retrieving 310.1 1-81 217
displaying 301 5-39 100GE OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-115
editing 301 5-36 10G OC-192/STM-64 WT circuit pack 102.5 4-
provisioned PEC 310.1 1-117 11
facility 10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-10
adding 310.1 1-133 10G OTU2 WT circuit pack 102.5 4-38
delete from equipment 310.1 1-184 10GEL WT circuit pack 102.5 4-24
management 310.1 1-6 10x10G MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-162
non-provisionable 310.1 1-6 10x10G PKT/OTN circuit pack 102.8 1-82
parameters 310.1 1-259, 310.1 1-271 10x10GE MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-162
primary state 310.1 1-270 16xFLEX OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-59
protection 310.2 6-2 16xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-75
provisionable 310.1 1-6 16xSTM-1e circuit pack 102.2 1-53
secondary state 310.1 1-270 1U AC rectifier 102.1 3-65
equipment (continued) equipping rules (continued)

Master index 5-39
1x10GE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-19 Flex3 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-
1xOC-192/STM-64 circuit pack 102.3 1-21 46
2.5G MOTR circuit pack 102.5 2-10 fuse interface panel 102.1 3-16
20G L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-37 GMD10 module 102.6 1-349
24x10/100BT EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-34 ISS C-Band circuit pack 102.4 1-132
24xDS3/E3 circuit pack 102.2 1-41 L2 MOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-54
24xDS3/EC-1 circuit pack 102.2 1-29 L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-10
2-Port OPM circuit pack 102.6 1-208 LIM circuit pack 102.6 1-82
2-Port OPM Flex C-Band circuit pack 102.6 1- maintenance interface card (MIC) 102.1 3-86
208 MBMD2 module 102.6 1-344
2xOC-48/STM-16 circuit pack 102.3 1-44 MLA circuit pack 102.6 1-37
2xOSC circuit pack 102.6 1-9 MLA2 circuit pack 102.6 1-55
40G MUX OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-67 MLA3 circuit pack 102.6 1-70
40G OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-46 OMD4 100 GHz module 102.6 1-328
40G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-14 OMX module 102.6 1-273
40G OTN XCIF circuit pack 102.8 1-9 OSC Filter (1516.9 nm) module 102.6 1-363
40G UOCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-94 OSIC circuit pack 102.4 1-123
40G XCIF circuit pack 102.4 1-81 PDH gateway circuit pack 102.7 2-23
48xGE PKT I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-68 Photonic passive equipment 102.6 1-411
4x10G OTR (NTK530QE variant) circuit power input cards 102.1 3-59
pack 340 6-25 RPR circuit pack 102.7 2-98
4x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-77 SAM circuit pack 102.6 1-122
4xGE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-10 SCMD4 100 GHz circuit pack 102.6 1-217
4xOPS circuit pack 102.1 5-12 shelf 151 1-100
63xE1 circuit pack 102.2 1-7 shelf processor circuit pack 102.1 1-27
8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 circuit pack 102.3 1-57 SLA circuit pack 102.6 1-25
8xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-108 SLIC Idler circuit pack 102.4 1-141
8xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-19 SMD 50 GHz 8x1 circuit pack 102.6 1-227
access panel 102.1 3-81 SRA circuit pack 102.6 1-96
bay 151 1-81 SuperMux circuit pack 102.5 3-26
BMD2 module 102.6 1-334 TMUX circuit pack 102.2 2-8
breaker interface panel 102.1 3-16 Transponder Protection Tray (TPT) 102.1 4-13
CCMD12 circuit pack 102.6 1-237 UBMD2 module 102.6 1-339
CCMD8x16 circuit pack 102.6 1-251 Wavelength-selective 40G OCLD circuit
CMD44 100 GHz module 102.6 1-302 pack 102.4 1-14
CMD44 50 GHz module 102.6 1-319 WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 2x1 circuit pack 102.6
cross-connect circuit pack 102.1 2-35 1-146
DSCM module 102.6 1-368 WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 4x1 circuit pack 102.6
DSM 102.2 1-66 1-156
eMOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-75 WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 5x1 circuit pack 102.6
Enhanced Trunk Switch (ETS) 102.1 4-29 1-132
ESAM circuit pack 102.6 1-122 WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 2x1 circuit pack 102.6 1-
FGA circuit pack 102.6 1-379 196
FIM Type 1 module 102.6 1-358 WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 9x1 circuit pack 102.6 1-
FIM Type 2 module 102.6 1-358 171
FLEX MOTR circuit pack 102.7 1-49 WSS Flex w/OPM C-Band 20x1 circuit
Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2- pack 102.6 1-182
46
equipping rules (continued) equipping rules (continued)

5-40 Master index
WSS Flex w/OPM C-Band 9x1 circuit editing 310.1 1-177

pack 102.6 1-171 Ethernet OAM maintenance associations
XLA circuit pack 102.6 1-106 retrieving 320.3 27-17
error alarms (Ethernet) 543.1 4-289 Ethernet OAM maintenance domains
error alarms (OC/STM) 543.1 4-295 retrieving 320.3 27-9
error alarms (STS/HO VC) 543.1 4-295 Ethernet OAM maintenance end points
error alarms (VT/LO VC) 543.1 4-295 retrieving 320.3 27-30
error alarms (WAN) 543.1 4-289 Ethernet OAM maintenance intermediate points
error alarms FLEX 543.1 4-289 retrieving 320.3 27-25
ESAM circuit pack 102.6 1-110 Ethernet OAM provisioning PG.2 5-18
alarms 102.6 1-121 Ethernet OAM remote maintenance end points
cross-connection rates 102.6 1-115 retrieving 320.3 27-39
cross-connection types 102.6 1-115 Ethernet point-to-point configuration PG.2 4-13
equipping rules 102.6 1-122 Ethernet RJ-45 cable
optical specifications PG.3 8-264 assembly 201.0 6-4
performance monitoring 102.6 1-117 pinout 201.0 6-4
technical specifications 102.6 1-124 ETTP facility
ESCON SFP module parameters 102.7 2-237, 310.1 1-496
optical specifications 180 3-3, PG.3 8-221 event
ESI alarms 543.1 4-304 active events, viewing 543.1 1-25, 543.1 1-29
ETH autonomous messages 543.1 2-4
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-28, 545 3-2 details, retrieving 543.1 2-15
ETH facility filtering 543.1 2-15
adding to LAG 310.1 1-169 procedures 543.1 2-10
delete from LAG 310.1 1-191 retrieving 543.1 2-15
deleting from LAG 310.1 1-191 sorting 543.1 2-15
parameters 310.1 1-297 updating 543.1 2-15
ETH LAN Port Failure alarm 543.2 5-62 Event Log full alarm 543.1 4-310
ETH100 EVPL connection PG.2 5-11
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-28, 545 3-2 types 320.1 6-3
ETH100 facility 2WAY bidirectional 320.1 6-3
adding to LAG 310.1 1-169 adding 320.1 6-8
deleting from LAG 310.1 1-191 deleting 320.1 6-11
parameters 310.1 1-297 editing 320.1 6-10
ETH100G facility overview 320.1 6-1
parameters 310.1 1-297 parameters 320.1 6-12
ETH10G facility retrieving 320.1 6-6
adding to LAG 310.1 1-169 Excessive Error Rate (STS/HO VC) 543.1 4-298
delete from LAG 310.1 1-191 Excessive Error Rate (VT/LO VC) 543.1 4-298
deleting from LAG 310.1 1-191 Excessive Error Ratio (ETH) alarm 543.1 4-289
editing 310.1 1-177 Excessive Error Ratio (ETH100) alarm 543.1 4-
parameters 310.1 1-297 289
ETH40G facility Excessive Error Ratio (ETH10G) 543.1 4-289
parameters 310.1 1-297 Excessive Error Ratio (FC1200) 543.1 4-289
Ethernet drop-and-continue Excessive Error Ratio (FC800) alarm 543.1 4-289
path connection Excessive Error Ratio (FLEX) 543.1 4-289
1+1/MSP linear 320.1 3-80 Excessive Error Ratio (WAN) alarm 543.1 4-289
dual feed (add/drop) 320.1 3-130 Excessive Input Power alarm 543.1 4-311
UPSR/SNCP 320.1 3-111 Excessive Pointer Adjustments (EC-1)
Ethernet facility alarm 543.1 4-270

Master index 5-41
executing AD parameters 102.5 3-119, 310.1 1-571

script 301 10-13 adding 310.1 1-133
TL1 commands 301 10-4 adding to equipment 310.1 1-133
exerciser ADJ/ADJ-Line/ADJ-TX/ADJ-RX/ADJ-Fiber
allowing to run as scheduled 310.2 6-154 parameters 310.1 1-531
inhibiting to run as scheduled 310.2 6-154 AMP parameters 310.1 1-512
retrieving schedule 310.2 6-153 AMPMON parameters 310.1 1-530
running manually 310.2 6-154 CHC parameters 310.1 1-559
scheduling 310.2 6-150 deleting from equipment 310.1 1-184
exhaust, front, considerations 201.0 3-7 details, retrieving 310.1 1-81
expansion pack load DISP parameters 310.1 1-566
deleting 301 8-33 displaying 301 5-39
retrieving 301 8-13 DS1 parameters 310.1 1-396
transferring DS1DS3 parameters 310.1 1-404
from repository to SP 301 8-29 DS1WAN parameters 310.1 1-408
expected far end address DS3 parameters 310.1 1-400, 310.1 1-404
adjacency facility 310.1 1-553 DS3 WAN parameters 310.1 1-408
exponential backoff period E1 parameters 310.1 1-402
SNC 330 3-24 E1DS3 parameters 310.1 1-404
exporting E1E3 parameters 310.1 1-404
BLSR E1WAN parameters 310.1 1-408
ring configuration files 320.1 1-21 E3 parameters 310.1 1-403, 310.1 1-404
CVS file, Visualization tool view 301 5-33 E3WAN parameters 310.1 1-408
HERS EC-1 parameters 310.1 1-401
ring configuration files 320.1 1-21 editing primary state 310.1 1-172
MS-SPRing ETH, parameters 310.1 1-297
ring configuration files 320.1 1-21 ETH100, parameters 310.1 1-297
express deleting optical channels 221 7-44 ETH100G, parameters 310.1 1-297
Extended temperature solution overview and ETH10G, parameters 310.1 1-297
description PG.1 3-52 ETH40G, parameters 310.1 1-297
external 151 3-87 ETTP parameters 102.7 2-237, 310.1 1-496
external alarm provisioning PG.2 5-26 FC100/200/400 parameters 310.1 1-483
procedures 543.1 2-10 FC1200 parameters 310.1 1-481
external control PG.2 5-27 FTTP parameters 102.7 2-239, 310.1 1-501
external control relays 543.1 1-31 IDLER parameters 310.1 1-528
procedures 543.1 2-10 LAG parameters 310.1 1-386
external equipment 151 3-87 loopbacks, operating/releasing 310.1 1-192
overview PG.1 3-1 management 310.1 1-9
external synchronization input (ESI) OC-3 (DS1TM) parameters 310.1 1-399
parameters 310.2 4-47 OCn parameters 310.1 1-289
provisioning 310.2 4-25 ODU parameters 102.4 2-354, 102.5 5-80,
external synchronization output (ESO) 310.1 1-473
parameters 310.2 4-49 ODUCTP parameters 310.1 1-506
provisioning 310.2 4-37 ODUTTP parameters 102.7 2-239, 310.1 1-
references, provisioning 310.2 4-39 502
extra traffic 320.1 3-30 OPTMON parameters 102.1 5-49, 310.1 1-519
OSC parameters 310.1 1-565
F facility (continued)
OSIC OTM2 parameters 102.4 1-242, 310.1 1-
facility
439

5-42 Master index
OTM1 parameters 310.1 1-410 Far End Client Signal Fail alarm 543.1 4-324
OTM2 parameters 310.1 1-416 Far End Protection Line Fail alarm 543.1 4-326
applicability 310.1 1-426, 310.1 1-429, fault clearing strategy
310.1 1-432 alarm
OTM3 parameters 310.1 1-443 priority 543.1 1-13
applicability 310.1 1-452 severity 543.1 1-13
OTM4 parameters 102.4 2-348, 310.1 1-455, FC100/200/400 facility
310.1 1-467 parameters 310.1 1-483
OTUTTP parameters 102.7 2-235, 310.1 1- FC100/FC200/FC400
492 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-28, 545 3-2
parameters 310.1 1-259 FC1200 facility
parameters, editing 310.1 1-177 parameters 310.1 1-481
PC parameters 310.1 1-522 FCC
PM parameters 520 1-23 connections 320.1 7-11, 320.1 7-17, 320.1 7-
primary state 310.1 1-270 19, 320.1 7-20
editing 310.1 1-172 object 320.1 7-2
PTP parameters 102.7 2-234, 310.1 1-484 rows 320.1 7-22, 320.1 7-23
RAMAN parameters 310.1 1-523 FDB
secondary state 310.1 1-279 entries, retrieving 301 11-19
SSC parameters 310.1 1-563 features
STM1E parameters 310.1 1-296 summary PG.1 2-2, PG.1 2-8, PG.1 2-22,
STMn parameters 310.1 1-289 PG.1 2-34, PG.1 2-44, PG.1 2-53
STTP parameters 310.1 1-499 features and benefits
TCMCTP parameters 102.4 2-357, 102.5 1- modular architecture PG.1 1-16
167, 102.5 5-85, 310.1 1-510 FGA amplifier
TCMTTP parameters 102.4 2-357, 102.5 1- replacing 545 2-98
167, 102.5 5-85, 310.1 1-510 FGA circuit pack 102.6 1-373
TELEMETRY parameters 310.1 1-525 alarms 102.6 1-378
VOA parameters 310.1 1-569 equipping rules 102.6 1-379
WAN parameters 310.1 1-352 optical specifications PG.3 8-262
facility inventory performance monitoring 102.6 1-376
displaying 310.1 2-4 technical specifications 102.6 1-380
facility loopback 310.1 1-192 fiber
facility management PG.2 5-7 cleaning 201.0 5-4
facility PM attributes PG.2 5-29 connecting to the optical interface 102.6 2-35,
facility PM query PG.2 5-29 201.1 1-140, 201.2 1-236, 201.3 1-207,
Facility Reconfiguration In Progress alarm 543.1 201.4 1-164
4-312 disconnecting from the optical interface 102.6
Facility Reconfiguration Required 543.1 4-313 2-35, 201.1 1-140, 201.2 1-236, 201.3 1-
fairness 207, 201.4 1-164
details, displaying 320.2 16-5 inspecting 201.0 5-4
Fan Failed (DSM) alarm 543.1 4-318 routing channel PG.1 3-65
Fan Failed alarm 543.1 4-314 routing in the fiber manager 174-0094-
Fan Housing Missing alarm 543.1 4-319 900 201.1 2-52, 201.2 2-53, 201.3 2-53,
Fan Incompatible alarm 543.1 4-321 201.4 2-53
Fan Missing (DSM) alarm 543.1 4-323 routing in the fiber manager NT0H57BB 201.1
2-48, 201.2 2-49, 201.3 2-49, 201.4 2-49
fans Fiber Channel
hardware PG.1 3-69 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-33, 543.1 3-34
replacing 545 2-200, 545 2-207

Master index 5-43
Fiber Channel Link Not operational alarm 543.1 equipping rules 102.6 1-358
4-327 optical specifications PG.3 8-281
Fiber Interconnect Module technical specifications 102.6 1-359
installing 201.4 1-145 FIM Type 2 module 102.6 1-351
replacing 545 2-128 alarms 102.6 1-358
Fiber Loss Detection Disabled alarm 543.1 4-328 equipping rules 102.6 1-358
Fiber Manager optical specifications PG.3 8-281
installing DSCM into 201.1 1-128, 201.2 1-215, firewalls PG.4 9-321
201.3 1-156, 201.4 1-141 Flash Banks Mismatch alarm 543.1 4-333
fiber manager FLEX facility
hardware PG.1 3-67 editing 310.1 1-177
ordering 151 2-54 FLEX facility for 10x10G MUX
fiber manager 174-0094-900 parameters 310.1 1-475
routing fiber 201.1 2-52, 201.2 2-53, 201.3 2- FLEX facility for 2x10G OTR
53, 201.4 2-53 parameters 310.1 1-475
fiber manager NT0H57BB FLEX facility for 40G MUX OCI
routing fiber 201.1 2-48, 201.2 2-49, 201.3 2- parameters 310.1 1-475
49, 201.4 2-49 FLEX facility for 4x10G OTR
fiber manager, ordering 151 2-30 parameters 310.1 1-475
fiber riser kits, installing 201.0 4-12 FLEX facility for FLEX MOTR
fiber topology 301 6-17 parameters 310.1 1-477
Fiber Type Manual Provisioning Required FLEX facility for OTN FLEX MOTR
alarm 543.1 4-329 parameters 310.1 1-477
fiber type provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-58 FLEX MOTR circuit pack 102.7 1-37
fiber work alarms 102.7 1-45
preparing for work on Photonic system 543.1 cross-connection rates 102.7 1-41
2-51 cross-connection types 102.7 1-41
fiber-optic cables equipping rules 102.7 1-49
routing on the 6500 20slot shelf 201.1 1-132 latency 102.7 1-51, 170 1-54
routing on the 6500 shelf 201.2 1-224, 201.3 1- operational measurements 520 1-530
194, 201.4 1-150 performance monitoring 102.7 1-45
filler card PG.1 3-143 supported SFPs/XFPs 102.7 1-42
Filler Card Missing alarm 543.1 4-330 technical specifications 102.7 1-50
filter modules Flex2 circuit pack
installation latency 102.4 2-224, 170 1-16
installing filter modules in 2150 (3-slot) Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-1
chassis 201.5 1-47 alarms 102.4 2-43
installing filter modules in 2150 (6-slot) applications PG.2 4-37
chassis 201.5 1-7 cross-connection rates 102.4 2-42
Filter Replacement Timer Expired alarm 543.1 4- cross-connection types 102.4 2-42
331 equipping rules 102.4 2-46
filtering latency 102.4 2-97
active alarms 543.1 2-13 optical specifications PG.3 8-174
active disabled alarms 543.1 2-18 performance monitoring 102.4 2-42
events 543.1 2-15 technical specifications 102.4 2-91
optical connection 301 5-43 Flex3 circuit pack
Photonic connection 301 5-43 latency 102.4 2-224
FIM Type 1 module 102.6 1-351 Flex3 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-1
alarms 102.6 1-358 alarms 102.4 2-43

5-44 Master index
applications PG.2 4-37 Frequency Provisioning Mismatch alarm 543.1 4-

cross-connection rates 102.4 2-42 335
cross-connection types 102.4 2-42 Front I/O panel (Multi-Service)
equipping rules 102.4 2-46 20G L2SS 102.7 2-28
latency 102.4 2-97 FTP
optical specifications PG.3 8-174 editing 310.1 3-17
performance monitoring 102.4 2-42 parameters 310.1 3-72
technical specifications 102.4 2-91 provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-49
floor, preparing for installation 201.0 4-7 FTP/FTAM Bridge (File Transfer Translation
flushing Device) PG.4 9-264
entries from forwarding databases 320.2 19-7 FTTP facility
force deleting optical channels 221 7-41 parameters 102.7 2-239, 310.1 1-501
Forced Ring Switch Active alarm 543.2 5-322 full VT/LO VC 320.1 3-30
forced switch functions
operating 40/43G OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-108
facility/equipment/path 310.2 6-143 40G circuit packs 102.4 1-107
synchronization 310.2 6-158 40G MUX OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-109
releasing 40G OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-108
facility/equipment/path 310.2 6-147 40G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-107
synchronization 310.2 6-160 40G UOCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-110
Forced Switch Active alarm 543.2 5-322 40G XCIF circuit pack 102.4 1-109
forcing out 40G+ CFP OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-108
active users 301 2-24, 301 2-48 Wavelength-selective 40G OCLD circuit
forwarding database PG.2 5-16 pack 102.4 1-107
backing up files 320.2 19-9 fuse interface panel 102.1 3-2
dynamic entries 320.2 19-16 equipping rules 102.1 3-16
entries, retrieving 301 11-19 technical specifications 102.1 3-20
overview 320.2 19-1 fuse interface panel (1U)
parameters 320.2 19-16 installing 201.0 4-51
parameters, Backup tab 320.2 19-21
parameters, Entries tab 320.2 19-16
settings, editing 320.2 19-15
G
G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-2
static entries 320.2 19-16
overview 310.2 6-108, PG.2 4-15
static entries parameters 320.2 19-22
ring 320.3 26-2
static entries, adding 320.2 19-13
ring port 320.3 26-2
static entries, deleting 320.2 19-14
ringlet 320.3 26-2
forwarding databases
ringlet port 320.3 26-2
displaying 320.2 19-5
G.8032 ERP configuration
entries, flushing 320.2 19-7
provisioning 310.2 6-108
FPGA upgrade 301 9-4
G.8032 ERP group list PG.2 5-17
Frame Format Mismatch (DS3) alarm 543.1 4-
overview 320.3 25-1
237
frame hole opening and spacing 201.0 3-2
parameters, displaying 320.3 25-4
freerun mode
G.8032 ERP group list range
synchronization 310.2 4-8
adding 320.3 25-5
Frequency Out of Range (DS1) alarm 543.1 4-
removing 320.3 25-6
230
G.8032 ERP management PG.2 5-17
Frequency Out of Range (DS3) alarm 543.1 4-
G.8032 ERP node information PG.2 5-17
237
Frequency Out of Range alarm 543.1 4-334

Master index 5-45
overview 320.3 24-1 installing 201.2 1-205, 201.3 1-146, 201.4 1-

G.8032 Ethernet Ring Protocol (G.8032 131
ERP) PG.1 1-12, PG.1 1-17 optical specifications PG.3 8-281
Gateway NE 301 4-110, 301 4-113 replacing 545 2-117
gateway network element technical specifications 102.6 1-350
DCN provisioning PG.4 9-81 GNE
gateway node adding entry 310.1 3-20
secure modem 301 3-3, 301 3-5 deleting entry 310.1 3-22
Gauge Threshold Crossing Alert Summary parameters 310.1 3-54
alarm 543.1 4-336 golden database
GCC parameters restoring 221 2-75
provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-55 setting up 221 2-74
GCC0 Link Fail alarm 543.1 4-341 graphical PMs 520 1-38
GCC0 OSPF Adjacency Loss alarm 543.2 5-225 GRE
GCC1 Link Fail alarm 543.1 4-341 adding entry 310.1 3-20
GCC1 OSPF Adjacency Loss alarm 543.2 5-225 deleting entry 310.1 3-22
GCC2 OSPF Adjacency Loss alarm 543.2 5-225 parameters 310.1 3-55
GE provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-54
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-28, 545 3-2 GRE tunnels
path connection provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-59
dual feed 320.1 3-117 ground cable
dual feed (add/drop) 320.1 3-130 air plenum 201.3 1-11
dual feed (redundant) 320.1 3-123 cooling unit 201.1 1-7, 201.2 1-8, 201.2 1-30,
GE 1+1 linear protection 201.3 1-11, 201.4 1-8
overview 310.2 6-36 shelf 201.1 1-7, 201.2 1-8, 201.2 1-30, 201.3
GE circuit pack 1-11, 201.4 1-8
operational measurements 520 1-503 ground terminal, non-oxidizing compound,
GE electrical cables applying 201.0 3-7
ordering 151 4-51 grounding
GE protection air plenum 201.3 1-11
testing 221 6-33 cooling unit 201.1 1-7, 201.2 1-8, 201.2 1-30,
GE/FC100/FC200/FC400 optical 201.3 1-11, 201.4 1-8
specifications PG.3 8-146 OMX equipment drawer 201.1 2-5, 201.2 2-5,
General Broadcast tool 301 10-1 201.3 2-5, 201.4 2-5
closing 301 10-16 rack 201.0 4-27
messages, receiving/viewing 301 10-16 shelf 201.1 1-7, 201.2 1-8, 201.2 1-30, 201.3
messages, sending 301 10-16 1-11, 201.4 1-8
general DCN grounding requirements
route redistribution and summarization PG.4 bonding topologies 201.0 1-27, 221 10-27, 545
9-79 1-27
General tab 301 4-43 consequences of incorrect grounding 201.0 1-
generating 29, 221 10-29, 545 1-29
challenge/response reply 301 2-86 working with power 201.0 1-26, 221 10-26, 545
Generic Framing Procedure (GFP) 320.1 3-15 1-26
global support PG.2 5-5 group list parameters
network element mode differences 301 4-3 ring, G.8032 ERP 320.3 25-7
port mode differences 310.1 1-71 Group Loss of Signal alarm 543.1 4-344
GMD10 module 102.6 1-346
alarms 102.6 1-349

5-46 Master index
H HERS
(continued)ring map 320.1 2-2
hairpin connections 320.1 4-13
creating 320.1 2-13
hardware PG.1 3-143
deleting 320.1 2-19
14-slot shelf electrical interface area PG.1 3-
23
hexadecimal value
14-slot shelf fans PG.1 3-72
SNMP 740 2-16
hierarchy
alarm 543.1 3-4, 543.1 3-7
6500-7 shelf fans PG.1 3-81
20G L2SS 543.1 3-31
20L2SS gateway 543.1 3-31
architecture PG.1 3-4
8b10B 543.1 3-33, 543.1 3-34
fans PG.1 3-69
circuit packs 543.1 3-8
fiber/cable routing hardware PG.1 3-65
DS1 service module (DSM) 543.1 3-13
OMX 151 3-65, 151 3-80, 151 7-53
DS3 facility 543.1 3-14, 543.1 3-15
shelf cover PG.1 3-62
E1 hardware 543.1 3-16
synchronization PG.1 3-64
E1 line 543.1 3-16
hardware locations
E3 543.1 3-17, 543.1 3-18
I/O panels 102.2 1-92
EC-1 543.1 3-19
HCCS reference attribute 520 1-573
EFM alarms 543.1 3-30
editing 520 1-111
equipment 543.1 3-8
retrieving 520 1-110
ETH 543.1 3-28, 545 3-2
HERS
ETH100 543.1 3-28, 545 3-2
APS configuration file
FC100/FC200/FC400 543.1 3-28, 545 3-2
editing 320.1 1-1
GE 543.1 3-28, 545 3-2
APS provisioning 320.1 2-1
L2 MOTR facility 543.1 3-45
requirements 320.1 2-8
L2MOTR 543.1 3-32
configuration
L2SS 543.1 3-31
editing 320.1 2-14
L2SS gateway 543.1 3-31
connection
LAN/WAN EPL 543.1 3-28, 545 3-2
subtending UPSR (bidirectional) 320.1 3-92
OC-n 543.1 3-32, 543.1 3-43, 543.1 3-44
extra traffic 320.1 3-30
OTM2 mapping facility 543.1 3-61
path connection
OTM4 facility 543.1 3-59
OTM4 mapping facility 543.1 3-60
linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1 3-88
PDH gateway 543.1 3-31
ring configuration files
Photonic Optical Signal facility 543.1 3-64
applying to nodes 320.1 1-22
RPR 543.1 3-68
creating 320.1 1-7
RPR LAN port 543.1 3-69
deleting 320.1 1-23
shelf equipment 543.1 3-12
editing 320.1 1-14
STM-1e 543.1 3-65, 543.1 3-66, 543.1 3-67,
exporting 320.1 1-21
543.1 3-69
STM-m 543.1 3-32, 543.1 3-43
saving 320.1 1-20
STM-n 543.1 3-44
ring configuration information
STS 543.1 3-44
clearing 320.1 1-19
TCM facility 543.1 3-62, 543.1 3-63
VC 543.1 3-44
ring configurations
VT 543.1 3-44
creating 320.1 1-7
WAN 543.1 3-28, 545 3-2
data, loading from a network element 320.1
1-12
synchronization violations 310.2 4-16

Master index 5-47
High Fiber loss alarm 543.1 4-346 IISIS router

High Optical Power alarm 543.1 4-353 adding entry 310.1 3-20
High Received Span loss alarm 543.1 4-355 deleting entry 310.1 3-22
High Temperature alarm 543.1 4-357 parameters 310.1 3-33, 310.1 3-34
High Temperature Warning alarm 543.1 4-362 provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-29
highlighting IISIS router parameters
protection groups 301 5-36 provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-47
historical fault browser PG.2 5-25 IISIS routes distribution
holdover mode provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-63
synchronization IISIS routing table, parameters 310.1 3-49
310.2 4-8 ILAN
Home Path Not defined alarm 543.1 4-367 provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-42
host-only mode ILAN-IN OSPF Adjacency Loss alarm 543.2 5-
provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-10 226
HTTP server ILAN-IN Port Failure alarm 543.2 5-61
provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-67 ILAN-OUT OSPF Adjacency Loss alarm 543.2 5-
HTTP/HTTPS 226
editing 310.1 3-17, 310.1 3-19 ILAN-OUT Port Failure alarm 543.2 5-62
parameters 310.1 3-73 Incomplete Channel Topology alarm 543.2 5-24
Incomplete Software Lineup alarm 543.2 5-25
I incremental expansion pack 301 8-3
incremental expansion pack load
I/O Module Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-49
activating 301 9-15
I/O Module Missing alarm 543.2 5-50
deactivating 301 9-15
I/O Module Unknown alarm 543.2 5-51
independent timing group
I/O panel
timing mode
10/100BT 102.7 1-27
E1 102.2 1-79
timing references
STM-1e 102.2 1-89
I/O Panel Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-53
inhibiting
I/O Panel Missing alarm 543.2 5-55
database change events 543.1 2-19
I/O Panel Unknown alarm 543.2 5-57
inventory display 543.1 2-19
I/O panels
local user 301 2-6
DS3/E3/EC-1 102.2 1-85
log display 543.1 2-19
hardware locations 102.2 1-92
user account 301 2-6
I/O protection module, replacing 545 2-188
inhibiting, PM 520 1-43
IBM protocols
initializing
certification PG.1 2-178
PM physical baseline power level 520 1-83
IBM protocols certification PG.1 2-178
Input Loss Of Signal alarm 543.2 5-27
identifying
inserting
alarm source 543.1 2-39
add/drop filter 221 5-49
IDLER facility
inserting, circuit pack 201.1 1-104, 201.2 1-190,
201.3 1-130, 201.4 1-114
IISIS circuit
in-service rollover
adding entry 310.1 3-20
all connections on port 320.1 3-66
deleting entry 310.1 3-22
individual path connection 320.1 3-73
parameters 310.1 3-31, 310.1 3-32
OC-n/STM-n circuit packs 545 2-333
provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-30
path connections 320.1 3-33

5-48 Master index
In-Service Traffic Roll Over Provisioning tool installing (continued)

rolling over path connections access panel 201.1 1-7, 201.2 1-8, 201.3 1-11,
all connections on port 320.1 3-66 201.4 1-8
inspecting adapter kits 201.0 4-12
4x10G OTR (NTK530QE variant) circuit air plenum 201.3 1-11
pack 340 6-6 BMD2 201.1 1-119, 201.2 1-205, 201.3 1-146,
fiber 201.0 5-4 201.4 1-131
optical interface internal connectors 201.0 5-4 breaker interface panel (1U) 201.0 4-51
installation, preparing 201.0 3-1 breaker interface panel (2U) 201.0 4-32
materials list 201.0 3-15 circuit packs 201.1 1-96, 201.2 1-180, 201.3 1-
power requirements 201.0 3-4 119, 201.4 1-103
tools and materials list 201.0 3-15 CMD44 201.1 1-119, 201.2 1-205, 201.3 1-
installing 146, 201.4 1-131
14-slot front cover extension kit cooling unit assembly 201.1 1-7, 201.2 1-8,
NTK509CY 201.3 1-224 201.2 1-30, 201.3 1-11, 201.4 1-8
14-slot packet-optical shelf front cover kit with DS1 front cover 201.3 2-122, 201.4 2-122
extended depth NTK509CD onto a DS1 service module 201.3 2-1, 201.4 2-1
NTK503SA shelf (new installations DSCM into Fiber Manager 201.1 1-128, 201.2
only) 201.3 1-332 1-215, 201.3 1-156, 201.4 1-141
14-slot Shelf Front Cover Extension Kit DSM breaker interface panel 201.3 2-64, 201.4
NTK509CZ 201.3 1-294 2-64
14-slot Shelf Front Cover Kit W/ Extended Depth DSM shelf 201.3 2-71, 201.4 2-71
NTK509CD for 14-slot converged optical eCMD44 201.1 1-119, 201.2 1-205, 201.3 1-
shelf NTK503ADE5 201.3 1-311 146, 201.4 1-131
14-slot Shelf Front Cover NTK509CCE6 for 14- electrical I/O hardware 201.3 1-165
slot converged optical/rear electrical shelf Fiber Interconnect Module 201.4 1-145
NTK503CDE5 201.3 1-269 fiber manager equipment drawer 201.1 2-23,
2110 shelf 201.1 2-61, 201.2 2-64, 201.3 2- 201.2 2-23, 201.3 2-23, 201.4 2-23
124, 201.4 2-124 filler 201.1 1-96, 201.2 1-180, 201.3 1-119,
2110-Tx-xxxx DCM 201.1 2-65, 201.2 2-68, 201.4 1-103
201.3 2-128, 201.4 2-128 filter modules in 2150 (6-slot) chassis 201.5 1-
2150 Passive Optical Multiplexer (3-slot) 201.5 7
1-38 fuse interface panel (1U) 201.0 4-51
2150 Passive Optical Multiplexer GMD10 201.2 1-205, 201.3 1-146, 201.4 1-
Chassis 201.5 1-1 131
2-slot 6500 shelf 201.1 1-7 maintenance interface card in 14-slot
2-slot shelf front cover 201.1 1-149 shelf 201.3 1-55
32-slot shelf 201.4 1-8 MBMD2 201.1 1-119, 201.2 1-205, 201.3 1-
32-slot Shelf Front Cover NTK609CAE5 201.4 146, 201.4 1-131
1-181 OMD4 201.1 1-119, 201.2 1-205, 201.3 1-146,
32-slot Shelf Front Cover NTK609CZ 201.4 1- 201.4 1-131
188 OMX 201.1 2-1, 201.2 2-1, 201.3 2-1, 201.4 2-
32-slot shelves 201.4 1-1 1
6500 14-slot shelf 201.3 1-11 OMX equipment drawer 201.1 2-5, 201.2 2-5,
6500 2-slot shelves 201.1 1-1 201.3 2-5, 201.4 2-5
6500 7-slot shelf 201.2 1-8 pluggable module 201.1 1-107, 201.2 1-193,
6500 7-slot Type 2 shelf 201.2 1-30 201.3 1-133, 201.4 1-118
6500-7 packet-optical shelf 201.2 1-1 power input cards
7-slot Shelf Front Cover NTK509CPE6 201.2 14-slot shelf 201.2 1-106
1-254 2-slot Type 2 shelf 201.1 1-48

Master index 5-49
power input cards (continued) Interface circuit packs (continued)

3x60A breakered/fused (32-slot shelf slots, 6500 7-slot shelf PG.1 2-97
NTK603AB) 201.4 1-39 interface circuit packs PG.1 3-83
4x60A breakered/fused (32-slot shelf Interface circuit packs and modules PG.1 2-84
NTK603AB) 201.4 1-53 slots PG.1 2-93
7-slot shelf 201.2 1-106 interfaces
power input cards and power cables, 32-slot DCN 310.1 3-4
shelf NTK603AB 201.4 1-39, 201.4 1-53 Internal Database Synch in Progress alarm 543.2
power input cards and power cables, 7-slot Type 5-41
2 shelf 201.2 1-113 Internal Mgmt Comms Suspected alarm 543.2 5-
preparing the floor 201.0 4-7 43
rack extenders 201.0 4-12 international gateway 310.1 1-71
Shelf Front Cover NTK509CCE6 for 14-slot path connections 320.1 3-28
optical shelf NTK503ADE5 201.3 1-250 inter-NE fibers
shelf processor 201.1 1-96, 201.2 1-180, 201.3 connecting 221 4-161
1-119, 201.4 1-87 interworking
shelf processor w/access panel (SPAP-2) 5100/5200 and 6500 PG.4 9-278
w2xOSC 2xSFP 201.2 1-30 CPL and 6500 PG.4 9-271
UBMD2 201.1 1-119, 201.2 1-205, 201.3 1- DWDM PG.1 2-177
146, 201.4 1-131 internal DCN architectures PG.4 9-274
USB flash storage device 301 7-21 Optical Long Haul 1600G and 6500 PG.4 9-
XFP module 201.1 1-107, 201.2 1-193, 201.3 316
1-133, 201.4 1-118 other vendors’ portfolio PG.1 2-177
installing 6500 7-slot shelf 201.2 1-1 interworking, SLAT considerations 221 1-4
installing and upgrading network element intra-NE fibers
software PG.2 5-23 connecting 221 4-4
installing equipment racks and power to the intra-office application PG.2 4-16
rack 201.0 4-1 Intrusion Attempt alarm 543.2 5-45
installing fiber riser kits 201.0 4-12 intrusion attempt handling 301 2-19, PG.2 5-32
installing PPC6 201.5 1-1 details, displaying 301 2-62
instance numbering disabling 301 2-63
SDH payload 320.1 3-29 enabling 301 2-63
Integrarted testset PG.2 5-9 source address, unlocking 301 2-64
integrated test set User-ID Based Intrusion Detection (UBID) 301
performing a test 310.1 1-208 2-20
Integrated Test Set Configured alarm 543.2 5-31 invalid password
integrated Test Set Data Save In Progress displaying 301 2-53
alarm 543.2 5-32 invalid password list
Intercard Suspected - Pluggable alarm 543.2 5- adding entry 301 2-54
37 deleting entry 301 2-55
Intercard Suspected - Pluggable I/O Carrier 1 Invalid Site Topology alarm 543.2 5-47
alarm 543.2 5-39 inventory
Intercard Suspected - Pluggable I/O Carrier 2 copying information 310.1 2-6
alarm 543.2 5-39 inventory display
Intercard Suspected alarm 543.2 5-33 allowing 543.1 2-19
Interface circuit packs inhibiting 543.1 2-19
slots, 6500 14-slot shelf PG.1 2-104 invoking
slots, 6500 2-slot shelf PG.1 2-95 slot upgrade 301 9-14
slots, 6500 32-slot shelf PG.1 2-115

5-50 Master index
IP
K
keyboard shortcuts 195 3-10
addressing PG.4 9-354
editing 310.1 3-17
parameters 310.1 3-55 L
parameters for RPR connectivity L2 MOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-40
provisioning 320.2 18-11 alarms 102.7 2-50, 102.7 2-72
tools 310.1 3-24 cross-connection rates 102.7 2-47
IP access control 301 2-23, PG.4 9-327 equipping rules 102.7 2-54
IP access control list latency 102.7 2-56, 170 1-52
disabling 301 2-85 operational measurements 520 1-524
enabling 301 2-85 performance monitoring 102.7 2-50
provisioning 301 2-81 supported SFPs/XFPs 102.7 2-47
IP address technical specifications 102.7 2-55
configuration L2 MOTR equipment
rules, general PG.4 9-42 editing
editing for connectivity testing 320.2 18-9 Ether type 310.1 1-132
IP dead gateway detection (IPDGD) 310.1 3-9 L2 MOTR facility
IP masks PG.4 9-354 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-45
IP networks, addressing, and masks L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-2
dotted decimal notation PG.4 9-355 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-31
IP routing protocols PG.4 9-358 alarms 102.7 2-8
ARP PG.4 9-358 cross-connection rates 102.7 2-6
DBRS PG.4 9-101 cross-connection types 102.7 2-6
opaque LSAs PG.4 9-100 equipping rules 102.7 2-10
OSPF Opaque Filter parameter PG.4 9-100 operational measurements 520 1-506
OSPF PG.4 9-359 performance monitoring 102.7 2-7
proxy ARP PG.4 9-359 protection 310.2 6-13
route preference PG.4 9-368 reconfiguration 545 2-256
static and default routes PG.4 9-368 replacing 545 2-47
TARP PG.4 9-358 supported SFPs 102.7 2-7
IP routing table, parameters 310.1 3-49 system testing 221 8-19
IP Static Route technical specifications 102.7 2-12
adding entry 310.1 3-20 testing 221 6-47
deleting entry 310.1 3-22 L2SS equipment protection
IP static route testing 221 6-59
adding entry 310.1 3-20 L2SS gateway circuit pack
deleting entry 310.1 3-22 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-31
parameters 310.1 3-34 LACP Failed alarm 543.2 5-60
provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-39 LAG facility
ISIS-based auto-discovery (IIH) PG.1 2-161 parameters 310.1 1-386
Isolated Station alarm 543.2 5-59 lamp test
ISS C-Band circuit pack 102.4 1-126 performing 543.1 2-40
alarms 102.4 1-130 using Visualization tool 301 5-45
equipping rules 102.4 1-132 performing (Advanced SAT) 221 2-40
optical specifications PG.3 8-172 LAN
performance monitoring 102.4 1-129 adding entry 310.1 3-20
technical specifications 102.4 1-133 deleting entry 310.1 3-22
editing 310.1 3-17, 310.1 3-19

Master index 5-51
LAN alarms 543.2 5-61 latency (continued)

LAN Port Failure alarm 543.2 5-62 1xOC-192/STM-64 circuit pack 102.3 1-32
LAN ports 2.5G MOTR circuit pack 102.5 2-12
provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-5 24x10/100BT EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-36, 170
LAN/WAN EPL 1-112
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-28, 545 3-2 24xDS3/E3 circuit pack 102.2 1-45
laser emission, safety specifications PG.3 8-332 24xDS3/EC-1 circuit pack 102.2 1-33
Laser Failed alarm 543.2 5-64 2x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-50, 102.5 1-
Laser Off Far End Failure Triggered (ETH10G, 81, 170 1-4
ETH10G) alarm 543.2 5-410 2xOC-48/STM-16 circuit pack 102.3 1-46
Laser Off Far End Failure Triggered (FC1200, 40G circuit pack 102.4 1-147, 170 1-9
FC800) alarm 543.2 5-410 40G MUX OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-72
Laser Off Far End Failure Triggered (OC-192/STM- 40G OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-53
64, OC-768/STM-256) alarm 543.2 5- 40G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-28
410 40G OTN XCIF circuit pack 102.8 1-14, 170 1-
Laser Off Far End Failure Triggered (OTM) 77
alarm 543.2 5-410 40G UOCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-106
latency 40G XCIF circuit pack 102.4 1-84, 170 1-109
(1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5- 48xGE PKT I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-71
22, 170 1-65 4x10G OTR circuit pack 170 1-7
(2+8)xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-98 4xGE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-12
100G (2xQSFP+/2xSFP+) MUX circuit 4xGE EPL SFP circuit pack 170 1-113
pack 102.4 2-203 63xE1 circuit pack 102.2 1-21
100G circuit pack 102.4 2-224, 170 1-16 8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 circuit pack 102.3 1-58
100G OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-138 8xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-110
100G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-97 8xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-22,
100G PKT/OTN XCIF circuit pack 102.8 1-31, 170 1-63
102.8 1-34, 170 1-82, 170 1-85 cross-connect (XC) circuit pack 170 1-106
100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2- cross-connect circuit pack 102.1 2-43
97 DSCM circuit pack 170 1-110
100G WaveLogic 3 OTR circuit pack 102.4 2- DSCM module 102.6 1-371
223 eMOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-79, 170 1-67
100GE OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-138 FLEX MOTR circuit pack 102.7 1-51, 170 1-54
10G NGM WT circuit pack 170 1-3 Flex2 circuit pack 102.4 2-224, 170 1-16
10G OC-192/STM-64 WT circuit pack 102.5 4- Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-
14 97
10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-13, 170 1-3 Flex3 circuit pack 102.4 2-224
10G OTSC circuit pack 102.5 1-27, 170 1-3 Flex3 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-
10G OTU2 WT circuit pack 102.5 4-41 97
10GEL WT circuit pack 102.5 4-28 L2 MOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-56, 170 1-52
10x10G 170 1-99 OCn/STMn/PDH/TMUX circuit pack 170 1-107
10x10G MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-178 OTN FLEX MOTR function in 2-slot
10x10G PKT/OTN circuit pack 102.8 1-85 NTK503MAE5 shelf type 170 1-63
10x10GE MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-178 OTN FLEX MOTR function in 2-slot
16xFLEX OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-61, 170 NTK503NAE5 shelf type 170 1-63
1-76 OTN MOTR circuit pack 170 1-3
16xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-78 PKT I/F GE 48xSFP circuit pack 170 1-105
16xSTM-1e circuit pack 102.2 1-56 SNC 330 3-23
1x10GE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-21, 170 1- SuperMux circuit pack 102.5 3-38, 170 1-49
114

5-52 Master index
latency (continued) link budget, NGM PG.2 4-33

TMUX circuit pack 102.2 2-9 Link Down alarm 543.2 5-73
Wavelength-selective 40G OCLD circuit Link Pulse Missing alarm 543.2 5-77
pack 102.4 1-28 link trace
launching displaying 320.3 27-45
Visualization tool 301 5-3, 301 5-29 list of alarms 543.1 4-5, 543.2 5-5
launching, SLAT Assistant Tool 221 2-31 load adoption 301 8-3
Layer 2 circuit packs loading
roadmap and provisioning procedures 102.7 2- BLSR
100 ring configuration data from a network
Layer 2 multipoint-to-multipoint element 320.1 1-12
configuration PG.2 4-14 HERS
Layer 2 point-to-point configuration PG.2 4-14 ring configuration data from a network
layer 2 resilient packet ring, see RPR element 320.1 1-12
Layer 2 RPR PG.1 1-12 login profile 301 1-57
Layer 2 switching PG.1 1-11 MS-SPRing
Layer-0 auto-discovery PG.1 2-156 ring configuration data from a network
Layer-2 auto-discovery PG.1 2-161 element 320.1 1-12
LED script 301 10-10
alarm unit 543.1 1-15 Local Fault (ETH10G, ETH100G, FC800, FC1200)
indications 543.1 1-15 alarm 543.2 5-411
circuit pack LEDs 543.1 1-16 local user
lamp test 543.1 1-24, 543.1 2-40 authentication 301 2-6
LIM amplifier disabling 301 2-6
replacing 545 2-98 inhibiting 301 2-6
LIM circuit pack 102.6 1-75 locating
alarms 102.6 1-81 reflective event 543.1 2-47
cross-connection rates 102.6 1-78 locked mode
cross-connection types 102.6 1-78 synchronization
equipping rules 102.6 1-82 310.2 4-8
optical specifications PG.3 8-253 locking tab 201.3 1-67
performance monitoring 102.6 1-79 locking the shelf 201.2 1-254
technical specifications 102.6 1-84 lockout
line (OC/STM) error alarms 543.1 4-295 operating
Line A Input OTDR High Loss Detected facility/equipment 310.2 6-143
alarm 543.2 5-66 synchronization 310.2 6-158
Line A Input OTDR High Reflection Detected releasing
alarm 543.2 5-67 facility/equipment 310.2 6-147
Line adjacencies PG.1 2-156 synchronization 310.2 6-160
line amplifier node Lockout Active alarm 543.2 5-323
testing 221 4-128 Lockout of Protection Active alarm 543.2 5-323
Line DCC Link Failure alarm 543.1 4-187 Lockout of Working Active alarm 543.2 5-323
LINE DCC OSPF Adjacency Loss alarm 543.2 5- Lockout Protection Active alarm 543.2 5-323
225 Lockout Protection Span Active alarm 543.2 5-
Line Flapping alarm 330 1-4, 543.2 5-68 325
line interface module circuit pack Lockout Working Ring Active alarm 543.2 5-324
optical specifications PG.3 8-253 Lockout Working Span Active alarm 543.2 5-324
Link Aggregation Group Fail alarm 543.2 5-70 LOFEF
Link Aggregation Group Partial Fail alarm 543.2 description 221 9-9
5-72 Log Collection In Progress alarm 543.2 5-78

Master index 5-53
log display login profile (continued)

allowing 543.1 2-19 terminal session over direct cable (RS-232)
inhibiting 543.1 2-19 connection, adding 301 1-54
Log Save In Progress alarm 543.2 5-79 terminal session over modem connection,
logging in adding 301 1-50
network element terminal session over network connection,
account dormancy 301 2-25 adding 301 1-40
authentication 301 2-7 login sessions 301 1-1, 301 1-2
automatically 301 1-64 logs
challenge/response 301 2-7 customer visible
manually 301 1-66 Debug data collection using Card Logs 840
remote login, using 6500 CLI session 301 4-1
11-15 introduction 840 1-1
simultaneous login limit 301 2-24 troubleshooting 840 2-1
using a modem 301 1-14 DOC
using direct cable (RS-232) 301 1-19 troubleshooting 840 1-1, 840 4-1
using MyCryptoTool 340 4-32 security 840 3-1
using remote network connection 301 1-8 transient conditions 840 3-1
using Remote TL1 Gateway connection 301 loopback 310.1 1-192
1-30 EFM remote 310.1 1-192
using shelf processor LAN port 301 1-24 facility 310.1 1-192
logging out path connections 320.1 3-10
network element 301 1-68 photonic connections 320.1 5-12
logical shelf number Loopback Active - Facility alarm 543.2 5-81
editing 301 4-93 Loopback Active - Terminal alarm 543.2 5-83
provisioning 301 4-90 Loopback Active alarm 543.2 5-80
logical shelf number, editing 301 4-93 Loopback Traffic Detected alarm 543.2 5-85
logical shelf number, provisioning 301 4-90 loopbacks PG.2 5-8
login banner 301 1-4, 301 4-3 operating/releasing 310.1 1-192
displaying 301 4-36 Loss of Alignment - VCAT alarm 543.2 5-86
editing 301 4-40 Loss of Channel alarm 543.2 5-88
Login Banner tab 301 4-40, 301 4-42 Loss of Clock alarm 543.2 5-91
login profile Loss Of Data Synch alarm 543.2 5-97
adding a node 301 1-58 Loss of Extra Traffic alarm 543.2 5-100
deleting 301 1-56 Loss of Frame (DS1) alarm 543.1 4-230
deleting a node 301 1-63 Loss of Frame (DS3) alarm 543.1 4-237
editing 301 1-55 Loss of Frame (E1) alarm 543.1 4-258
editing a node 301 1-61 Loss of Frame (E3) alarm 543.1 4-237
loading from navigation tree 301 1-57 Loss of Frame (EC-1) alarm 543.1 4-270
Site Manager session over craft Ethernet Loss of Frame (ESI) alarm 543.1 4-304
connection, adding 301 1-42 Loss of Frame (ETH100G) alarm 543.2 5-105,
Site Manager session over direct cable (RS- 543.2 5-106
232) connection, adding 301 1-51 Loss of Frame (ETH10G) alarm 543.2 5-105,
Site Manager session over modem connection, 543.2 5-106
adding 301 1-47 Loss of Frame (FC1200) alarm 543.2 5-105,
Site Manager session over network connection, 543.2 5-106
adding 301 1-37 Loss of Frame (OC/STM) alarm 543.2 5-105
terminal session over craft Ethernet connection, Loss of Frame (OC-192/STM-64, OC-48/STM-
adding 301 1-45 16) 543.2 5-105
Loss of Frame (OTM1) alarm 543.2 5-106

5-54 Master index
Loss of Frame (OTM2) alarm 543.2 5-105, 543.2 Low Order Bandwidth Near Limit alarm 543.2 5-
5-106 160
Loss of Frame (OTM3) alarm 543.2 5-105, 543.2 low order facility (LO VC3, VT1.5/VC11, VT2/
5-106 VC12)
Loss of Frame (OTM4) alarm 543.2 5-106 PM parameters 520 1-24
Loss of Frame Delineation alarm 543.2 5-101 Low Received Span Loss alarm 543.2 5-161
Loss of Lock alarm 543.2 5-115 Low Voltage (DSM) alarm 543.2 5-163
Loss of Multiframe - VCAT alarm 543.2 5-127 lower layer DCC/GCC
Loss of Multiframe (E1) alarm 543.1 4-259 adding entry 310.1 3-20
Loss of Multiframe (OTM1) alarm 543.2 5-108 deleting entry 310.1 3-22
Loss of Multiframe (OTM2) alarm 543.2 5-105, editing 310.1 3-17, 310.1 3-19
543.2 5-108 parameters 310.1 3-59
Loss of Multiframe (OTM3) alarm 543.2 5-105, lugs, non-oxidizing compound, applying 201.0 3-
543.2 5-108 7
Loss of Multiframe (OTM4) alarm 543.2 5-108
Loss of Multiframe (WAN) alarm 543.2 5-126
Loss of Pointer alarm 543.2 5-128
M
MAC Database Near Capacity alarm 543.2 5-164
Loss of Sequence - VCAT alarm 543.2 5-131
MAC Flapping Detected alarm 543.2 5-165
Loss of Service Delineation alarm 543.2 5-133
MAC Status Defect alarm 543.2 5-166
Loss of Signal (DS1) alarm 543.1 4-230
main fuse and indicator fuse
Loss of Signal (DS3) alarm 543.1 4-238
replacing 545 2-217
Loss of Signal (E1) alarm 543.1 4-259
Main window status area 195 3-11
Loss of Signal (E3) alarm 543.1 4-238
maintenance 545 3-1, 545 3-2
Loss of Signal (EC-1) alarm 543.1 4-271
battery on the 4x10G OTR, battery on the
Loss of Signal (ESI) alarm 543.1 4-304
4x10G OTR 545 3-2
Loss Of Signal (ETH) alarm 543.2 5-139
shelf air filter, shelf air filter 545 3-1
Loss Of Signal (ETH100G) alarm 543.2 5-140
maintenance association
adding 320.3 27-19
deleting 320.3 27-23
Loss Of Signal (Ethernet) alarm 543.2 5-135
editing 320.3 27-21
Loss Of Signal (FC) alarm 543.2 5-139
maintenance domain
Loss Of Signal (FC100/FC200/FC400,
adding 320.3 27-11
FC800,FC1200,FLEX) alarm 543.2 5-
140
editing 320.3 27-13
Loss Of Signal (FLEX) alarm 543.2 5-139
maintenance end point
Loss Of Signal (OC/STM) alarm 543.2 5-139
adding 320.3 27-32
Loss Of Signal (OC-48/STM-16, OC-192/STM-64,
OC-768/STM-256) alarm 543.2 5-140
editing 320.3 27-35
Loss of Signal (OPTMON, VOA) alarm 543.2 5-
loopback
148
operating 320.3 27-47
Loss Of Signal (OTM) alarm 543.2 5-139
releasing 320.3 27-47
Loss of Signal (OTM1) alarm 543.2 5-141
maintenance end point loopback
operating 320.3 27-47
maintenance interface card (MIC) 102.1 3-85
Low Optical Return Loss at Input alarm 543.2 5-
alarms 102.1 3-85
153
Low Optical Return Loss at Output alarm 543.2 5-
156

Master index 5-55
maintenance interface card in 14-slot shelf, measuring

installing 201.3 1-55 amplifier output power 543.1 2-54
maintenance intermediate point raw BER (OTM2) 520 1-124
adding 320.3 27-27 member shelf
deleting 320.3 27-28 adding 301 4-97
Make Before Break 330 1-3 deleting 301 4-101
managed keys PG.2 5-32 information, displaying 301 4-96
management primary state, changing 301 4-99
equipment 310.1 1-6 Member Shelf Misaligned alarm 543.2 5-173
facility 310.1 1-9 Member Shelf Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-174
OAM comms 310.1 3-7 Member Shelf Unknown alarm 543.2 5-176
OTS 310.2 7-1 Member Shelf Unreachable alarm 543.2 5-178
path connection PG.2 5-16 member shelves
managing provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-65
certificates 340 4-1 Menu bar 195 3-9
manual adjacency discovery provisioning 310.1 mesh restoration
1-51 SNC 330 3-17
Manual Area Address Dropped alarm 543.2 5- Metro front electrical shelf components PG.1 3-
167 13
manual connection terminal 301 3-1 MIB files
manual dispersion scan 310.1 1-216 downloading 301 8-9
Manual Ring Switch Active alarm 543.2 5-325 MIC
manual switch lamp test 543.1 2-40
operating replacing 545 2-224
facility/equipment/path 310.2 6-143 midstage line amplifier 2 circuit pack
synchronization 310.2 6-158 optical specifications PG.3 8-248
releasing midstage line amplifier 3 circuit pack
facility/equipment 310.2 6-147 optical specifications PG.3 8-251
Manual Switch Active alarm 543.2 5-326 midstage line amplifier circuit pack
manual tributary slot assignment 320.1 4-23, optical specifications PG.3 8-246
320.1 4-26 migrating
Manufacture discontinued items 151 7-1 MD5 key 310.1 3-19
ordering 151 7-1 Minimum Gain alarm 543.2 5-181
map mode mixed timing engineering guidelines
10/100BT, editing 310.1 1-128 mixed timing in linear systems 310.2 4-18
20G L2SS, editing 310.1 1-130 mixed timing in ring systems 310.2 4-17
mapping MLA amplifier
service 320.1 3-16 replacing 545 2-98
Mapping Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-169 MLA circuit pack 102.6 1-29
materials list 201.0 3-15 alarms 102.6 1-36
Max Stations Exceeded alarm 543.2 5-172 cross-connection rates 102.6 1-33
MBMD2 module 102.6 1-341 cross-connection types 102.6 1-33
alarms 102.6 1-344 equipping rules 102.6 1-37
installing 201.1 1-119, 201.2 1-205, 201.3 1- performance monitoring 102.6 1-33
146, 201.4 1-131 technical specifications 102.6 1-38
optical specifications PG.3 8-280 MLA/MLA2/MLA2 w/VOA/MLA3 amplifier
technical specifications 102.6 1-345 reconfiguration 545 2-299
MD5 key MLA/MLA2/MLA3 amplifier
migrating 310.1 3-19 reconfiguration 545 2-295

5-56 Master index
MLA2 circuit pack 102.6 1-44 MPO cables (continued)

alarms 102.6 1-54 disconnecting from the optical interface 102.6
cross-connection rates 102.6 1-50 2-35, 201.2 1-236, 201.4 1-164
cross-connection types 102.6 1-50 MPO cables for CDC
equipping rules 102.6 1-55 connecting to the optical interface 201.3 1-207
optical specifications PG.3 8-248 disconnecting from the optical interface 201.3
technical specifications 102.6 1-56 MPO connectors
MLA2 w/VOA circuit pack 102.6 1-44 cleaning 201.0 5-29
cross-connection rates 102.6 1-50 MRO circuit pack
cross-connection types 102.6 1-50 reconfiguration 545 2-288
performance monitoring 102.6 1-50 MS DCC Link Failure alarm 543.1 4-187
MLA3 circuit pack 102.6 1-62 MS DCC OSPF Adjacency Loss alarm 543.2 5-
alarms 102.6 1-69 225
cross-connection rates 102.6 1-65 MSP linear
equipping rules 102.6 1-70 overview 310.2 6-28
optical specifications PG.3 8-251 path connection
performance monitoring 102.6 1-66 bidirectional 320.1 3-77
technical specifications 102.6 1-71 Ethernet drop-and-continue 320.1 3-80
modem protection 310.2 6-28
defining settings 301 1-33 MSP linear APS alarms 543.1 4-23
module MSPP circuit packs
Band splitter 100 GHz 102.6 1-394 optical interface, ordering 151 3-25
BMD2 102.6 1-330 MSPP interface circuit packs
CMD44 100 GHz 102.6 1-294 slots PG.1 2-122
CMD44 50 GHz 102.6 1-304 MSPP network SLAT 221 8-1
CN-100-x4L and CN-100-x4H 4-channel Optical MSPP services
Mux/Demux Filter (OMDF4) 100 G.8032 Ethernet Ring Protocol (G.8032
GHz 102.6 1-388 ERP) PG.1 1-12, PG.1 1-17
CN-100-x80 8-channel Optical Mux/Demux Layer 2 RPR PG.1 1-12
Filter (OMDF8) 100 GHz 102.6 1-391 Layer 2 switching PG.1 1-11
CXM C-Band Type 1 102.6 1-239 overview PG.1 1-7
DSCM 102.6 1-365, 102.6 1-402 point-to-point optical broadband services PG.1
FIM Type 1 102.6 1-351 1-10
FIM Type 2 102.6 1-351 TDM switching PG.1 1-11
GMD10 102.6 1-346 transport PG.1 1-9
MBMD2 102.6 1-341 MS-SPRing
OMD4 100 GHz 102.6 1-321 APS configuration file
OMX 102.6 1-253 editing 320.1 1-1
OPSM2 102.1 5-2 APS provisioning 320.1 2-1
OSC Filter (1516.9 nm) 102.6 1-360 requirements 320.1 2-8
overview PG.1 3-1 configuration PG.2 4-9
shelf assignment 310.1 1-259 editing 320.1 2-14
UBMD2 102.6 1-336 extra traffic 320.1 3-30
Monitored VT Threshold Crossed alarm 543.2 5- full LO VC 320.1 3-30
183 path connection
MPO cables bidirectional 320.1 3-84
connecting to the optical interface 102.6 2-35, linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1 3-88
201.2 1-236, 201.4 1-164 subtending SNCP (bidirectional) 320.1 3-92

Master index 5-57
MS-SPRing (continued) NAT

ring configuration files adding entry 310.1 3-20
applying to nodes 320.1 1-22 deleting entry 310.1 3-22
creating 320.1 1-7 editing 310.1 3-17, 310.1 3-19
deleting 320.1 1-23 parameters 310.1 3-74
editing 320.1 1-14 provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-51
exporting 320.1 1-21 navigation tab 195 3-6
retrieving 320.1 1-6 navigation tree
saving 320.1 1-20 adding a node 301 1-70
ring configuration information deleting a node 301 1-70
clearing 320.1 1-19 loading login profile 301 1-57
retrieving 320.1 2-9 navigation/window management area 195 3-7
ring configurations selecting items 195 3-22
creating 320.1 1-7 setting view options 195 3-25
data, loading from a network element 320.1 NDP
1-12 provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-57
ring map 320.1 2-2 NE Mode Unknown alarm 543.2 5-188
creating 320.1 2-13 netping
deleting 320.1 2-19 6500 CLI 301 11-25
retrieving 320.1 2-9 network element
switch criteria 310.2 6-87, 310.2 6-95 banner type
VC-accessed 320.1 3-29 editing 301 4-40
Multiplexed Rate Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-186 CLLI
Multirate CWDM SFP module editing 301 4-43
optical specifications PG.3 8-222 commissioning using Advanced SAT 221 2-34
Multirate DWDM SFP module connecting to DCN 221 2-73
optical specifications PG.3 8-215 date and time
Multirate DWDM XFP module editing 301 4-43
optical specifications PG.3 8-196 disconnecting from 301 1-69
Multi-rate DWDM/CWDM XFP module logging in
optical specifications PG.3 8-196 automatically 301 1-64
Multirate SFP module manually 301 1-66
optical specifications PG.3 8-217 remote login, using 6500 CLI session 301
Multirate tunable DWDM XFP module 11-15
optical specifications PG.3 8-207 using a modem 301 1-14
multiservice cross-connect (MXC) circuit pack using direct cable (RS-232) 301 1-19
cross-connection rates 102.1 2-29 using remote network connection 301 1-8
cross-connection types 102.1 2-29 using Remote TL1 Gateway connection 301
supported SFPs 102.1 2-30 using shelf processor LAN port 301 1-24
MXC circuit pack logging out 301 1-68
replacing 545 2-83 Mode parameter 301 4-3
editing 301 4-43
N name
editing 301 4-43
name
node information, displaying 301 4-36
network element
node setup solutions 221 2-3
displaying 301 4-36
NSAP address, retrieving 301 11-22
editing 301 4-43
power cycle 543.1 1-32
powering up 221 2-11

5-58 Master index
network element (continued) nodal manager 195 3-3

provisioning data application view area 195 3-8
backup details, retrieving 301 7-9 status area 195 3-9
restoring 301 7-14 nodal parameters 301 4-3
saving 301 7-10 general 301 4-3
restoring to initial state 221 6-82 member 301 4-16
setting a hardware terminal loopback 221 6-79 shelf 301 4-16
shared secret, provisioning 301 2-76 SPLI 301 4-19
software release, checking 221 2-15 system 301 4-5
TID time of day 301 4-17
editing 301 4-43 TL1 gateway 301 4-17
turning-up solutions 221 2-3 nodal shelf parameters
turning-up using Node Setup (quick-start) 221 displaying 301 4-36
2-18 editing 301 4-70
warning message editing, logical shelf number 301 4-93
editing 301 4-40 provisioning, logical shelf number 301 4-90
replacing 301 4-42 nodal SLAT procedures 221 2-1
network element data 301 7-2 nodal system parameters
network element mode displaying 301 4-36
editing 301 4-43 editing 301 4-54
network level alarm correlation 543.1 1-7, PG.1 2- Node ID Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-191
157 node information 301 4-1, 301 4-40, 301 4-42,
network management PG.1 1-18 301 4-43, 301 4-90, 301 4-93, 301 4-96,
network planning tools PG.1 1-19 301 4-104, 301 4-105, 301 4-108
network reconfiguration PG.2 4-42 displaying 301 4-36
network scalability General tab 301 4-43
opaque LSAs PG.4 9-101 Login Banner tab 301 4-3
Network Trace Identifier Mismatch (FLEX) Member Information tab 301 4-97, 301 4-99,
alarm 543.2 5-189 301 4-101
new items in release Node Information tab 301 4-3
ordering PG.2 6-1 General sub-tab 301 4-3
NGM Member sub-tab 301 4-16
applications PG.2 4-28 Shelf sub-tab 301 4-16, 301 4-70, 301 4-86
improved link budget PG.2 4-33 System sub-tab 301 4-5
transparency PG.2 4-33 TL1 Gateway sub-tab 301 4-17
NGM WT 1xOC192/STM64 1x10.7G DWDM parameters 301 4-114
circuit pack PG.3 7-13 SPLI tab 301 4-19
NGM WT circuit pack System tab 301 4-54, 301 4-81
roadmap and provisioning procedures 102.5 4- Time of Day tab 301 4-17
44 TL1 Gateway tab 301 4-103
NGM WT circuit packs Node Setup
DWDM wavelengths 102.5 4-42 quick-start turning-up 221 2-18
NNCI 320.1 3-39 supported configurations 221 2-5, 221 11-1
nodal general parameters Node Setup application PG.2 5-5
editing 301 4-43 non-oxidizing compound, applying to compression
nodal login banner parameters lugs, cables, surfaces 201.0 3-7
editing 301 4-40 Non-routing mode
replacing 301 4-42 provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-28

Master index 5-59
NSAP address, retrieving 301 11-22 OAM&P (continued)

NTK503BDE5 14-slot converged optical/front Optical Time Domain Reflectometer PG.2 5-21
electrical shelf, installing Shelf Front Cover OTDR Graph View PG.2 5-5, PG.2 5-21
NTK509DCE6 201.3 1-347 Performance monitoring and operational
NTK503SA, installing Shelf Front Cover measurements PG.2 5-28, PG.2 5-29,
NTK509CCE6 201.3 1-283 PG.2 5-30, PG.2 5-31
NTK509CD 14-slot Shelf Front Cover Kit W/ photonic services PG.2 5-18, PG.2 5-19, PG.2
Extended Depth, installing on 14-slot 5-20
converged optical shelf SAOS command line interface (SAOS
NTK503ADE5 201.3 1-311 CLI) PG.1 2-176
NTK509DCE6 Shelf Front Cover, installing onto a SAOS-based command line interface (SAOS
NTK503BDE5 14-slot converged optical/ CLI) PG.2 5-28
front electrical shelf 201.3 1-347 security and administration PG.2 5-31, PG.2 5-
Number of Level 1 NEs Exceeded alarm 543.2 5- 32, PG.2 5-33
193 SNMP PG.2 5-27
numbering, slot 151 1-2 span of control PG.2 5-24
synchronization management PG.2 5-21
O synchronization protection PG.2 5-34
system parameters PG.2 5-5
OAM
troubleshooting tools PG.2 5-8
parameters for RPR connectivity
visualization and shelf level view PG.2 5-6
OC-12 CWDM optical specifications PG.3 8-140
OAM comms
OC-12 optical specifications PG.3 8-142
management 310.1 3-7
OC192 facility
routing 310.1 3-7
parameters, DWDM 310.1 1-292
OAM messages
operating or releasing, echotest 320.2 18-7
OC-192/STM-64 circuit pack
OAM Not Available alarm 543.2 5-194
DWDM wavelengths 102.3 1-29
OAM parameters
OC-3 (DS1TM) facility
connectivity, provisioning 320.2 18-5
OAM&P
OC3 (DS1TM) facility
alarm and event management PG.2 5-24,
editing 310.1 1-177
PG.2 5-25, PG.2 5-26, PG.2 5-27
commissioning and testing PG.2 5-5
connection and bandwidth management PG.2
5-9, PG.2 5-10, PG.2 5-11
OC48 facility
Control Plane PG.2 5-22
parameters, DWDM 310.1 1-292
control plane PG.2 5-21
data communications PG.2 5-27
OC-48/STM-16 DPO module 180 6-2
data services PG.2 5-12, PG.2 5-13, PG.2 5-
OC-48/STM-16 DPO module, replacing 545 2-35
14, PG.2 5-15, PG.2 5-16, PG.2 5-17,
OC768 facility parameters 310.1 1-292
PG.2 5-18
OCH Link data Retrieval In Progress alarm 543.2
equipment and traffic protection PG.2 5-33,
5-197
PG.2 5-34
OCH Link data Save In Progress alarm 543.2 5-
equipment management PG.2 5-6
198
facility management PG.2 5-7
OC-n facility
global support PG.2 5-5
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-32, 543.1 3-43, 543.1
installing and upgrading network element
3-44
software PG.2 5-23, PG.2 5-24
Node Setup application PG.2 5-5

5-60 Master index
OCn facility OMX (continued)

editing 310.1 1-177 hardware 151 3-65, 151 3-80, 151 7-53
parameters 310.1 1-289 installing equipment drawer 201.1 2-5, 201.2
OC-n/STM-n circuit packs 2-5, 201.3 2-5, 201.4 2-5
in-service rollover 545 2-333 installing fiber manager equipment
roadmap and provisioning procedures 102.3 1- drawer 201.1 2-23, 201.2 2-23, 201.3 2-
111 23, 201.4 2-23
OCn/STMn/PDH/TMUX circuit pack optical specifications PG.3 8-302
latency 170 1-107 ordering 151 2-54
ODU AIS (OTM) alarm 543.2 5-411 OMX 16CH DWDM
ODU BDI (OTM) alarm 543.2 5-412 connecting OMX 16CH DWDM equipment
ODU facility drawers 201.1 2-34, 201.2 2-34, 201.3 2-
parameters 102.4 2-354, 102.5 5-80, 310.1 1- 33, 201.4 2-34
473 routing fibers 201.1 2-43, 201.2 2-44, 201.3 2-
ODU LCK (OTM2) alarm 543.2 5-412 44, 201.4 2-44
ODU Loss of Frame and Multiframe alarm 543.2 OMX 4CH
5-413 connecting OMX 4CH equipment
ODU OCI (OTM) alarm 543.2 5-413 drawers 201.1 2-28, 201.2 2-28, 201.3 2-
ODU performance monitoring 520 1-25 28, 201.4 2-28
ODU Signal Degrade alarm 543.2 5-414 routing fibers 201.1 2-39, 201.2 2-40, 201.3 2-
ODU Signal Fail alarm 543.2 5-414 40, 201.4 2-40
ODU Trace Identifier Mismatch alarm 543.2 5- OMX module 102.6 1-253
199 adding 221 4-48
ODUCTP facility alarms 102.6 1-273
parameters 310.1 1-506 equipping rules 102.6 1-273
ODUTTP facility replacing 545 2-117
parameters 102.7 2-239, 310.1 1-502 technical specifications 102.6 1-273
OMD4 100 GHz module 102.6 1-321 OMX point-to-point terminal
alarms 102.6 1-327 configuring 221 4-170
equipping rules 102.6 1-328 online help
technical specifications 102.6 1-329 displaying 195 3-42
OMD4 circuit pack navigating 195 3-43
optical specifications PG.3 8-279 printing 195 3-45
OMD4 module terminology 195 3-15
adding 221 4-48 toolbar 195 3-12
installing 201.1 1-119, 201.2 1-205, 201.3 1- OOB 330 1-8
146, 201.4 1-131 OOLFC PG.4 9-106
replacing 545 2-117 opaque LSA
OMD4 point-to-point terminal engineering guidelines PG.4 9-101
configuring 221 4-170 network scalability PG.4 9-101
OME1110 operating
ordering 151 7-97 channelized loopback 310.2 5-32
specifications PG.3 8-314 maintenance end point
OMX loopback 320.3 27-47
application PG.2 4-18 maintenance end point loopback 320.3 27-47
engineering rules 151 1-159 operating modes
grounding 201.1 2-5, 201.2 2-5, 201.3 2-5, synchronization 310.2 4-8
201.4 2-5

Master index 5-61
operational measurements 520 1-29, PG.2 5-28 optical channels

clearing 520 1-91 adding 221 7-3, 221 7-17
parameters deleting 221 7-29, 221 7-35
10/100BT circuit pack 520 1-503 express deleting 221 7-44
100G circuit pack 520 1-539 force deleting 221 7-41
100G circuit packs, OTN transport and optical connector
switched services 520 1-543 cleaning 201.0 5-11
10G OTR circuit pack 520 1-518 removing from the optical interface 102.6 2-35,
10G OTSC circuit pack 520 1-518 201.1 1-140, 201.2 1-236, 201.3 1-207,
10GE circuit pack 520 1-503 201.4 1-164
10GEL WT circuit pack 520 1-518 optical fiber patch cords, ordering 151 4-2
20G L2SS circuit pack 520 1-506 optical fibers
2x10G OTR circuit pack 520 1-518 using optical fibers
40G circuit packs, OTN transport and handling optical fibers 201.0 1-24, 221 10-
switched services 520 1-543 24, 545 1-24
40G MUX OCI circuit pack 520 1-536 repairing optical fibers 201.0 1-25, 221 10-
40G+ CFP OCI circuit pack 520 1-536 25, 545 1-25
4x10G OTR circuit pack 520 1-518 splicing optical fibers 201.0 1-25, 221 10-
definitions (Broadband circuit packs) 520 1- 25, 545 1-25
560 optical interface
definitions (eMOTR circuit packs) 520 1-568 hardware
definitions (MSPP circuit packs) 520 1-551 ordering 151 3-115
definitions (OTN I/F circuit packs) 520 1-568 optical interface circuit pack
definitions (PKT I/F circuit packs) 520 1-568 reconfiguration 545 2-259
eMOTR circuit pack 520 1-534 replacing 545 2-13
FLEX MOTR circuit pack 520 1-530 optical interface internal connectors
GE circuit pack 520 1-503 cleaning 201.0 5-4
L2 MOTR circuit pack 520 1-524 inspecting 201.0 5-4
L2SS circuit pack 520 1-506 Optical Line Fail alarm 543.2 5-202
OTN FLEX MOTR circuit pack 520 1-530 Optical Long Haul 1600G and 6500
PDH gateway circuit pack 520 1-506 interworking PG.4 9-316
RPR circuit pack 520 1-514 optical loopback test
SuperMux circuit pack 520 1-522 overview 310.2 12-1
retrieving 520 1-85 optical loopback testing
tables 520 1-128 performing, CCMD12 310.2 12-3
OPM circuit pack performing, CCMD8x16 310.2 12-4
replacing 545 2-115 optical multiplexer, see OMX
opportunistic upgrade 301 9-4 Optical Network Manager AP 195 2-3
OPS interface circuit packs Optical Power Monitor. See OPM
slots PG.1 2-144 optical power ranges, displaying 310.1 1-218
OPSM2 circuit pack optical shelf components PG.1 3-8
performance monitoring 102.1 5-8 optical specifications
OPSM2 module 102.1 5-2 100Base PG.3 8-153
optical specifications PG.3 8-284 100G (2xQSFP+/2xSFP+) MUX circuit
replacing 545 2-156 pack PG.3 8-183
OPSM2 module, ordering 151 3-86 100G OCLD circuit pack PG.3 8-174
optical channel to a stretched span 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack PG.3 8-
adding 221 7-47 174

5-62 Master index
optical specifications (continued) optical specifications (continued)

100G WaveLogic 3 OTR circuit pack PG.3 8- Flex3 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack PG.3 8-
180 174
10G OTN circuit pack PG.3 8-155 GE/FC100/FC200/FC400 PG.3 8-146
10G OTR circuit pack PG.3 8-158 GMD10 module PG.3 8-281
10G OTSC circuit pack PG.3 8-160 ISS C-Band circuit pack PG.3 8-172
10G WT circuit pack PG.3 8-155 LIM circuit pack PG.3 8-253
10G XFP module PG.3 8-187 line interface module circuit pack PG.3 8-253
10GEG WT circuit pack PG.3 8-155 MBMD2 module PG.3 8-280
10x10G MUX circuit pack PG.3 8-183 midstage line amplifier 2 circuit pack PG.3 8-
10x10GE MUX circuit pack PG.3 8-183 248, PG.3 8-251
16xFLEX OTN I/F circuit pack PG.3 8-184 midstage line amplifier circuit pack PG.3 8-246
2-Port OPM circuit pack PG.3 8-272 MLA circuit pack PG.3 8-246
2-Port OPM Flex C-Band circuit pack PG.3 8- MLA2 circuit pack PG.3 8-248
272 MLA3 circuit pack PG.3 8-251
2x10G OTR circuit pack PG.3 8-159 Multirate CWDM SFP module PG.3 8-222
2xOSC circuit pack PG.3 8-240 Multirate DWDM XFP module PG.3 8-196
2xOSC ports on shelf processor SPAP-2 w/ Multi-rate DWDM/CWDM XFP module PG.3 8-
2xOSC PG.3 8-240 196
40/41/43G OCI circuit pack PG.3 8-166 Multirate DWDMSFP module PG.3 8-215
40/43G OCI circuit pack PG.3 8-166 Multirate SFP module PG.3 8-217
40G MUX OCI circuit pack PG.3 8-168 Multirate tunable DWDM XFP module PG.3 8-
40G OCI circuit pack PG.3 8-166 207
40G OCLD circuit pack PG.3 8-162 OC-12/STM-4 CWDM PG.3 8-140
40G UOCLD circuit pack PG.3 8-169 OC-192/STM-64 PG.3 8-129
4x10G OTR circuit pack PG.3 8-159 OC-3/12/STM-1/4 SFP PG.3 8-142
4xOPS circuit pack PG.3 8-284 OC-3/STM-1 CWDM PG.3 8-140
84xDS1 TM circuit pack PG.3 8-239 OC-48/STM-16 PG.3 8-135
BMD2 module PG.3 8-279 OC-48/STM-16 CWDM PG.3 8-140
CCMD12 circuit pack PG.3 8-277 OMD4 circuit pack PG.3 8-279
CCMD8x16circuit pack PG.3 8-278 OMX PG.3 8-302
CFP 180 5-1 OPSM2 module PG.3 8-284
CMD44 module PG.3 8-274 OSC Filter (1516.9 nm) module PG.3 8-282
CXM C-Band Type 1 PG.3 8-278 OSIC circuit pack PG.3 8-171
DPO 180 6-1 PKT I/F GE 48xSFP circuit pack PG.3 8-185
DSCM module PG.3 8-282 PKT/OTN I/F 100G 10xXFP circuit pack PG.3
eMOTR 4xXFP/8xSFP+ circuit pack PG.3 8- 8-185
184 QSFP+ 180 4-1
eMOTR 4xXFP/8xSFP+/32xSFP circuit QSFP+ module PG.3 8-230
pack PG.3 8-184 SAM circuit pack PG.3 8-264
ESAM circuit pack PG.3 8-264 SCMD4 circuit pack PG.3 8-275
ESCON SFP module PG.3 8-221 SFP 180 3-1
FGA circuit pack PG.3 8-262 SFP+ 180 4-1
FIM Type 1 module PG.3 8-281 SFP+ module PG.3 8-224, PG.3 8-232
FIM Type 2 module PG.3 8-281 single line amplifier circuit pack PG.3 8-244
fixed gain amplifier circuit pack PG.3 8-262, SLA circuit pack PG.3 8-244
PG.3 8-263, PG.3 8-264, PG.3 8-265 SLIC Idler circuit pack PG.3 8-273
Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack PG.3 8- SLIC10 circuit pack PG.3 8-273
174 SLIC10 Flex circuit pack PG.3 8-273
SMD 50 GHz 8x1 circuit pack PG.3 8-276

Master index 5-63
optical specifications (continued) ordering (continued)

SRA circuit pack PG.3 8-263 common circuit packs, filler cards and
SuperMux circuit pack PG.3 8-186 panels 151 3-22
UBMD2 module PG.3 8-280 common circuit packs, Maintenance Interface
Wavelength-Selective 40G OCLD circuit Card 151 3-15
pack PG.3 8-164 common circuit packs, power input cards 151
WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 2x1 circuit pack PG.3 8- 3-8
268 common circuit packs, shelf processor kits 151
WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 4x1 circuit pack PG.3 8- 3-16
268 data interface circuit packs 151 3-29
WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 5x1 circuit pack PG.3 8- documentation 151 5-19
268 DS1 cables assemblies 151 4-45
WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 2x1 circuit pack PG.3 8- DS3 cable assemblies 151 4-45
269 DSM hardware 151 3-116
WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 9x1 circuit pack PG.3 8- E1 cable assemblies 151 4-43
270 E3 cable assemblies 151 4-45
WSS Flex C-Band w/OPM 20x1 circuit EC-1 cables assemblies 151 4-45
pack PG.3 8-271 electrical interface circuit packs 151 3-112
WSS Flex C-Band w/OPM 9x1 circuit electrical interface hardware 151 3-113
pack PG.3 8-270 fiber manager 151 2-30, 151 2-54
XFP 180 2-1 GE electrical cable assemblies 151 4-51
XLA circuit pack PG.3 8-265 Manufacture discontinued items 151 7-1
Optical Time Domain Reflectometer PG.2 5-21 MSPP interface circuit packs 151 3-25
optical transceivers PG.3 7-1 new items in release PG.2 6-1
Optical VPN 330 1-3 OMX 151 2-54
optical/front electrical shelf components PG.1 3-9 OPSM2 module 151 3-86
optical/rear electrical shelf components PG.1 3- optical fiber patch cords 151 4-2
10 optical interface hardware 151 3-115
Optimization Scanning in Progress alarm 543.2 OTN I/F interface circuit packs 151 3-84
5-210 Photonic chassis 151 3-52
OPTMON facility Photonic interface circuit packs 151 3-52
editing 310.1 1-177 Photonic interface modules 151 3-52
parameters 102.1 5-49, 310.1 1-519 PKT I/F interface circuit packs 151 3-84
OPU AIS (OTM) alarm 543.2 5-415 PKT/OTN interface circuit packs 151 3-84
OPU Payload Type Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-211 power cables 151 4-19
ordering QSFP+ module 151 3-109
OME1110 151 7-97 right to use licenses 151 5-4
10/100BT cable assemblies 151 4-51 SDH interface circuit packs 151 3-25
16xGE front pluggable I/O panel 151 3-115 services 151 5-17
40G MSPP interface circuit packs 151 3-31 SFP module 151 3-99
4xOPS interface circuit pack 151 3-86 SFP+ module 151 3-108
access panel cables 151 4-12 shelf 151 2-8
bays and accessories 151 2-2 shelf brackets 151 2-30
BIP alarm cables 151 4-18 software 151 5-2
Broadband interface circuit packs 151 3-33 SONET interface circuit packs 151 3-25
CFP module 151 3-110 staging 151 5-17
common circuit packs 151 3-5 STM-1e cable assemblies 151 4-48
common circuit packs, access panel 151 3-5, summary table 151 6-5
151 3-7 XFP module 151 3-90
common circuit packs, cross-connect 151 3-20

5-64 Master index
orderwire OSPF router (continued)

application PG.2 4-41 parameters 310.1 3-41
OSC facility provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-34
editing 310.1 1-177 OSPF router parameters
parameters 310.1 1-565 provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-41
OSC Filter (1516.9 nm) module 102.6 1-360 OSPF routes distribution
alarms 102.6 1-363 provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-62
equipping rules 102.6 1-363 OSRP
optical specifications PG.3 8-282 Make Before Break 330 1-3
technical specifications 102.6 1-364 parameters 330 1-48
OSC for shelf interconnect PG.4 9-89 Reserve Home Path 330 1-3, 330 3-17
OSC Loss Of Signal alarm 543.2 5-215 SNC restoration priority 330 3-18
OSC OSPF OSRP cascaded route
provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-49 adding 330 2-11
OSC OSPF Adjacency Loss alarm 543.2 5-226 deleting 330 2-14
OSC SFP optical specifications in RAMAN editing 330 2-13
spans PG.3 8-231 parameters 330 2-28
OSC Signal Degrade alarm 543.2 5-220 OSRP CCI Session Failed alarm 543.2 5-229
OSI data communications on the 6500 PG.4 9- OSRP CCI Session Out Of Sync alarm 543.2 5-
267 230
OSI rlogin support PG.4 9-53 OSRP Configuration in Progress alarm 543.2 5-
OSI tools 310.1 3-24 231
OSIC circuit pack 102.4 1-119 OSRP instance
alarms 102.4 1-122 adding 330 1-16
equipping rules 102.4 1-123 editing 330 1-22
optical specifications PG.3 8-171 OSRP line
Supervisory Channel monitoring 520 1-44 adding 330 1-40
technical specifications 102.4 1-124 deleting 330 1-46
OSIC OTM2 facility editing 330 1-42
parameters 102.4 1-242, 310.1 1-439 parameters 330 1-72
OSPF OSRP Line Operationally Blocked alarm 543.2 5-
IP routing protocols PG.4 9-359 232
Opaque Filter parameter PG.4 9-100 OSRP link
Opaque LSAs PG.4 9-100 adding 330 1-29
OSPF Adjacency Loss alarms 543.2 5-225 aggregation 330 1-29
OSPF circuit deleting 330 1-39
adding entry 310.1 3-20 editing 330 1-33
deleting entry 310.1 3-22 parameters 330 1-60
parameters 310.1 3-38 OSRP node
provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-35 editing 330 1-24
OSPF database reduction OTN bandwidth threshold default ss 330 1-
parameters 310.1 3-37 28
OSPF filtering PG.4 9-106 parameters 330 1-50
OSPF Max Capability Reached alarm 543.2 5- OSRP Node Operationally Blocked alarm 543.2
228 5-233
OSPF Opaque LSA Filtering Control PG.4 9-106 OSRP non-viable routing list
OSPF router adding 330 2-20
adding entry 310.1 3-20 deleting 330 2-24
deleting entry 310.1 3-22 editing 330 2-22

Master index 5-65
OSRP Port Capability Mismatch alarm 543.2 5- OTMn wavelength and power auto-
234 provisioning 310.1 1-65
OSRP provisioning PG.2 5-22 OTN connections PG.2 5-11
overview 330 1-1 2WAY bidirectional 320.1 7-4
retrieving 330 1-14, 330 2-6 2WAYDPR bidirectional 320.1 7-5
OSRP route 2WAYPR bidirectional 320.1 7-4
adding 330 2-7 adding 102.8 1-149, 320.1 7-13
deleting 330 2-10 deleting 320.1 7-16
editing 330 2-9 editing 320.1 7-15
parameters 330 2-25 engineering rules 320.1 7-6
OSRP routing list overview 320.1 7-1
adding 330 2-15 parameters 320.1 7-29
deleting 330 2-19 types 320.1 7-3
editing 330 2-17 OTN Control Plane
parameters 330 2-29, 330 2-30 bandwidth lockout 330 1-7
OTDR Graph View PG.2 5-5, PG.2 5-21 bandwidth threshold 330 1-6
OTDR trace datacomm considerations PG.4 9-91
overview 310.2 14-1 in-band communications PG.4 9-91
performing manually 310.2 14-3 Line Flapping alarm 330 1-4
OTDR Trace In Progress alarm 543.2 5-235 PKT/OTN cross-connect
OTL Skew Out Of Range alarm 543.2 5-236 datacomm considerations PG.4 9-94
OTM info OTN cross-connects
parameters 310.1 1-587 retrieving 320.1 7-11
retrieving 310.1 1-240 OTN FLEX MOTR circuit pack
OTM0/OTM1/OTMFLEX facility operational measurements 520 1-530
parameters OTN FLEX MOTR function in 2-slot NTK503MAE5
applicability 310.1 1-415 shelf type
OTM1 facility latency 170 1-63
parameters 310.1 1-410 OTN FLEX MOTR function in 2-slot NTK503NAE5
OTM2 facility shelf type
measuring raw BER 520 1-124 latency 170 1-63
parameters 310.1 1-416 OTN I/F circuit packs
applicability 310.1 1-426, 310.1 1-429, optical interface, ordering 151 3-84
310.1 1-432 OTN I/F, PKT I/F, and PKT/OTN I/F interface circuit
OTM2 mapping facility packs
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-61 slots PG.1 2-141
OTM3 facility OTN MOTR circuit pack
parameters 310.1 1-443 latency 170 1-3
applicability 310.1 1-452 OTN trail trace
OTM4 facility parameters 310.1 1-579
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-59 OTN XC I/F circuit pack
parameters 102.4 2-348, 310.1 1-455, 310.1 1- replacing 545 2-66
467 OTR and OTSC circuit packs
OTM4 mapping facility roadmap and provisioning procedures 102.5 1-
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-60 83
OTMn facility OTS
editing 310.1 1-177 adding
OTMn physical adjacency 310.1 1-50, PG.1 2- parameters 310.2 7-13, 310.2 13-20, 310.2
162 13-23
creating 310.2 13-7

5-66 Master index
OTS (continued) parameters (continued)

deleting 310.2 7-8 ARP proxy 310.1 3-51
editing 102.6 2-311, 310.2 7-6, 310.2 13-8, ARP table 310.1 3-52
310.2 13-10 bandwidth profiles 320.2 12-13
parameters 310.2 7-18 CHC facility 310.1 1-559
management 310.2 7-1 class of service 320.2 10-8
OTS equipment parameters 310.2 7-13 class of service scheduler 320.2 10-8
OTS facility parameters 310.2 7-13 class of service, displaying 320.2 10-4
OTS instance class of service, editing 320.2 10-5
adding 301 5-52 connectivity provisioning 320.2 18-10, 320.2
displaying 301 5-39 18-11
OTS management PG.2 5-19 connectivity, viewing 320.2 18-4
overview 310.2 7-1 count path connections 320.1 3-221
retrieving 310.2 7-5 database replication service 310.1 3-70
OTS management parameters 310.2 7-9 DHCP 310.1 3-71
OTS Provisioning Error alarm 543.2 5-238 DISP facility 310.1 1-566
OTS slot sequence DS1 facility 310.1 1-396
editing 310.2 13-12 DS1DS3 facility 310.1 1-404
OTS slot sequencing DS1WAN facility 310.1 1-408
retrieving 310.2 13-6 DS3 facility 310.1 1-400, 310.1 1-404
OTU and ODU TTI auto-provisioning 310.1 1-63 DS3WAN facility 310.1 1-408
OTU BDI (OTM) alarm 543.2 5-415 DSM OAM link 310.1 3-52
OTU performance monitoring 520 1-25 E1 facility 310.1 1-402
OTU Signal Degrade alarm 543.2 5-244 E1DS3 facility 310.1 1-404
OTU Signal Fail alarm 543.2 5-248 E1E3 facility 310.1 1-404
OTU Skew Out Of Range alarm 543.2 5-251 E1WAN facility 310.1 1-408
OTU Trace Identifier Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-199 E3 facility 310.1 1-403, 310.1 1-404
OTUTTP facility E3WAN facility 310.1 1-408
parameters 102.7 2-235, 310.1 1-492 EC-1 facility 310.1 1-401
Output Loss Of Signal alarm 543.2 5-253 endpoint mapping 320.2 15-13
output power cable endpoint mapping for tunnels 320.2 14-61,
connecting to 1U BIP/FIP 201.1 1-56, 201.2 1- 320.2 15-20
137, 201.3 1-70, 201.4 1-65 endpoint mapping for virtual circuits 320.2 14-
OVPN 330 1-3, 330 3-25 47
environmental alarm labels 543.1 2-3
P equipment 310.1 1-259, 310.1 1-271
ESI 310.2 4-47
Packet Rate Limit Exceeded alarm 543.2 5-256
ESO 310.2 4-49
Packet Rate Limit Exceeded alarm - CPU2 543.2
ETH facility 310.1 1-297
5-257
ETH100 facility 310.1 1-297
Packet services, performance monitoring 520 1-
ETH100G facility 310.1 1-297
49
packet-optical shelf components PG.1 3-16
parallel telemetry 543.1 1-31, 543.1 2-10
ETTP facility 102.7 2-237, 310.1 1-496
parameters
EVPL connections 320.1 6-12
AD facility 102.5 3-119, 310.1 1-571
external control labels 543.1 2-2
ADJ/ADJ-Line/ADJ-TX/ADJ-RX/ADJ-Fiber
FC100/200/400 facility 310.1 1-483
AMP facility 310.1 1-512
FC1200 facility 310.1 1-481
AMPMON facility 310.1 1-530
FLEX facility for 10x10G MUX 310.1 1-475

Master index 5-67
parameters (continued) parameters (continued)

FLEX facility for 2x10G OTR 310.1 1-475 OSRP node 330 1-50
FLEX facility for 40G MUX OCI 310.1 1-475 OSRP route 330 2-25
FLEX facility for 4x10G OTR 310.1 1-475 OSRP routing list 330 2-29, 330 2-30
FLEX facility for FLEX MOTR 310.1 1-477 OTM info 310.1 1-587
FLEX facility for OTN FLEX MOTR 310.1 1-477 OTM1 facility 310.1 1-410
forwarding database 320.2 19-16 OTM2 facility 310.1 1-416, 310.1 1-426, 310.1
forwarding database, Backup tab 320.2 19-21 1-429, 310.1 1-432
forwarding database, Entries tab 320.2 19-16 OTM3 facility 310.1 1-443, 310.1 1-452
FTP 310.1 3-72 OTM4 facility 102.4 2-348, 310.1 1-455, 310.1
FTTP facility 102.7 2-239, 310.1 1-501 1-467
G.8032 ERP group list 320.3 25-4, 320.3 25-7 OTN connection 320.1 7-29
GNE 310.1 3-54 OTN trail trace 310.1 1-579
GRE 310.1 3-55 OTS equipment 310.2 7-13
HTTP/HTTPS 310.1 3-73 OTS facility 310.2 7-13
IDLER facility 310.1 1-528 OTS management 310.2 7-9
IISIS circuit 310.1 3-31, 310.1 3-32 OTUTTP facility 102.7 2-235, 310.1 1-492
IISIS router 310.1 3-33 path connections 320.1 3-147
IISIS routers 310.1 3-34 path provisioning 310.1 1-581
IISIS routing table 310.1 3-49 PC facility 310.1 1-522
IP 310.1 3-55 photonic connections 320.1 5-23
IP for RPR connectivity provisioning 320.2 18- port filter 310.1 3-43
11 PPP 310.1 3-65
IP routing table 310.1 3-49 profile provisioning 320.2 11-20
IP static route 310.1 3-34 protection 310.2 6-161
LAG facility 310.1 1-386 protection exerciser 310.2 6-167
LAN 310.1 3-57 PTP facility 102.7 2-234, 310.1 1-484
lower layer DCC/GCC 310.1 3-59 queue group drop profiles 320.3 22-11
NAT 310.1 3-74 queue group profiles 320.3 21-16
node information 301 4-114 queue group scheduler profiles 320.3 23-11
OAM for RPR connectivity provisioning 320.2 RAMAN facility 310.1 1-523
18-10 rate limiting, displaying 320.2 10-4
OC192 facility, DWDM 310.1 1-292 rate limiting, editing 320.2 10-5
OC48 facility, DWDM 310.1 1-292 receive class of service profiles 320.2 8-12
OC768 facility 310.1 1-292 reverse port NAT 310.1 3-36
OCn facility 310.1 1-289 Ring APS Configuration Editor
ODU facility 102.4 2-354, 102.5 5-80, 310.1 1- application 320.1 1-24
473 ring APS provisioning 320.1 2-21
ODUCTP facility 310.1 1-506 ring information, viewing 320.2 17-3
ODUTTP facility 102.7 2-239, 310.1 1-502 ring management protection 320.2 16-21
OPTMON facility 102.1 5-49, 310.1 1-519 ring management provisioning 320.2 16-16
OSC facility 310.1 1-565 ring management quality of service 320.2 16-
OSIC OTM2 facility 102.4 1-242, 310.1 1-439 23
OSPF circuit 310.1 3-38 ring port, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-54, 320.3 26-
OSPF database reduction 310.1 3-37 64
OSPF router 310.1 3-41 ring topology 320.2 17-4
OSRP 330 1-48 ring, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-51, 320.3 26-60
OSRP cascaded route 330 2-28 section trace 310.1 1-576
OSRP line 330 1-72 serial/RS-232 310.1 3-67
OSRP link 330 1-60

5-68 Master index
parameters (continued) parameters (continued)

service activation (tunnel endpoint map visible NE information 310.1 3-48
provisioning) 320.2 11-42 VOA facility 310.1 1-569
service activation (tunnel segment WAN facility 310.1 1-352
provisioning) 320.2 11-40 passive components
service activation (VCE map adding 102.6 2-240, 221 5-4
provisioning) 320.2 11-32 passive configuration on 2-slot shelf
service activation (VCE provisioning) 320.2 creating 102.6 2-247, 221 5-11
11-25 passive layer network
service activation (VCS provisioning) 320.2 equalizing 102.6 2-248, 221 5-12
11-23 Passive Mux/Demux modules
SNMP 740 2-5 replacing 545 2-124
SSC facility 310.1 1-563 passive OTS network
SSH 310.1 3-73 adding a channel 221 5-47
static entries 320.2 19-22 passive OTS network procedures 221 5-1
static NAT 310.1 3-36 passive OTS, amplifier
STM16 facility, DWDM 310.1 1-292 creating 102.6 2-246, 221 5-10
STM1E facility 310.1 1-296 passive OTS, channel access
STM256 facility 310.1 1-292 creating 102.6 2-246, 221 5-10
STM64 facility, DWDM 310.1 1-292 Passive photonics chassis
STMn facility 310.1 1-289 replacing 545 2-131
STTP facility 310.1 1-499 password
SWT 310.2 9-5 aging 301 2-5
synchronization 310.2 4-45 changing 301 2-50
TAP 310.2 5-35 configuring requirements 301 2-45
TAS 310.2 5-35 debug port, login authentication settings 301
TCMCTP facility 102.4 2-357, 102.5 1-167, 2-65
102.5 5-85, 310.1 1-510 defaults, editing 301 2-43
TCMTTP facility 102.4 2-357, 102.5 1-167, editing 301 2-50
102.5 5-85, 310.1 1-510 expiration 301 2-5
TELEMETRY facility 310.1 1-525 invalid password list, deleting entry 301 2-54,
telnet 310.1 3-72 301 2-55
test access 310.2 5-35 invalid, displaying 301 2-53
test access channel 310.2 5-35 management 301 2-3
timing reference 310.2 4-46 requirements 301 2-45
TL1 gateway connections 310.1 3-68 reusing 301 2-5
TR control (OTM2) 310.1 1-572 syntax 301 2-3
trail trace 310.1 1-577 pasting
transmit class of service profiles 320.2 9-12 SSH/SFTP keys 301 2-59
transponder connections 320.1 4-28 path (STS/HO VC) error alarms 543.1 4-295
tunnel endpoint 320.2 14-59 path (VT/LO VC) error alarms 543.1 4-295
tunnel segment 320.2 13-50, 320.2 14-64 path connection
upper layer DCC 310.1 3-46 in-service rollover
VCAT Status 310.1 1-586 all connections on port 320.1 3-66
VCE 320.2 13-42, 320.2 14-39 provisioning
VCS 320.2 13-39, 320.2 14-57 1+1 linear (bidirectional) 320.1 3-77
virtual circuit endpoint 320.2 13-42, 320.2 14- BLSR (bidirectional) 320.1 3-84
39 path connections PG.2 5-9
virtual circuit segment 320.2 13-39, 320.2 14- 1WAY unidirectional 320.1 3-4
57 1WAYPR unidirectional 320.1 3-5

Master index 5-69
path connections (continued) provisioning (continued)

2WAY bidirectional 320.1 3-5 MS-SPRing (bidirectional) 320.1 3-84
2WAYDPR bidirectional 320.1 3-7 MS-SPRing and linear spur
2WAYPR bidirectional 320.1 3-6 (bidirectional) 320.1 3-88
48 Channel Trans Mux (Portless) 320.1 3-32 MS-SPRing with subtending SNCP
adding 320.1 3-49 (bidirectional) 320.1 3-92
Backplane bandwidth allocation single-homed subtending SNCP/UPSR
algorithms 320.1 3-38 (bidirectional) 320.1 3-140
Backplane bandwidth engineering rules 320.1 SNCP (bidirectional) 320.1 3-106
3-38 SNCP with linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1
Backplane bandwidth fragmentation 320.1 3- 3-136
36 UPSR (bidirectional) 320.1 3-106
Backplane Bandwidth Query toolset 320.1 3- UPSR with linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1
37 3-136
connection blocking 320.1 3-10 retrieving 320.1 3-46
count path connections 320.1 3-36 time slot assignment (TSA) 320.1 3-27
deleting 320.1 3-60 time slot interchange (TSI) 320.1 3-27
editing 320.1 3-57 TMUX Provisioning tool 320.1 3-62
Ethernet drop-and-continue types 320.1 3-4
path connection 320.1 3-130 path connections counts
extra traffic 320.1 3-30 retrieving 320.1 3-146
in-service rollover 320.1 3-33 path connections management 320.1 3-1
individual connection 320.1 3-73 in-service rollover
international gateway 320.1 3-28 all connections on port 320.1 3-66
loopback 320.1 3-10 individual connection 320.1 3-73
management PG.2 5-16 path interconnections
parameters 320.1 3-147 payload 320.1 3-11
provisioning path provisioning
BLSR and linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1 non-WAN endpoints, options 310.1 1-583
3-88 WAN endpoints, options 310.1 1-584
BLSR with subtending UPSR path provisioning, parameters 310.1 1-581
(bidirectional) 320.1 3-92 path trace
drop-and-continue BLSR 320.1 3-96 editing 310.1 1-229
drop-and-continue HERS 320.1 3-96 retrieving 310.1 1-229
drop-and-continue MS-SPRing 320.1 3-96 payload
DS1 broadcast 320.1 3-144 path interconnections 320.1 3-11
dual feed (add/drop node) GE 320.1 3-130 Payload Extended Label Mismatch alarm 543.2
dual feed (redundant) GE 320.1 3-123 5-258
dual feed GE 320.1 3-117 Payload Label Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-260
dual feed unprotected chain 320.1 3-102 PC facility
Ethernet drop-and-continue linear parameters 310.1 1-522
configuration 320.1 3-80 PDH
Ethernet drop-and-continue UPSR/ system testing 221 8-19
SNCP 320.1 3-111 PDH application PG.2 4-17
HERS (bidirectional) 320.1 3-84 PDH circuit pack
HERS and linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1 replacing 545 2-47
3-88 testing 221 6-55
HERS with subtending UPSR PDH gateway circuit pack 102.7 2-13
(bidirectional) 320.1 3-92 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-31
MSP linear (bidirectional) 320.1 3-77 alarms 102.7 2-20

5-70 Master index
PDH gateway circuit pack (continued) performance monitoring (continued)

cross-connection rates 102.7 2-18 40G MUX OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-62
cross-connection types 102.7 2-18 40G OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-41
equipping rules 102.7 2-23 40G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-11
operational measurements 520 1-506 40G OTN XCIF circuit pack 102.8 1-7
performance monitoring 102.7 2-19 40G UOCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-91
protection 310.2 6-13 40G XCIF circuit pack 102.4 1-77
supported SFPs 102.7 2-19 48xGE PKT I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-67
technical specifications 102.7 2-24 4x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-71
PDH Gateway equipment protection 4xGE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-8
testing 221 6-59 4xOPS circuit pack 102.1 5-8
performance monitoring 301 5-39, 520 1-40, 63xE1 circuit pack 102.2 1-5
PG.2 5-28 8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 circuit pack 102.3 1-54
(1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-15 8xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-105
(2+8)xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-91 8xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-15
100G (2xQSFP+/2xSFP+) MUX circuit abbreviations 520 1-1, 520 2-1
pack 102.4 2-187 assigning
100G OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-111 PM profile, default 520 1-94
100G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-42 PM threshold profile 520 1-103
100G PKT/OTN XCIF circuit pack 102.8 1-23 PM threshold profile, default 520 1-94
100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2- baselines 520 1-35
42 CCMD12 circuit pack 102.6 1-234
100G WaveLogic 3 OTR circuit pack 102.4 2- CCMD8x16 circuit pack 102.6 1-247
213 clearing
100GE OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-111 operational measurements 520 1-91
10G OC-192/STM-64 WT circuit pack 102.5 4- CMD44 50 GHz module 102.6 1-317
8 copying
10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-8 PM profiles 520 1-98
10G OTSC circuit pack 102.5 1-20 PM threshold profiles 520 1-98
10G OTU2 WT circuit pack 102.5 4-35 counts
10GEL WT circuit pack 102.5 4-21 clearing history 520 1-74
10x10G MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-158 retrieving history counts 520 1-78
10x10G PKT/OTN circuit pack 102.8 1-78 delay measurement 520 1-47
10x10GE MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-158 disabling 520 1-43
16xFLEX OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-55 displaying 301 5-39
16xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-72 DSM 102.2 1-63
16xSTM-1e circuit pack 102.2 1-50 editing
1x10GE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-17 monitor mode 520 1-105
1xOC-192/STM-64 circuit pack 102.3 1-17 PM profiles 520 1-95
2.5G MOTR circuit pack 102.5 2-7 PM threshold profiles 520 1-95
20G L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-35 eMOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-71
24x10/100BT EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-32 enabling 520 1-43
24xDS3/E3 circuit pack 102.2 1-38 ESAM circuit pack 102.6 1-117
24xDS3/EC-1 circuit pack 102.2 1-26 facilities in AINS state 520 1-43
2-Port OPM circuit pack 102.6 1-204 facility PM counts
2-Port OPM Flex C-Band circuit pack 102.6 1- clearing untimed OTU 520 1-109
204 restarting current 520 1-74
2x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-42 restarting untimed OTU 520 1-109
2xOC-48/STM-16 circuit pack 102.3 1-41 retrieving counts 520 1-69
2xOSC circuit pack 102.6 1-8 retrieving untimed OTU 520 1-106

Master index 5-71
performance monitoring (continued) performance monitoring (continued)

FEC corrections monitored facilities
PFEC (OTM2 NGM) 520 1-600 Broadband circuit packs 520 1-156
PFEC (OTM3 G.709) 520 1-624 OTN I/F circuit packs 520 1-292
PFEC (OTM4 G.709) 520 1-640 PKT I/F circuit packs 520 1-292
QFEC (OTM4 G.709) 520 1-648, 520 1- multiservice cross-connect (MXC) circuit
656, 520 1-665 pack 102.1 2-30
RS8 FEC (OTM1 G.709) 520 1-576 operational measurements 520 1-29
RS8 FEC (OTM2 G.709) 520 1-584 counts, clearing 520 1-91
RS8 FEC (OTM3 G.709) 520 1-616 counts, retrieving 520 1-85
RS8 FEC (OTM4 G.709) 520 1-632 parameters, 10/100BT circuit pack 520 1-
SCFEC (OTM2 G.709) 520 1-592 503
FGA circuit pack 102.6 1-376 parameters, 100G circuit pack 520 1-539
FLEX MOTR circuit pack 102.7 1-45 parameters, 100G circuit packs, OTN
Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2- transport and switched services 520 1-
42 543
Flex3 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2- parameters, 10G OTR circuit pack 520 1-
42 518
functions 520 1-35 parameters, 10G OTSC circuit pack 520 1-
channel monitoring 520 1-43 518
count binning 520 1-35 parameters, 10GE circuit pack 520 1-503
graphical PMs 520 1-38 parameters, 10GEL WT circuit pack 520 1-
PM profiles 520 1-36 518
PM TCA suppression 520 1-37 parameters, 20G L2SS circuit pack 520 1-
thresholding 520 1-36 506
tide marking 520 1-40 parameters, 2x10G OTR circuit pack 520 1-
HCCS reference attribute 520 1-573 518
editing 520 1-111 parameters, 40G circuit packs, OTN
retrieving 520 1-110 transport and switched services 520 1-
history counts, retrieving 520 1-78 543
impact of restarts 520 1-43 parameters, 40G MUX OCI circuit pack 520
inhibition 520 1-43 1-536
initializing physical baseline power level 520 1- parameters, 40G+ CFP OCI circuit
83 pack 520 1-536
ISS C-Band circuit pack 102.4 1-129 parameters, 4x10G OTR circuit pack 520 1-
L2 MOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-50 518
L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-7 parameters, definitions (Broadband circuit
LIM circuit pack 102.6 1-79 packs) 520 1-560
low order PM parameters, definitions (eMOTR circuit
monitor mode, editing 520 1-105 packs) 520 1-568
measuring raw BER on OTM2 facilities 520 1- parameters, definitions (MSPP circuit
124 packs) 520 1-551
MLA circuit pack 102.6 1-33 parameters, definitions (OTN I/F circuit
MLA2 circuit pack 102.6 1-50 packs) 520 1-568
MLA2 w/VOA circuit pack 102.6 1-50 parameters, definitions (PKT I/F circuit
MLA3 circuit pack 102.6 1-66 packs) 520 1-568
monitor mode parameters, eMOTR circuit pack 520 1-534
editing 520 1-105 parameters, FLEX MOTR circuit pack 520
monitored entities 520 1-5 1-530
OTN performance monitoring 520 1-25 parameters, GE circuit pack 520 1-503

5-72 Master index
operational measurements (continued) performance monitoring (continued)

parameters, L2 MOTR circuit pack 520 1- parameters by facility
524 (1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 520 1-
parameters, L2SS circuit pack 520 1-506 191
parameters, OTN FLEX MOTR circuit 10/100BT circuit pack 520 1-145
pack 520 1-530 100G OCI circuit pack, OTN transport and
parameters, PDH gateway circuit pack 520 switched services 520 1-280
1-506 100G OCI circuit packs, Broadband
parameters, RPR circuit pack 520 1-514 services 520 1-240
parameters, SuperMux circuit pack 520 1- 100G OCLD circuit pack, Broadband
522 services 520 1-234
OPSM2 circuit pack 102.1 5-8 100G OCLD circuit pack, OTN transport and
optical monitoring points switched services 520 1-276
WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 9x1 w/coupler circuit 100G PKT/OTN XCIF circuit pack 520 1-
pack 520 1-371, 520 1-372, 520 1-373 311
OTMn facility 100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack,
HCCS reference attribute Broadband services 520 1-234
HCCS reference attribute, retrieving 520 1- 100G Wavelogic 3 OCLD circuit pack, OTN
110 transport and switched services 520 1-
OTU HCCS reference attribute 276
retrieving 520 1-110 100GE OCI circuit packs, Broadband
OTU HCCS reference attribute, editing 520 1- services 520 1-240
111 10G OTR circuit pack 520 1-167
overview 520 1-4 10G OTSC circuit pack 520 1-167
Packet services 520 1-49 10GE circuit packs 520 1-145
parameters 520 1-22 10x10G MUX circuit pack, Broadband
definitions (Broadband circuit packs) 520 1- services 520 1-247, 520 1-257, 520 1-
440 270
definitions (MSPP circuit packs) 520 1-422 10x10G MUX circuit pack, OTN transport and
definitions (OTN I/F circuit packs) 520 1-440 switched services 520 1-280
definitions (Photonic circuit packs) 520 1- 10x10G PKT/OTN I/F circuit pack 520 1-
470 311
definitions (PKT I/F circuit packs) 520 1-440 10x10GE MUX circuit pack, Broadband
facility 520 1-23 services 520 1-247, 520 1-257, 520 1-
facility, location, direction (Broadband circuit 270
packs) 520 1-397 16xFLEX OTN I/F circuit pack 520 1-295
facility, location, direction (MSPP circuit 1xOC192/STM64 DWDM circuit packs 520
packs) 520 1-387 1-149
facility, location, direction (OTN I/F circuit 2.5G MOTR circuit pack 520 1-162
packs) 520 1-412 20G (2+8)xOC-n/STM-n LO circuit
facility, location, direction (Photonic circuit pack 520 1-140
packs) 520 1-419 20G L2SS circuit pack 520 1-145
facility, location, direction (PKT I/F circuit 2-Port OPM circuit pack 520 1-343
packs) 520 1-412 2x10G OTR circuit pack 520 1-167
low order (LO VC3, VT1.5/VC11, VT2/VC12) 2xOSC circuit pack 520 1-327
facilities 520 1-24 40//43G OCI circuit packs, Broadband
measurement mode 520 1-23 services 520 1-203
physical 520 1-28 40G circuit packs, OTN transport and
protection switching 520 1-28 switched services 520 1-221
tandem connection monitoring 520 1-32

Master index 5-73
parameters by facility (continued) parameters by facility (continued)

40G MUX OCI circuit packs, Broadband PDH gateway circuit pack 520 1-131, 520 1-
services 520 1-208 143, 520 1-145
40G OCI circuit packs, Broadband PKT I/F circuit packs 520 1-302, 520 1-307
services 520 1-203 RPR circuit pack 520 1-145
40G OCLD circuit packs, Broadband SAM circuit pack 520 1-339
services 520 1-203 SCMD4 circuit pack 520 1-344
40G ULH circuit packs, OTN transport and SLA circuit pack 520 1-329, 520 1-331, 520
switched services 520 1-221 1-334, 520 1-336, 520 1-338, 520 1-339,
40G UOCLD circuit packs 520 1-203 520 1-349
40G XCIF circuit packs 520 1-152 SLIC10 circuit pack 520 1-351
40G+ CFP OCI circuit pack, Broadband SLIC10 Flex circuit pack 520 1-351
services 520 1-215 SMD 50 GHz 8x1 circuit pack 520 1-346
4x10G OTR circuit pack 520 1-167 SPAP-2 w/2xOSC circuit pack 520 1-327
4xOPS circuit pack 520 1-326 SRA circuit pack 520 1-336
8xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 520 1-191 SuperMux circuit pack 520 1-177
CCMD12 circuit pack 520 1-347, 520 1-348 TransMux circuit pack 520 1-143
electrical circuit packs 520 1-131 WSS w/OPM circuit pack 520 1-341
eMOTR 520 1-199 XLA circuit pack 520 1-338
Enhanced CMD44 50 GHz module 520 1- PDH gateway circuit pack 102.7 2-19
349 performance monitoring counts
ESAM circuit pack 520 1-339 clearing current 520 1-74
FGA circuit pack 520 1-329, 520 1-331, 520 physical baseline power level, initializing 520
1-334, 520 1-336, 520 1-338, 520 1-339, 1-83
520 1-349 physical baseline power level, resetting 520 1-
FLEX MOTR circuit pack 520 1-186 79
Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack, PM counts
Broadband services 520 1-234 clearing untimed 520 1-76
GE circuit packs 520 1-145 restarting untimed 520 1-76
ISS C-Band circuit pack 520 1-351 retrieving 520 1-69
L2 MOTR circuit pack 520 1-182 PM graph
L2SS circuit pack 520 1-145 retrieving 520 1-112
LIM circuit pack 520 1-334 pre-FEC BER
MLA circuit pack 520 1-329, 520 1-331, 520 PFEC (OTM2 NGM) 520 1-600
1-334, 520 1-336, 520 1-338, 520 1-339, PFEC (OTM3 G.709) 520 1-624
520 1-349 PFEC (OTM4 G.709) 520 1-640
MLA2 circuit pack 520 1-329, 520 1-331, QFEC (OTM4 G.709) 520 1-648, 520 1-
520 1-334, 520 1-336, 520 1-338, 520 1- 656, 520 1-665
339, 520 1-349 RS8 FEC (OTM1 G.709) 520 1-576
MLA2 w/VOA circuit pack 520 1-331 RS8 FEC (OTM2 G.709) 520 1-584
MLA3 circuit pack 520 1-329, 520 1-331, RS8 FEC (OTM3 G.709) 520 1-616
520 1-334, 520 1-336, 520 1-338, 520 1- RS8 FEC (OTM4 G.709) 520 1-632
339, 520 1-349 SCFEC (OTM2 G.709) 520 1-592
MXC circuit pack 520 1-131 Pre-FEC signal degrade
NGM WT circuit pack 520 1-162 clear threshold times 520 1-575
OCn/STMn circuit packs 520 1-131 clearing times 520 1-575
OPSM2 circuit pack 520 1-326 detection times 520 1-575
OTN I/F 40G OTN XCIF circuit pack 520 1- Pre-FEC signal fail
295 clear threshold times 520 1-575

5-74 Master index
performance monitoring (continued) thresholds (continued)

profiles default values (MSPP circuit packs) 520 1-
assigning 520 1-103 477
assigning default 520 1-94 default values (OTN I/F circuit packs) 520 1-
copying 520 1-98 494
editing 520 1-95 default values (Photonic circuit packs) 520
retrieving 520 1-93, 520 1-99 1-500
setting default 520 1-94 default values (PKT I/F circuit packs) 520 1-
raw BER (OTM2), measuring 520 1-124 494
resetting physical baseline power level 520 1- default values (SPAP-2 w/2xOSC circuit
79 packs) 520 1-500
restarting untimed OTU counts 520 1-109 editing profiles 520 1-95
retrieving maximum values (Broadband circuit
operational measurements 520 1-85 packs) 520 1-487
PM profiles 520 1-93 maximum values (MSPP circuit packs) 520
PM threshold profiles 520 1-93 1-477
PM thresholds 520 1-99 maximum values (OTN I/F circuit
profiles 520 1-99 packs) 520 1-494
untimed OTU counts 520 1-106 maximum values (Photonic circuit
retrieving round trip delay measurements 520 packs) 520 1-500
1-118 maximum values (PKT I/F circuit packs) 520
retrieving supervisory channel data 520 1-115 1-494
round trip delay measurement 520 1-45 maximum values (SPAP-2 w/2xOSC circuit
round trip delay measurements packs) 520 1-500
retrieving 520 1-118 retrieving 520 1-99
RPR circuit pack 102.7 2-96 retrieving profiles 520 1-93
SAM circuit pack 102.6 1-117 setting profile, default 520 1-94
saving supervisory channel data 520 1-115 time intervals 520 1-34
SCMD4 circuit pack 102.6 1-215 TMUX circuit pack 102.2 2-6
setting untimed OTU counts
PM profile, default 520 1-94 clearing 520 1-109
PM threshold profile, default 520 1-94 restarting 520 1-109
shelf processor 102.1 1-24 retrieving 520 1-106
SLA circuit pack 102.6 1-21 untimed PM counts
SLIC10 circuit pack 102.4 1-139 clearing/restarting 520 1-76
SLIC10 Flex circuit pack 102.4 1-139 Wavelength-selective 40G OCLD circuit
SMD 50 GHz 8x1 circuit pack 102.6 1-224 pack 102.4 1-11
SRA circuit pack 102.6 1-91 WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 2x1 circuit pack 102.6
SuperMux circuit pack 102.5 3-21 1-142
supervisory channel data WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 4x1 circuit pack 102.6
retrieving 520 1-115 1-153
saving 520 1-115 WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 5x1 circuit pack 102.6
Supervisory Channel monitoring 520 1-44 1-129
tables 520 1-128 WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 2x1 w/coupler circuit
thresholds pack 102.6 1-192
assigning profile 520 1-103 WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 9x1 circuit pack 102.6 1-
assigning profile, default 520 1-94 166
copying profiles 520 1-98 WSS Flex C-Band w/OPM 20x1 circuit
default values (Broadband circuit pack 102.6 1-180
packs) 520 1-487

Master index 5-75
performance monitoring (continued) Photonic Control Plane (continued)

WSS Flex C-Band w/OPM 9x1 circuit CPS parameter 330 1-8
pack 102.6 1-166 data communications PG.4 9-92
XLA circuit pack 102.6 1-103 DGE OTS 330 1-8
Performance monitoring and operational features 330 1-8
measurements PG.2 5-28 out-of-band communications PG.4 9-92
performing Photonic interface circuit packs/modules/chassis
bandwidth defragmentation 310.1 1-219 slots PG.1 2-133
dispersion scan 310.1 1-249 photonic layer
lamp test 543.1 2-40 testing 221 4-161
manual OTDR trace 310.2 14-3 photonic layer provisioning 221 3-1
manual switch photonic layer site testing 221 4-1
SNC 330 3-82 Photonic modules
manual switch to protect optical interface, ordering 151 3-52
co-routed SNC 330 3-82 Photonic Network Capture PG.1 1-19
profiles provisioning 320.2 11-5 Photonic Optical Signal facility
service activation for tunnels 320.2 11-16 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-64
service activation for virtual circuit 320.2 11-8 photonic OTS
performing lamp test provisioning 221 3-6
using Visualization tool 301 5-45 photonic parameters
Photonic provisioning 102.6 2-56, 221 3-16
measuring amplifier output power 543.1 2-54 Photonic passive equipment 102.6 1-381
reflective event 543.1 2-47 2150 passive optical multiplexer (3-slot)
Photonic chassis chassis 102.6 1-384
ordering 151 3-52 2150 passive optical multiplexer (6-slot)
Photonic circuit packs chassis 102.6 1-382
optical interface, ordering 151 3-52 6-slot passive photonic chassis 102.6 1-385
roadmap and provisioning procedures 102.6 2- alarms 102.6 1-411
1 Band splitter 100 GHz modules 102.6 1-394
Photonic Configuration Management CN-100-x4L and CN-100-x4H 4-channel Optical
overview 310.2 13-1 Mux/Demux Filter (OMDF4) 100 GHz
Photonic Configuration Management PG.2 5-18 modules 102.6 1-388
photonic connections PG.2 5-10 CN-100-x80 8-channel Optical Mux/Demux
1WAY unidirectional 320.1 5-3 Filter (OMDF8) 100 GHz modules 102.6
2WAY bidirectional 320.1 5-6 1-391
adding 320.1 5-17 CN-51S-00 Optical Service Channel Filter (1-Ch
connection ID 320.1 5-12 OSCF CWDM 1511 nm) 102.6 1-400
deleting 320.1 5-21 DSCM modules 102.6 1-402
derived 320.1 5-10 equipping rules 102.6 1-411
loopback 320.1 5-12 technical specifications 102.6 1-415
overview 320.1 5-1 photonic provisioning
parameters 320.1 5-23 on existing network 221 3-52
provisioned 320.1 5-10 photonic services PG.2 5-18
retrieving 320.1 5-15 physical PM parameters 520 1-28
types 320.1 5-3 physical specifications PG.3 8-3
Photonic Control Plane ping
Autoroute disable 330 1-8 6500 CLI 301 11-26
bandwidth lockout 330 1-7, 330 1-8 ping tools 310.1 3-24

5-76 Master index
pinouts 102.1 3-87, PG.3 8-99 pluggable module (continued)

access panel connectors 102.1 3-84, 102.1 3- removing 201.1 1-107, 201.2 1-193, 201.3 1-
89, PG.3 8-101 133, 201.4 1-118
BIP connectors 102.1 3-21, 102.1 3-87, 102.2 specifications
1-75, PG.3 8-99 CFP 180 5-1
DS1 cable PG.3 8-125 DPO 180 6-1
DS1 cables 102.2 1-78 SFP 180 3-1
DSM connectors PG.3 8-114 SFP+ and QSFP+ 180 4-1
E1 120 ohm cable 102.2 1-18, PG.3 8-121 XFP 180 2-1
E1 75 ohm cable 102.2 1-16, PG.3 8-119 standards 180 8-1
shelf processor connectors 102.1 1-30, PG.3 supported PG.3 7-4
8-113 supported facilities PG.3 7-46
PKT I/F circuit packs Pluggable modules
optical interface, ordering 151 3-84 overview PG.3 7-1
PKT I/F GE 48xSFP circuit pack pluggable modules, handling, safety
latency 170 1-105 guidelines 201.0 1-39, 221 10-39, 545 1-
optical specifications PG.3 8-185 39
PKT/OTN I/F 100G 10xXFP circuit pack pluggable shelf assignment 310.1 1-259
optical specifications PG.3 8-185 pluggables PG.3 7-69
PKT/OTN I/F circuit packs alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-11
optical interface, ordering 151 3-84 functionality PG.3 7-69
planning PM graphing PG.2 5-30
DCN PG.4 9-1 PM profiles PG.2 5-29
pluggable PM, see performance monitoring
deleting 310.1 1-108 PNC PG.1 1-19
editing Point-to-point optical broadband services PG.1 1-
primary state 310.1 1-104 10
Pluggable I/O Carrier 1 Fail alarm 543.2 5-262 port
Pluggable I/O Carrier 1 Missing alarm 543.2 5- graphics, displaying 301 5-35
263 Port Bandwidth Near Limit alarm 543.2 5-270
Pluggable I/O Carrier 1 Unknown alarm 543.2 5- port blocking PG.4 9-324
264 port filter
Pluggable I/O Carrier 2 Fail alarm 543.2 5-262 adding 310.1 3-20
Pluggable I/O Carrier 2 Missing alarm 543.2 5- deleting 310.1 3-22
263 parameters 310.1 3-43
Pluggable I/O Carrier 2 Unknown alarm 543.2 5- provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-53
264 port filtering PG.4 9-324
pluggable I/O carriers port mode 310.1 1-71
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-10 power PG.3 8-26
Pluggable I/O Panel Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-265 cables, ordering 151 4-19
Pluggable I/O Panel Missing alarm 543.2 5-266 specifications PG.3 8-26
Pluggable I/O Panel Unknown alarm 543.2 5-268 power cables, non-oxidizing compound,
pluggable I/O panels applying 201.0 3-7
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-10 power cycle 543.1 1-32
pluggable module Power Failure - A (DSM) alarm 543.2 5-278
installing 201.1 1-107, 201.2 1-193, 201.3 1- Power Failure - A alarm 543.2 5-274
133, 201.4 1-118 Power Failure - B (DSM) alarm 543.2 5-278
manufacture discontinued 180 7-1 Power Failure - B alarm 543.2 5-274
overview 180 1-1 Power Failure - Fuse Blown alarm 543.2 5-280
Power Failure - Low Voltage alarm 543.2 5-283

Master index 5-77
Power Failure alarm 543.2 5-272 printing tables 195 3-34

power ground specifications PG.3 8-332 private IP 310.1 3-9
power grounding PG.3 8-332 procedures
power input cards 102.1 3-22 alarm 543.1 2-10
equipping rules 102.1 3-59 alarm management 543.1 2-10
replacing 545 2-209 alarm monitoring 543.1 2-10
technical specifications 102.1 3-60 alarm profiles 543.1 2-10
upgrading 545 2-317 alarm provisioning 543.1 2-10
power input terminal, non-oxidizing compound, encryption
applying 201.0 3-7 alarms, clearing 340 5-1
power levels certificate management 340 4-29
Photonic displaying alarms and logs 340 4-82
recording 543.1 2-51 maintenance and upgrade 340 6-5
power requirements 201.0 3-4 using MyCryptoTool 340 4-29
powering up using Site Manager 340 3-9
network element 221 2-11 event 543.1 2-10
PPC6 external alarm 543.1 2-10
configuring and installing filter modules 201.5 external control relay 543.1 2-10
1-23 photonic system
installing 201.5 1-1, 201.5 1-11 alarms 543.1 2-11
PPP logs 543.1 2-11
editing 310.1 3-17, 310.1 3-19 maintenance 543.1 2-11
parameters 310.1 3-65 SNMP 740 2-18
provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-53 product overview PG.1 1-1
Pre-FEC Signal degrade alarm 543.2 5-285 profile provisioning
Pre-FEC Signal Fail alarm 543.2 5-288 parameters 320.2 11-20
preferences profiles
network element or Site Manager time alarm 543.1 1-29
zone 543.1 2-12 alarm profile details, retrieving 543.1 2-21
Site Manager 195 3-12, 195 3-35 alarm, editing 543.1 2-22
preparing for installation 201.0 3-1 alarm, retrieving 543.1 2-21
floor 201.0 4-7 profiles provisioning
materials list 201.0 3-15 performing 320.2 11-5
power requirements 201.0 3-4 protection
tools and materials list 201.0 3-15 1:N
preserve comms data option overview 310.2 6-3
DCN PG.4 9-374 switch criteria 310.2 6-7
Primary RADIUS Accounting Server Unavailable 1+1
alarm 543.2 5-290 overview 310.2 6-12
Primary RADIUS Server Unavailable alarm 543.2 provisioning groups 310.2 6-10
5-292 switch criteria 310.2 6-11
Primary Shelf Unreachable alarm 543.2 5-294 1+1 linear
primary state overview 310.2 6-28
equipment 310.1 1-270 1+1 OTN line-side 310.2 6-41
editing 310.1 1-104 1+1 TPT 310.2 6-63
facility 310.1 1-270 1+1, ODUTTP
editing 310.1 1-172 overview 310.2 6-34
printing 1+1, TCMTTP
CommLog content 301 10-15 overview 310.2 6-34
Visualization tool view 301 5-33 20G L2SS circuit pack 310.2 6-13

5-78 Master index
protection (continued) releasing (continued)

2-Fiber BLSR forced switch on synchronization 310.2 6-
overview 310.2 6-80 160
provisioning groups 310.2 6-84 lockout on facility/equipment 310.2 6-147
2-Fiber MS-SPRing lockout on synchronization 310.2 6-160
overview 310.2 6-80 manual switch on facility/equipment 310.2
provisioning groups 310.2 6-84 6-147
4-Fiber BLSR resilient packet ring, adding 320.2 16-11
overview 310.2 6-91 resilient packet ring, deleting 320.2 16-14
provisioning groups 310.2 6-97 resilient packet ring, editing 320.2 16-13
4-Fiber HERS RPR
overview 310.2 6-91 overview 310.2 6-106
provisioning groups 310.2 6-97 switch criteria 310.2 6-107
4-Fiber MS-SPRing RPR span details, displaying 320.2 16-5
overview 310.2 6-91 RPR, adding 320.2 16-11
provisioning groups 310.2 6-97 RPR, deleting 320.2 16-14
84xDS1 TM circuit pack 310.2 6-10 RPR, editing 320.2 16-13
ASNCP SDH-J 1+1 linear
switch criteria 310.2 6-105 shelf processor 310.2 6-15
cross-connect circuit pack 310.2 6-3 SNCP
DCC PG.4 9-264 overview 310.2 6-100
DS3/EC-1 circuit pack 310.2 6-3 switch criteria 310.2 6-102
E1 circuit pack 310.2 6-3 traffic 310.2 6-101
equipment 310.2 6-2 STM-1e circuit pack 310.2 6-3
G.8032 ERP synchronization 310.2 6-109
overview 310.2 6-108 traffic 310.2 6-18
L2SS circuit pack 310.2 6-13 Trans Mux circuit pack 310.2 6-12
MSP linear UPSR
operating switch criteria 310.2 6-102
forced switch on facility/equipment/ traffic 310.2 6-101
path 310.2 6-143 Protection Channel Match Fail alarm 543.1 4-23
forced switch on synchronization 310.2 6- protection class
158 SNC 330 3-16
lockout on facility/equipment 310.2 6-143 Protection Default K-bytes alarm 543.2 5-297
lockout on synchronization 310.2 6-158 protection exerciser
manual switch on facility/equipment/ 1:N 310.2 6-9
path 310.2 6-143 allowing to run as scheduled 310.2 6-154
manual switch on synchronization 310.2 6- inhibiting to run as scheduled 310.2 6-154
158 parameters 310.2 6-167
parameters 310.2 6-161 retrieving schedule 310.2 6-153
PDH gateway circuit pack 310.2 6-13 running manually 310.2 6-154
protection exerciser scheduling 310.2 6-150
1:N 310.2 6-9 Protection Exerciser Failed alarm 543.2 5-299
traffic 310.2 6-108 Protection Exerciser Failed Protection
releasing alarm 543.2 5-302
forced switch on facility/equipment/ Protection Exerciser Failed Working alarm 543.2
path 310.2 6-147 5-306

Master index 5-79
protection groups provisioning (continued)

displaying 301 5-39 connection
highlighting 301 5-36 BLSR with subtending UPSR
Protection Invalid K-bytes alarm 543.2 5-310 (bidirectional) 320.1 3-92
Protection Locked alarm 543.2 5-313 SNCP (bidirectional) 320.1 3-106
Protection Mode Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-314 UPSR with linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1
protection parameters 3-136
editing craft access (Advanced SAT) 221 2-68
electrical equipment 310.2 6-134 craft OSPF/IISIS (Advanced SAT) 221 2-70
optical equipment 310.2 6-127 DCC parameters (Advanced SAT) 221 2-55
optical facilities 310.2 6-127 debug port login, authentication settings 301
protection scheme 2-65
editing Dynamic NAT (Advanced SAT) 221 2-52
electrical equipment 310.2 6-131 environmental alarm attributes 543.1 2-43
optical equipment 310.2 6-115 fiber type (Advanced SAT) 221 2-58
optical facilities 310.2 6-115 G.8032 ERP configuration 310.2 6-108
retrieving 310.2 6-114 GCC parameters (Advanced SAT) 221 2-55
Protection Scheme Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-316 GRE tunnels (Advanced SAT) 221 2-59
protection status, retrieving 310.2 6-140 HTTP server (Advanced SAT) 221 2-67
Protection Sub-module Mismatch alarm 543.2 5- IISIS router parameters (Advanced SAT) 221
317 2-47
Protection Sub-module Missing alarm 543.2 5- IISIS routes distribution (Advanced SAT) 221
319 2-63
Protection Sub-module Unknown alarm 543.2 5- ILAN (Advanced SAT) 221 2-42
321 IP access control list 301 2-81
Protection Switch Active alarm 543.2 5-326 logical shelf number 301 4-90
Protection Switch Active alarms 543.2 5-322 manually, circuit pack 310.1 1-87, 310.1 1-91
Protection Switch Byte Fail alarm 543.1 4-23 manually, DSM 84xDS1 TM 310.1 1-99
Protection Switch Complete - Revertive manually, pluggable 310.1 1-87, 310.1 1-91
alarm 543.2 5-331 member shelves (Advanced SAT) 221 2-65
Protection Switch Complete alarm 543.2 5-328 MSP linear 310.2 6-28
protection switch mode, retrieving 310.2 6-114 NAT (Advanced SAT) 221 2-51
protection switching NDP (Advanced SAT) 221 2-57
conditions, SP 310.2 6-17 OSC OSPF (Advanced SAT) 221 2-49
ENUT 310.2 6-88 OSPF router parameters (Advanced SAT) 221
PM parameters 520 1-28 2-41
priority, SP 310.2 6-17 OSPF routes distribution (Advanced SAT) 221
testing in a basic configuration 221 8-3 2-62
provisioned shelf current value, determining 301 path connection
4-81 1+1 linear (bidirectional) 320.1 3-77
provisioning BLSR (bidirectional) 320.1 3-84
adjacencies 102.6 2-64, 221 3-24 BLSR and linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1
automatically, DSM 84xDS1 TM 310.1 1-95 3-88
centralized security administration attributes drop-and-continue BLSR 320.1 3-96
authentication settings 301 2-67 drop-and-continue HERS 320.1 3-96
circuit pack drop-and-continue MS-SPRing 320.1 3-96
automatically 310.1 1-82 DS1 broadcast 320.1 3-144
COLAN (Advanced SAT) 221 2-48 dual feed (redundant) GE 320.1 3-123
dual feed GE 320.1 3-117
dual feed unprotected chain 320.1 3-102

5-80 Master index
path connection (continued) provisioning data

Ethernet drop-and-continue linear backup details, retrieving 301 7-9
configuration 320.1 3-80 files
Ethernet drop-and-continue UPSR/ filename parameters 301 7-6
SNCP 320.1 3-111 restoring 301 7-14
Ethernet dual feed (add/drop node) saving 301 7-10
GE 320.1 3-130 Provisioning Database Freeze Enable
HERS (bidirectional) 320.1 3-84 alarm 543.2 5-333
HERS and linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1 Provisioning Incompatible - Pluggable
3-88 alarm 543.2 5-337
HERS with subtending UPSR Provisioning Incompatible alarm 543.2 5-334
(bidirectional) 320.1 3-92 Provisioning Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-339
MSP linear (bidirectional) 320.1 3-77 provisioning mode
MS-SPRing (bidirectional) 320.1 3-84 editing 310.1 1-117
MS-SPRing and linear spur provisioning parameters for SAT 221 1-11
(bidirectional) 320.1 3-88 provisioning parameters for the Node Setup
MS-SPRing with subtending SNCP application 221 2-24
(bidirectional) 320.1 3-92 proxy ARP
single-homed subtending SNCP/UPSR IP routing protocols PG.4 9-359
(bidirectional) 320.1 3-140 provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-50
SNCP with linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1 PSI structure 320.1 4-14
3-136 PTP facility
UPSR (bidirectional) 320.1 3-106 parameters 102.7 2-234, 310.1 1-484
photonic OTS 221 3-6
photonic parameters 102.6 2-56, 221 3-16
pluggable module
Q
QSFP+ module
automatically 310.1 1-85
cleaning 201.0 5-22
port filter (Advanced SAT) 221 2-53
optical specifications 180 4-1, PG.3 8-230
proxy ARP (Advanced SAT) 221 2-50
ordering 151 3-109
RADIUS accounting servers 301 2-72
quality level overrides
RADIUS proxy server 301 2-77
RADIUS server 301 2-68
quality of service
reverse port NAT (Advanced SAT) 221 2-54
details, displaying 320.2 16-5
RPR configuration 310.2 6-107
queue group drop profiles
SCMD cascading order 310.2 11-4
creating 320.3 22-5
security (Advanced SAT) 221 2-66
deleting 320.3 22-9
shared secret
editing 320.3 22-7
network element 301 2-76
shelf IP address (Advanced SAT) 221 2-45
SNMP trap destinations (Advanced SAT) 221
queue group drop profiles parameters 320.3 22-
2-64
11
SSH server (Advanced SAT) 221 2-67
queue group profiles PG.2 5-16
static routes (Advanced SAT) 221 2-60
creating 320.3 21-6
STORM 310.1 1-243
SysLog server 301 2-79
editing 320.3 21-8
test access channel (TAC) 310.2 5-17
test access port (TAP) 310.2 5-14
TODR profiles 1 5-2
setting a default 320.3 21-15
UPSR 310.2 6-101

Master index 5-81
queue group profiles parameters 320.3 21-16 rate limits

queue group scheduler profile parameters 320.2 10-4, 320.2 10-5
overview 320.3 23-1 raw BER (OTM2)
queue group scheduler profiles PG.2 5-17 measuring 520 1-124
creating 320.3 23-5 RDI (OC/STM) alarm 543.2 5-415
deleting 320.3 23-9 RDI (STS/HO VC) alarm 543.2 5-416
editing 320.3 23-6 rebooting
parameters 320.3 23-11 circuit pack 543.1 2-29
retrieving 320.3 23-4 shelf processor 543.1 2-29
receive class of service profiles PG.2 5-13
R creating 320.2 8-6
deleting 320.2 8-9
rack
editing 320.2 8-7
securing 201.0 4-12
overview 320.2 8-1
unpacking 201.0 4-4
rack extenders
installing 201.0 4-12
setting a default 320.2 8-11
rack hole opening and spacing 201.0 3-2
receiver type 310.1 1-546
rack, grounding 201.0 4-27
receiving
RADIUS 301 2-8, 301 2-67
General Broadcast tool messages 301 10-16
accounting servers
recommendations, site engineering 151 1-141
disabling 301 2-71
reconfiguration
enabling 301 2-71
(1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 545 2-276
provisioning 301 2-72
40/43G OCI circuit pack 545 2-280
attributes 301 2-13
40G OCI circuit pack 545 2-280
client PG.4 9-326
40G+ CFP OCI circuit pack 545 2-280
gateway PG.4 9-326
4x2.5G MOTR circuit pack 545 2-276
server
CMD44 50GHz with Enhanced CMD44
50GHz 545 2-303
shared secret, changing 301 2-74
cross-connect circuit pack 545 2-245
RADIUS accounting 301 2-16
L2SS circuit pack 545 2-256
RADIUS gateway PG.4 9-64
MLA/MLA2/MLA2 w/VOA/MLA3 amplifier 545
RADIUS proxy server
2-299
MLA/MLA2/MLA3 amplifier 545 2-295
RAMAN amplifier
MRO circuit pack 545 2-288
replacing 545 2-98
optical interface circuit pack 545 2-259
RAMAN facility
shelf processor 545 2-308
WSS w/OPM circuit pack 545 2-283
Raman Failed To Turn On alarm 543.2 5-340
Reconfiguration of shelf power capacity 545 2-
raman password 301 2-8
317
changing 301 2-51
reconfiguration, network PG.2 4-42
editing 301 2-51
reconfiguring
removing 301 2-51
RPR 320.2 20-1
setting 301 2-51
reconfiguring RPR in-service
ranges
overview 320.2 20-1
dispersion, displaying 310.1 1-218
recording
amplifier gain settings, Photonic 543.1 2-51
optical power, displaying 310.1 1-218
power levels, Photonic 543.1 2-51
wavelengths, displaying 310.1 1-218
Redundant Database Synch Failed - CPU2
ranges parameters 310.1 1-574
alarm 543.2 5-344

5-82 Master index
Redundant Database Synch Failed alarm 543.2 release server

5-342 deleting 301 8-28
Redundant Database Synch in Progress setting 301 8-25
alarm 543.2 5-346 Release Server Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-349
redundant OSPF configuration Release Server URL Fail alarm 543.2 5-350
multiple OSPF areas PG.4 9-95 release servers 301 8-3
Redundant Release Synch Failed alarm 543.2 5- releasing
347 all test access sessions 310.2 5-29
Redundant Release Synch in Progress channelized loopback 310.2 5-32
alarm 543.2 5-348 maintenance end point
redundant SP loopback 320.3 27-47
enhancements maintenance end point loopback 320.3 27-47
IP dead gateway detection (IPDGD) PG.4 test access session (TAS) 310.2 5-28
9-73 Remote Alarm Indication (DS1) alarm 543.1 4-
reflective event 231
locating 543.1 2-47 Remote Alarm Indication (DS3) alarm 543.1 4-
regenerating 238
SSH/SFTP keys 301 2-58 Remote CCM Error alarm 543.2 5-351
SSL keys 301 2-60 Remote Client Circuit Pack Failed - Pluggable
regrooming alarm 543.2 5-353
co-routed SNC 330 3-74 Remote Client Circuit Pack Missing - Pluggable
SNC 330 3-21, 330 3-74 alarm 543.2 5-354
regulatory information 201.0 2-1 Remote Client Circuit Pack Unknown - Pluggable
release delivery 301 8-11, 301 8-15 alarm 543.2 5-355
release management 301 8-1, 301 8-2, PG.2 5- Remote Client High Received Optical Power
23 alarm 543.2 5-356
check release 301 8-2 Remote Client Link Down alarm 543.2 5-358
deliver release 301 8-2 Remote Client Low Received Optical Power
expansion pack load alarm 543.2 5-361
deleting 301 8-33 remote CMD44 terminal
retrieving 301 8-13 configuring 221 4-189
transferring from repository to SP 301 8-29 Remote Defect Indication (E1) alarm 543.1 4-259
incremental expansion pack 301 8-3 Remote Defect Indication (E3) alarm 543.1 4-239
load adoption 301 8-3 Remote Defect Indication alarm 543.2 5-363
release server remote GNE 301 4-110, 301 4-113
deleting 301 8-28 Remote Invalid Configuration alarm 543.2 5-365
setting 301 8-25 Remote Inventory Not Supported alarm 543.2 5-
release servers 301 8-3 367
saving release load files 301 8-4 Remote Line High Received Optical Power
service bundles 301 8-4 alarm 543.2 5-369
software load Remote Line Low Received Optical Power
deleting 301 8-23 alarm 543.2 5-371
saving 301 8-20 Remote Loopback Active alarm 543.2 5-373
transferring from DVD to PC 301 8-11 Remote Loopback Fail alarm 543.2 5-374
transferring from repository to SP 301 8-15 remote maintenance end point
transferring from SP to USB flash storage adding 320.3 27-41
device 301 8-12 deleting 320.3 27-43
software release list, retrieving 301 8-13 Remote Node Unreachable alarm 543.2 5-376
software release server list, retrieving 301 8-13 Remote Port OOS alarm 543.2 5-380
URL formats 301 8-6 Remote Port Unreachable alarm 543.2 5-381

Master index 5-83
Remote Power Fail Indication alarm 543.2 5-382 replacing (continued)

Remote Power Supply 1 Missing alarm 543.2 5- 4xGE EPL EFM circuit pack 545 2-43
383 63xE1 circuit pack 545 2-89
Remote Power Supply 2 Missing alarm 543.2 5- 7-slot shelf access panel 545 2-167
383 amplifiers 545 2-98
Remote Receiver Fail alarm 543.2 5-384 BMD-2 module 545 2-144
remote sites BMD2 module 545 2-117
accessing PG.4 9-11 CCMD12 C-Band circuit pack 545 2-136
remote support, dialup connectivity PG.4 9-320 CCMD8x16 C-Band 1xCXM circuit pack 545 2-
removing 136
4x10G OTR (NTK530QE variant) circuit CFP module 545 2-70
pack 340 6-13 circuit pack 545 2-240
circuit pack 201.1 1-104, 201.2 1-190, 201.3 1- CMD44 module 545 2-117
130, 201.4 1-114 cooling fan module 545 2-200
DS1 front cover 201.3 2-122, 201.4 2-122 cooling unit assembly 545 2-194
G.8032 ERP group list range 320.3 25-6 cross-connect circuit pack 545 2-79
pluggable module 201.1 1-107, 201.2 1-193, DS3/E3/EC-1 I/O panel 545 2-170
201.3 1-133, 201.4 1-118 DSCM module 545 2-149, 545 2-153
raman password 301 2-51 DSM 84xDS1 TM circuit pack 545 2-92
shelf shipping bracket 201.1 1-7, 201.2 1-8, DSM fan module 545 2-207
201.2 1-30, 201.3 1-11, 201.4 1-8 DSM-OAM adapter module 545 2-190
USB flash storage device 301 7-23 E1 I/O module in a Metro front electrical
VCAT member (LCAS-enabled) 310.1 1-236 shelf 545 2-178
XFP module 201.1 1-107, 201.2 1-193, 201.3 E1 I/O panel 545 2-180
1-133, 201.4 1-118 eCMD44 module 545 2-117
replacing 545 2-70 eMOTR circuit pack 545 2-54
120 ohm converter module 545 2-186 FGA amplifier circuit pack 545 2-98
16xGE front pluggable I/O panel 545 2-176 GMD10 module 545 2-117
16xSTM-1e circuit pack 545 2-89 I/O protection module 545 2-188
1U rectifier module 545 2-222 L2SS circuit pack 545 2-47
1x10GE EPL circuit pack 545 2-43 LIM amplifier circuit pack 545 2-98
20G L2SS circuit pack 545 2-47 main fuse and indicator fuse 545 2-217
24x10/100BT EPL circuit pack 545 2-60 MIC 545 2-224
24xDS3/E3 circuit pack 545 2-40 MLA amplifier circuit pack 545 2-98
24xDS3/EC-1 circuit pack 545 2-40 MXC circuit pack 545 2-83
2-slot shelf 545 2-345 OC-48/STM-16 DPO module 545 2-35
2xOC-48/STM-16 DPO carrier circuit pack 545 OMD4 module 545 2-117
2-30 OMX module 545 2-117
2xOSC circuit pack 545 2-96 OPM circuit pack 545 2-115
32-slot shelf access panel 545 2-167 OPSM2 module 545 2-156
32xSTM-1e front I/O panel 545 2-170 optical interface circuit pack 545 2-13
40/43G OCI circuit pack 545 2-113 OTN XC I/F circuit pack 545 2-66
40G OCI circuit pack 545 2-113 Passive Mux/Demux modules 545 2-124
40G XCIF circuit pack 545 2-66 Passive photonics chassis 545 2-131
40G+ CFP OCI circuit pack 545 2-113 PDH circuit pack 545 2-47
48 channel Trans Mux circuit pack 545 2-63 power input cards 545 2-209
48x10/100BT I/O panel 545 2-173 RAMAN amplifier 545 2-98
4x10G OTR (NTK530QE variant) circuit RPR circuit pack 545 2-51
pack 340 6-23 SCMD4 circuit pack 545 2-136
4xGE EPL circuit pack 545 2-43 SDH access panel 545 2-167

5-84 Master index
replacing (continued) resilient packet ring (continued)

SDH-J access panel 545 2-167 protection, editing 320.2 16-13
SFP module 545 2-70 ring topology parameters 320.2 17-4
SFP+ module 545 2-70 resilient packet ring information
shelf air filter 545 2-226 overview 320.2 17-1
shelf processor 545 2-158 resilient packet ring, see RPR
SLA amplifier circuit pack 545 2-98 resilient packet rings
SMD circuit pack 545 2-108 connectivity parameters, viewing 320.2 18-4
SONET access panel 545 2-167 forwarding database, backing up files 320.2
SONET/SDH-J access panel 545 2-167 19-9
SRA amplifier circuit pack 545 2-103 information, displaying 320.2 17-3
Transponder Protection Tray (TPT) 545 2-144 IP connectivity provisioning 320.2 18-9
warning message 301 4-42 OAM connectivity provisioning 320.2 18-5
WSS 100GHz w/OPM C-band circuit pack 545 stations, adding while in service 320.2 20-5
2-108 stations, removing while in service 320.2 20-9
WSS 50GHz w/OPM C-band circuit pack 545 resizing
2-108 table columns 195 3-30
XFP module 545 2-70 windows 195 3-29
replacing Fiber Interconnect Modules 545 2-128 restarting
reseating circuit pack 543.1 2-29
4x10G OTR (NTK530QE variant) circuit facility PM counts
pack 340 6-17 history 520 1-74
reseating, circuit pack 545 2-7 PM counts
Reserve Home Path 330 1-3, 330 3-17 current 520 1-74
resetting untimed 520 1-76
air filter replacement timer 301 4-85 untimed OTU 520 1-109
PM physical baseline power level 520 1-79 shelf processor 543.1 2-29
TCA baseline 310.2 8-8 restarts
resilient packet ring impact on performance monitoring 520 1-43
adding 320.2 16-7 restoring
class of service scheduler parameters 320.2 golden database 221 2-75
10-8 network element, initial state 221 6-82
deleting 320.2 16-10 provisioning data 301 7-14
editing 320.2 16-8 VCAT member (LCAS-enabled) 310.1 1-236
forwarding database parameters 320.2 19-16 retrieving 320.2 14-8
forwarding database parameters, Backup MSI Information 310.1 1-258
tab 320.2 19-21 OSRP Line Info 310.1 1-257
forwarding database parameters, Entries active alarms 543.1 2-13
tab 320.2 19-16 active disabled alarm details 543.1 2-18
forwarding database, adding static active disabled alarms 543.1 2-18
entries 320.2 19-13 active users 301 2-47
forwarding database, deleting static alarm details 543.1 2-13
entries 320.2 19-14 alarm profile details 543.1 2-21
forwarding database, editing settings 320.2 19- alarm profiles 543.1 2-21
15 bandwidth profiles 320.2 12-5
IP parameters 320.2 18-11 BLSR
OAM parameters 320.2 18-10 ring configuration files 320.1 1-6
protection, adding 320.2 16-11 BLSR ring configuration information 320.1 2-9
protection, deleting 320.2 16-14 BLSR ring map 320.1 2-9

Master index 5-85
retrieving (continued) retrieving (continued)

centralized security administration, details 301 photonic connections 320.1 5-15
2-66 PM counts 520 1-69
channelized loopback 310.2 5-30 untimed OTU 520 1-106
co-routed SNC 330 3-63 PM graph 520 1-112
CSA, details 301 2-66 PM profiles 520 1-93, 520 1-99
DCN settings 310.1 3-16 PM threshold profiles 520 1-93
differential provisioning 310.2 10-4 PM thresholds 520 1-99
DOC summary 310.2 8-5 preFEC BER 310.1 1-251
equipment and facility details 310.1 1-81 protection scheme 310.2 6-114
equipment group details 310.1 1-112 protection status details 310.2 6-140
Ethernet OAM maintenance protection switch mode 310.2 6-114
associations 320.3 27-17 provisioning data backup, details 301 7-9
Ethernet OAM maintenance domains 320.3 queue group drop profiles 320.3 22-4
27-9 queue group profiles 320.3 21-5
Ethernet OAM maintenance end points 320.3 queue group scheduler profiles 320.3 23-4
27-30 receive class of service profiles 320.2 8-5
Ethernet OAM maintenance intermediate ring port, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-11, 320.3 26-
points 320.3 27-25 22
Ethernet OAM remote maintenance end ring, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-11
points 320.3 27-39 ringlet port, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-28, 320.3
event 543.1 2-15 26-43
event details 543.1 2-15 ringlet, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-28
EVPL connections 320.1 6-6 round trip delay measurements 520 1-118
expansion pack load list 301 8-13 SCMD cascading order 310.2 11-3
forwarding database entries 301 11-19 section trace messages 310.1 1-222
HCCS reference attribute 520 1-110 security logs 301 2-61
HERS signal label 310.1 1-229
ring configuration files 320.1 1-6 SNC 330 3-35
HERS ring configuration information 320.1 2-9 SNMP information 740 2-20
HERS ring map 320.1 2-9 software release list 301 8-13
link data 310.1 1-252 software release server list 301 8-13
MS-SPRing SSH/SFTP keys 301 2-56
ring configuration files 320.1 1-6 SSL keys 301 2-56
MS-SPRing ring configuration supervisory channel data 520 1-115
information 320.1 2-9 SWT details 310.2 9-3
MS-SPRing ring map 320.1 2-9 SWT summary 310.2 9-3
NSAP address 301 11-22 synchronization protection status details 310.2
operational measurements counts 520 1-85 6-157
OSRP provisioning 330 1-14, 330 2-6 test logs 310.1 1-212
OTM flags 310.1 1-242 test report 310.1 1-212
OTM info 310.1 1-240 TODR profile 330 5-6
OTN cross-connects 320.1 7-11 trail trace messages 310.1 1-225
OTS management 310.2 7-5 transmit class of service profiles 320.2 9-5
OTU HCCS reference attribute 520 1-110 transponder connections 320.1 4-19
path connections 320.1 3-46 tunnel endpoint 320.2 13-26, 320.2 14-25
path connections counts 320.1 3-146 tunnel endpoint mapping 320.2 14-25
path trace 310.1 1-229 tunnel segment 320.2 13-26, 320.2 14-25
performance monitoring counts tunnel segment endpoint maps 320.2 15-8
history 520 1-78 VCAT member (LCAS-enabled) 310.1 1-234

5-86 Master index
retrieving (continued) BLSR (continued)

VCE 320.2 13-9, 320.2 14-8 saving 320.1 1-20
VCS 320.2 13-9, 320.2 14-8 HERS
VEP 330 3-86 applying to nodes 320.1 1-22
virtual circuit endpoint 320.2 13-9, 320.2 14-8 creating 320.1 1-7
virtual circuit endpoint maps 320.2 15-4 deleting 320.1 1-23
virtual circuit endpoints 320.2 14-8 editing 320.1 1-14
virtual circuit segment 320.2 13-9 exporting 320.1 1-21
returning saving 320.1 1-20
4x10G OTR (NTK530QE variant) circuit MS-SPRing
pack 340 6-34 applying to nodes 320.1 1-22
reusing creating 320.1 1-7
passwords 301 2-5 deleting 320.1 1-23
Reverse Port NAT PG.4 9-64 editing 320.1 1-14
reverse port NAT exporting 320.1 1-21
adding 310.1 3-20 saving 320.1 1-20
deleting 310.1 3-22 ring configuration information
parameters 310.1 3-36 BLSR
provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-54 retrieving 320.1 2-9
reversion clearing 320.1 1-19
SNC 330 1-4, 330 1-5, 330 3-19, 330 3-20, 330 HERS
3-21 retrieving 320.1 2-9
reverting MS-SPRing
co-routed SNC 330 3-84 retrieving 320.1 2-9
ringlet port, G.8032 ERP 320.3 26-41, 320.3 ring configurations
26-49 BLSR
SNC 330 3-84 creating 320.1 1-7
RFI (EC-1) alarm 543.1 4-271 loading data from a network element 320.1
RFI (OC/STM) alarm 543.2 5-415 1-12
RFI (STS/HO VC) alarm 543.2 5-416 HERS
RFI (STTP) alarm 543.2 5-416 creating 320.1 1-7
RFI (VT) alarm 543.2 5-416 loading data from a network element 320.1
right to use licenses, ordering 151 5-4 1-12
Ring APS Configuration Editor application 320.1 MS-SPRing
2-13 creating 320.1 1-7
parameters 320.1 1-24 loading data from a network element 320.1
tools bar 320.1 1-2 1-12
ring APS provisioning Ring Failure alarm 543.2 5-386
parameters 320.1 2-21 ring information
Ring APS Provisioning application 320.1 2-1, displaying 320.2 17-3
320.1 2-21 parameters, viewing 320.2 17-3
Configuration tab 320.1 2-2 ring management
Rings tab 320.1 2-1 overview 320.2 16-1
ring configuration files protection parameters 320.2 16-21
BLSR provisioning parameters 320.2 16-16
applying to nodes 320.1 1-22 quality of service parameters 320.2 16-23
creating 320.1 1-7 ring map
deleting 320.1 1-23 BLSR
editing 320.1 1-14 deleting 320.1 2-19
exporting 320.1 1-21 retrieving 320.1 2-9

Master index 5-87
ring map (continued) roadmap and provisioning procedures

creating 320.1 2-13 100G circuit packs 102.4 2-252
editing 320.1 2-14 2.5G MOTR circuit packs 102.5 2-13
HERS 40G circuit packs 102.4 1-155
deleting 320.1 2-19 cross-connect circuit packs 102.1 2-45
retrieving 320.1 2-9 data circuit packs 102.5 5-28, 102.7 1-61,
MS-SPRing 102.8 1-91
deleting 320.1 2-19 Electrical circuit packs 102.2 1-96
retrieving 320.1 2-9 Layer 2 circuit packs 102.7 2-100
overview 320.1 2-2 NGM WT circuit packs 102.5 4-44
ring port 320.3 26-2 OC-n/STM-n circuit packs 102.3 1-111
ring port, G.8032 ERP OTR and OTSC circuit packs 102.5 1-83
creating 320.3 26-18, 320.3 26-24 Photonic circuit packs 102.6 2-1
deleting 320.3 26-20, 320.3 26-26 SuperMux circuit packs 102.5 3-43
editing 320.3 26-19, 320.3 26-25 TMUX circuit packs 102.2 2-10
parameters 320.3 26-54, 320.3 26-64 roadmap and redundancy provisioning procedures
retrieving 320.3 26-11, 320.3 26-22 shelf processor 102.1 1-32
ring portlet, G.8032 ERP RoHS compliance PG.2 6-13
retrieving 320.3 26-43 Rollover in Progress alarm 543.2 5-396
Ring Protection Exerciser Failed alarm 543.2 5- Root Directory Has Reached Maximum File Entry
390 Limit alarm 543.2 5-397
Ring Protection Switch Complete alarm 543.2 5- Round Trip Delay PG.2 5-31
393 round trip delay measurement 520 1-45
Ring Protection Switch Fail alarm 543.2 5-394 routing
ring topology category 5e cables 201.3 1-181
parameters 320.2 17-4 DS1 cables to/from DSM 201.3 2-111, 201.4 2-
ring, G.8032 ERP 111
creating 320.3 26-13 electrical cables 201.3 1-194
deleting 320.3 26-16 electrical I/O cables 201.3 1-181
editing 320.3 26-14 fiber in the fiber manager 174-0094-900 201.1
group list parameters 320.3 25-7 2-52, 201.2 2-53, 201.3 2-53, 201.4 2-53
parameters 320.3 26-51, 320.3 26-60 fiber in the fiber manager NT0H57BB 201.1 2-
retrieving 320.3 26-11 48, 201.2 2-49, 201.3 2-49, 201.4 2-49
ringlet 320.3 26-2 fiber-optic cables on the 6500 2-slot
Ringlet Failure alarm 543.2 5-388 shelf 201.1 1-132
ringlet port 320.3 26-2 fiber-optic cables on the 6500 shelf 201.2 1-
ringlet port, G.8032 ERP 224, 201.3 1-194, 201.4 1-150
creating 320.3 26-35, 320.3 26-45 fibers for the OMX 16CH DWDM 201.1 2-43,
deleting 320.3 26-39, 320.3 26-47 201.2 2-44, 201.3 2-44, 201.4 2-44
editing 320.3 26-37, 320.3 26-46 fibers from the OMX 4CH 201.1 2-39, 201.2 2-
retrieving 320.3 26-28 40, 201.3 2-40, 201.4 2-40
reverting 320.3 26-41, 320.3 26-49 OAM routing 310.1 3-7
ringlet, G.8032 ERP routing criteria
creating 320.3 26-30 SNC 330 3-23
deleting 320.3 26-33 Routing Profiles PG.2 5-22
editing 320.3 26-31 routing profiles
retrieving 320.3 26-28 overview 330 2-1
rlogin PG.4 9-53

5-88 Master index
RPR RPR configuration

adding 320.2 16-7 provisioning 310.2 6-107
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-68 RPR LAN port
circuit pack testing 221 6-64 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-69
class of service scheduler parameters 320.2 RPR ring information PG.2 5-15
10-8 RPR ring management PG.2 5-15
connectivity parameters, viewing 320.2 18-4 RS DCC Link Failure alarm 543.1 4-187
deleting 320.2 16-10 RS DCC OSPF Adjacency Loss alarm 543.2 5-
editing 320.2 16-8 225
fairness details, displaying 320.2 16-5 RS-232 null modem cable
forwarding database parameters 320.2 19-16 assembly 201.0 6-2
forwarding database parameters, Backup pinout 201.0 6-2
tab 320.2 19-21 rules
forwarding database parameters, Entries bay equipping 151 1-81
tab 320.2 19-16 configuration 151 1-1
forwarding database, adding static shelf equipping 151 1-100
entries 320.2 19-13 system engineering 151 1-1
forwarding database, backing up files 320.2 running
19-9 script 301 10-13
forwarding database, deleting static TL1 commands 301 10-4
entries 320.2 19-14 Rx Channel Power Out of Range alarm 543.2 5-
forwarding database, editing settings 320.2 19- 398
15 Rx Ethernet Idle alarm 543.2 5-401
information, displaying 320.2 17-3 Rx Partial Loss of Capacity - LCAS alarm 543.2
IP connectivity parameters, provisioning 320.2 5-402
18-9 Rx Power Out of Range alarm 543.2 5-403
IP parameters 320.2 18-11 Rx Total Loss of Capacity - LCAS alarm 543.2 5-
OAM connectivity parameters, 406
OAM parameters 320.2 18-10
overview 310.2 6-106, PG.2 4-15
S
safety PG.3 8-331
protection (span) details, displaying 320.2 16-5
commercial and regulatory specifications PG.3
protection, adding 320.2 16-11
8-331
protection, deleting 320.2 16-14
laser emission PG.3 8-332
protection, editing 320.2 16-13
safety guidelines 201.0 1-1, 221 10-1, 545 1-1
quality of service details, displaying 320.2 16-5
controlling equipment access 201.0 1-41, 221
ring topology parameters 320.2 17-4
10-41, 545 1-41
stations, adding while in service 320.2 20-5
controlling equipment environment 201.0 1-41,
stations, removing while in service 320.2 20-9
221 10-41, 545 1-41
electrostatic discharge (ESD) 201.0 1-34, 221
system testing 221 8-13
10-34, 545 1-34
RPR circuit pack 102.7 2-91
ESD 201.0 1-34, 221 10-34, 545 1-34
alarms 102.7 2-96
ESD jack location on shelf 201.0 1-34, 221 10-
34, 545 1-34
handling circuit packs and pluggable
modules 201.0 1-39, 221 10-39, 545 1-39
international standards 201.0 1-4, 221 10-4,
replacing 545 2-51
545 1-4
supported SFPs 102.7 2-95
labeling 201.0 1-6, 221 10-6, 545 1-6

Master index 5-89
safety guidelines (continued) SAOS-based CLI (continued)

laser radiation 201.0 1-4, 221 10-4, 545 1-4 user account management 301 11-8
laser radiation hazards 201.0 1-5, 221 10-5, user authentication 301 11-8
545 1-5 saving
safety standards 201.0 1-3, 221 10-3, 545 1-3 CVS file, Visualization tool view 301 5-33
static electricity, dissipating 201.0 1-34, 221 provisioning data 301 7-10
10-34, 545 1-34 ring configuration files 320.1 1-20
using optical fibers 201.0 1-24, 221 10-24, 545 software load 301 8-20
1-24 supervisory channel data 520 1-115
handling optical fibers 201.0 1-24, 221 10- test logs 310.1 1-212
24, 545 1-24 test report 310.1 1-212
repairing optical fibers 201.0 1-25, 221 10- saving tables 195 3-34
25, 545 1-25 saving, release load files 301 8-4
splicing optical fibers 201.0 1-25, 221 10- saving, software load 301 8-4
25, 545 1-25 scheduler
working with AC power 201.0 1-29, 221 10-29, class of service 320.2 10-1
545 1-29 SCMD cascading order PG.2 5-20
working with DC power 201.0 1-30, 221 10-30, overview 310.2 11-1
545 1-30 provisioning 310.2 11-4
working with power retrieving 310.2 11-3
grounding requirements 201.0 1-26, 221 SCMD4 100 GHz circuit pack 102.6 1-210
10-26, 545 1-26 cross-connection rates 102.6 1-214
grounding requirements, bonding cross-connection types 102.6 1-214
topologies 201.0 1-27, 221 10-27, 545 1- equipping rules 102.6 1-217
27 technical specifications 102.6 1-219
grounding requirements, consequences of SCMD4 circuit pack
incorrect grounding 201.0 1-29, 221 10- adding 221 4-52
29, 545 1-29 alarms 102.6 1-217
working with systems cooled by forced optical specifications PG.3 8-275
air 201.0 1-25, 221 10-25, 545 1-25 performance monitoring 102.6 1-215
SAM circuit pack 102.6 1-110 replacing 545 2-136
alarms 102.6 1-121 script
cross-connection rates 102.6 1-115 TL1
cross-connection types 102.6 1-115 building 301 10-6
equipping rules 102.6 1-122 editing 301 10-11
optical specifications PG.3 8-264 loading 301 10-10
performance monitoring 102.6 1-117 running 301 10-13
technical specifications 102.6 1-124 SDH access panel
SAO-baseds command line interface (SAOS replacing 545 2-167
CLI) PG.2 5-28 SDH circuit packs
SAOS optical interface, ordering 151 3-25
MIB files SDH payload
downloading 301 8-9 instance numbering 320.1 3-29
SAOS command line interface (SAOS CLI) PG.1 SDH-J 1+1 linear
2-176 overview 310.2 6-32
SAOS-based CLI SDH-J access panel
access methods 301 11-7 replacing 545 2-167
equipment group comments, using 301 11-32 Secondary alarms 543.2 5-408
proxy 301 11-8 Secondary RADIUS Accounting Server
starting a session 301 11-29 Unavailable alarm 543.2 5-422

5-90 Master index
Secondary RADIUS Server Unavailable password (continued)

alarm 543.2 5-424 invalid password list, adding entry 301 2-54
Secondary Service Failed alarm 543.2 5-425 invalid password list, deleting entry 301 2-
Secondary SETS Locking to Primary alarm 543.2 55
5-426 management 301 2-3
secondary state reusing 301 2-5
equipment 310.1 1-270 syntax 301 2-3
facility 310.1 1-279 password requirements, configuring 301 2-45
security 301 2-6, 301 2-7 provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-66
6500 CLI 301 11-3 RADIUS 301 2-8, 301 2-13
account dormancy 301 2-25 accounting servers
ACL 301 2-23 accounting servers, disabling 301 2-71
active users, forcing out 301 2-48 accounting servers, enabling 301 2-71
active users, retrieving 301 2-47 RADIUS accounting 301 2-16
alarms, clearing 543.1 2-20 RADIUS proxy server
centralized security administration provisioning 301 2-77
attributes, provisioning 301 2-67 RADIUS server
details, retrieving 301 2-66 provisioning 301 2-68
centralized user administration and shared secret, changing 301 2-74
authentication 301 2-8 raman password, editing 301 2-51
challenge/response shared secret
reply, calculating/generating 301 2-86 syntax 301 2-18
CSA 301 2-66 simultaneous login limit 301 2-24
DCN PG.4 9-324 SSH 301 1-3
debug port login, authentication settings 301 SSH/SFTP keys
2-65 copying 301 2-59
default security parameters, editing 301 2-43 editing 301 2-57
interface login and logout 301 1-1 pasting 301 2-59
intrusion attempt handling 301 2-19 regenerating 301 2-58
details, displaying 301 2-62 retrieving 301 2-56
disabling 301 2-63 SSL keys
enabling 301 2-63 regenerating 301 2-60
source address, unlocking 301 2-64 retrieving 301 2-56
IP access control list SysLog 301 2-23
disabling 301 2-85 SysLog server
enabling 301 2-85 provisioning 301 2-79
IP access control list (continued) temporary account 301 2-5
provisioning 301 2-81 temporary user 301 2-5
levels 301 2-2 UPC 301 2-2
login banner 301 1-4, 301 4-3 user account
login sessions 301 1-1 adding 301 2-32
consolidated node 301 1-2 defaults, editing 301 2-43
logs 840 3-1 deleting 301 2-40
audit trail 301 2-21 disabling 301 2-42
retrieving 301 2-61 displaying 301 2-31
network element editing 301 2-36
shared secret, provisioning 301 2-76 enabling 301 2-41
password force out 301 2-48
aging 301 2-5 force out active users 301 2-24
expiration 301 2-5 invalid password, displaying 301 2-53

Master index 5-91
user account (continued) service activation (continued)

password, changing 301 2-50 VCS provisioning parameters 320.2 11-23
temporary 301 2-5 virtual circuit tasks, performing 320.2 11-8
user account administration 301 2-1 service activation setup PG.2 5-14
user account management 301 2-1 service and photonic layer interoperability
user ID (SPLI) 310.1 1-64
syntax 301 2-3, 301 2-7 Service Bundle Release Delivery 301 8-4
user profile Service Defect Indication alarm 543.2 5-428
defaults, editing 301 2-43 service layer site testing 221 6-1
editing 301 2-36 service mapping 320.1 3-16
vendor specific attributes, RADIUS 301 2-13 Service Photonic Layer Interoperability 301 4-109
security and administration PG.2 5-31 Service-photonic layer interoperability
security enhancement (SPLI) PG.1 2-156, PG.4 9-28
craft reach-through security PG.4 9-325 services
debug port hardening PG.4 9-326 6500 151 1-71, PG.1 3-138
provisionable port filtering PG.4 9-324 Broadband PG.1 1-13
security logs PG.2 5-32 ordering 151 5-17
audit trail 301 2-21 Photonic PG.1 1-15
set shared secret PG.2 5-32
IP access control 301 2-23 setting
Section DCC Link Failure alarm 543.1 4-187 alarm profiles, active 543.1 2-27
SECTION DCC OSPF Adjacency Loss alarm profiles, default 543.1 2-25
alarm 543.2 5-225 PM profiles, default 520 1-94
section trace PM threshold profiles, default 520 1-94
editing 310.1 1-222 raman password 301 2-51
parameters 310.1 1-576 release server 301 8-25
retrieving 310.1 1-222 time zone 543.1 2-12
secure HTTP 310.1 3-9 wavelength blocking 310.2 9-4
secure modem setting a default
gateway node 301 3-3, 301 3-5 bandwidth profiles 320.2 12-12
secure shell 301 1-3, 310.1 3-9, PG.4 9-49 queue group profiles 320.3 21-15
securing, rack 201.0 4-12 receive class of service profiles 320.2 8-11
segment management PG.2 5-14 transmit class of service profiles 320.2 9-11
selecting multiple items in the navigation/window setting up
management area 195 3-22 golden database 221 2-74
sending setting view options
General Broadcast tool messages 301 10-16 navigation/window management area 195 3-
serial/RS-232 25
parameters 310.1 3-67 Site Manager applications 195 3-28
serial/RS-232 ports settings
provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-10 forwarding databases, editing 320.2 19-15
service activation severities, alarm 543.1 3-1, 545 3-2
tunnel endpoint map provisioning SFP module
parameters 320.2 11-42 cleaning 201.0 5-22
tunnel segment provisioning parameters 320.2 optical specifications 180 3-1
11-40 ordering 151 3-99
tunnel tasks, performing 320.2 11-16 replacing 545 2-70
VCE endpoint map provisioning supported, by circuit pack PG.3 7-4
VCE provisioning parameters 320.2 11-25

5-92 Master index
SFP+ module Shelf Front Cover

optical specifications 180 4-1, PG.3 8-224, NTK509CS, 7-slot Shelf Front Cover
PG.3 8-232 NTK509CS 201.2 1-259
ordering 151 3-108 NTK509CT, 7-slot Shelf Front Cover Kit W/
replacing 545 2-70 Extended Depth 201.2 1-259
SFTP 301 1-4, PG.4 9-49 Shelf Front Cover NTK509CCE6
SFTP encryption 195 6-1 installing for a 14-slot packet-optical shelf
SFTP keys NTK503SA 201.3 1-283
copying 301 2-59 shelf inventory
editing 301 2-57 displaying 310.1 2-3
pasting 301 2-59 shelf IP address
regenerating 301 2-58 provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-45
retrieving 301 2-56 Shelf Level View 301 6-1
SFTP server installation 195 2-15 displaying 301 6-5
shared secret alarms 301 6-6, 301 6-9, 301 6-13
network element, provisioning 301 2-76 circuit pack/module provisioning 301 6-6,
RADIUS server, changing 301 2-74 301 6-9
syntax 301 2-18 equipment information 301 6-6, 301 6-9,
shelf 301 6-13
14-slot PG.1 3-6 facilities 301 6-13
32-slot PG.1 3-28 facility information 301 6-6, 301 6-9, 301 6-
7-slot PG.1 3-33, PG.1 3-40 13
assemblies PG.1 3-5 fiber topology 301 6-17
backplane PG.1 3-60 inventory 301 6-6, 301 6-9, 301 6-13
brackets, ordering 151 2-30 PM counts 301 6-13
converged PG.1 3-14 PM graph 301 6-9, 301 6-13
cover PG.1 3-62 port provisioning 301 6-6, 301 6-9
DSM 102.2 1-57 shelf level view 301 5-22, 301 6-1
equipping rules 151 1-100 Shelf Power Near Limit alarm 543.2 5-431
fiber manager, ordering 151 2-30 Shelf processor
graphics, displaying 301 5-34 ordering flowchart 151 3-23
ID module PG.1 3-62 shelf processor 102.1 1-1
locking 201.2 1-254 installing 201.4 1-87
NTK503RA, 7-slot packet-optical IP dead gateway detection PG.4 9-73
shelf 201.2 1-259 performance monitoring 102.1 1-24
Metro front electrical PG.1 3-13 protection 310.2 6-15
optical PG.1 3-8 rebooting 543.1 2-29
optical/front electrical PG.1 3-9 reconfiguration 545 2-308
optical/rear shelf PG.1 3-10 replacing 545 2-158
ordering 151 2-8 restarting 543.1 2-29
overview PG.1 3-1 roadmap and redundancy provisioning
packet-optical PG.1 3-16 procedures 102.1 1-32
unlocking 201.2 1-254 software upgrade 301 9-7
NTK503RA, 7-slot packet-optical shelf processor circuit pack
shelf 201.2 1-259 alarms 102.1 1-24
shelf air filter, replacing 545 2-226 equipping rules 102.1 1-27
Shelf Bandwidth Near Limit alarm 543.2 5-429 technical specifications 102.1 1-29
Shelf Data Missing alarm 543.2 5-430 shelf processor w/access panel (SPAP-2) w2xOSC
shelf equipment 2xSFP
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-12 installing 201.2 1-30

Master index 5-93
shelf provisioning single-homed subtending SNCP/UPSR

deleting 301 4-86 path connection (bidirectional) 320.1 3-140
shelf shipping bracket, removing 201.1 1-7, 201.2 site engineering recommendations 151 1-141
1-8, 201.2 1-30, 201.3 1-11, 201.4 1-8 site level alarm correlation 543.1 1-1, PG.1 2-157
Shelf sub-tab 301 4-90, 301 4-93 Site Manager
shelf timing group alarm banner 195 3-9, 195 3-27
timing references alarm indicators 195 3-11
provisioning 310.2 4-34 applications, setting view options 195 3-28
shelf wavelength topology PG.2 5-19 closing 195 3-20
overview 310.2 9-1 Configuration menu 195 1-11
Shutoff Threshold Crossed alarm 543.2 5-433 consolidated craft 195 1-25, 195 1-26
SID module PG.1 3-62 Edit menu 195 1-5
signal conditioning engineering rules 195 2-4
10G AM1/AM2 DWDM 543.1 1-33 Fault menu 195 1-9
10G OC-192/STM-64 WT 543.1 1-92 features 195 1-1
10G OTR 543.1 1-96 File menu 195 1-3
10G OTSC 543.1 1-96 hardware requirements 195 2-3
10G OTU2 WT 543.1 1-94 Help menu 195 1-24
10GEL WT 543.1 1-90 installing on-line help files 195 2-14
2.5G MOTR 543.1 1-102 main window 195 3-3
20G OC-n/STM-n 543.1 1-153 menu bar 195 3-9
2x10G OTR 543.1 1-79 Navigation tab 195 3-6
40G MUX OCI 543.1 1-35 on-line help 195 3-12
40G OCLD 543.1 1-35 online help 195 3-12
L2 MOTR 543.1 1-152 operating systems 195 2-2
SuperMux 543.1 1-34 ordering 195 4-1
signal continuity overview PG.2 5-1
testing in a basic configuration 221 8-3 PC installation 195 2-6
Signal Degrade (DS3) alarm 543.1 4-239 Performance menu 195 1-19
Signal Degrade (E3) alarm 543.1 4-239 preferences 195 3-12, 195 3-35
Signal Degrade (EC-1) alarm 543.1 4-271 procedures 195 3-16
Signal Degrade (ETH) alarm 543.1 4-291 Protection menu 195 1-22
Signal Degrade (ETH100) alarm 543.1 4-291 Security menu 195 1-21
Signal Degrade (OC/STM) 543.1 4-295 SFTP encryption 195 6-1
Signal Degrade (STS/HO VC) 543.1 4-295 Solaris installation 195 2-8
Signal Degrade (VT/LO VC) 543.1 4-295 starting 195 3-18
Signal Degrade (WAN) alarm 543.1 4-291 status message area 195 3-10
Signal Fail (EC-1) alarm 543.1 4-272 tables 195 3-34
Signal Fail (OC/STM) alarm 543.1 4-297 Tools menu 195 1-6
Signal Fail (OC-48/STM-16, OC-192/STM-64, OC- troubleshooting 195 5-1
768/STM-256) alarm 543.2 5-109 uninstalling 195 2-11, 195 2-13
signal label view options 195 3-25, 195 3-28
editing 310.1 1-229 Window menu 195 1-23
retrieving 310.1 1-229 Windows tab 195 3-7
simple network management protocol, see SNMP Site Provisioning Required (DSM) alarm 543.2 5-
simultaneous login limit 301 2-24 436
editing 301 2-43 site testing
single line amplifier circuit pack 16xSTM-1e 221 6-25
optical specifications PG.3 8-244, PG.3 8-262, 1x10GE EPL circuit pack 221 6-68
PG.3 8-263, PG.3 8-264, PG.3 8-265 20G L2SS 221 6-47

5-94 Master index
site testing (continued) slot-based data 301 7-2

20G L2SS equipment protection 221 6-59 slots
24x10/100BT 221 6-40 6500 14-slot shelf
4xGE EPL 221 6-33 interface circuit packs PG.1 2-104
DS1 service module 221 6-13 6500 2-slot shelf
DS3/E3 221 6-21 interface circuit packs PG.1 2-95
E1 221 6-17 6500 32-slot shelf
GE protection 221 6-33 interface circuit packs PG.1 2-115
L2SS 221 6-47 6500 7-slot shelf
L2SS equipment protection 221 6-59 interface circuit packs PG.1 2-97
PDH 221 6-55 6500-7 shelf
PDH Gateway equipment protection 221 6-59 interface circuit packs PG.1 2-97
RPR 221 6-64 Broadband interface circuit packs PG.1 2-127
signal continuity (optical) 221 6-11 interface circuit packs and modules PG.1 2-93
TMUX 221 6-29 MSPP interface circuit packs PG.1 2-122
SLA amplifier OPS interface circuit packs PG.1 2-144
replacing 545 2-98 OTN I/F, PKT I/F, and PKT/OTN I/F interface
SLA circuit pack 102.6 1-17 circuit packs PG.1 2-141
alarms 102.6 1-24 Photonic interface circuit packs/modules/
cross-connection rates 102.6 1-20 chassis PG.1 2-133
cross-connection types 102.6 1-20 sm.ome.alarms.1427 543.2 5-225
equipping rules 102.6 1-25 SMD
optical specifications PG.3 8-244 replacing 545 2-108
performance monitoring 102.6 1-21 SMD 50 GHz 8x1 circuit pack 102.6 1-220
technical specifications 102.6 1-26 alarms 102.6 1-226
SLAT equipping rules 102.6 1-227
express deleting optical channels 221 7-44 optical specifications PG.3 8-276
force deleting optical channels 221 7-41 performance monitoring 102.6 1-224
SLAT Assistant Tool PG.2 5-5 technical specifications 102.6 1-228
launching 221 2-31 SNC
SLAT prerequisites 221 1-10 Absolute Route Diversity 330 3-24
SLAT process add/drop end points 330 3-13
interworking considerations 221 1-4 adding 330 3-37
overview 221 1-1 administrative weight 330 3-23
SLIC Idler circuit pack 102.4 1-135 automatically routed 330 3-12
alarms 102.4 1-141 backoff period 330 3-24
equipping rules 102.4 1-141 blocked nodes 330 3-25
technical specifications 102.4 1-143 clear blocked bundle behavior 330 3-18
SLIC10 circuit pack connection identifier 320.1 3-39, 330 3-28
optical specifications PG.3 8-273 co-routed SNC 330 3-29
performance monitoring 102.4 1-139 adding 330 3-65
SLIC10 Flex circuit pack deleting 330 3-67
optical specifications PG.3 8-273 editing 330 3-48
performance monitoring 102.4 1-139 engineering guidelines 330 3-30
slot numbering 151 1-2 manual switch to protect
Slot Sequence Provisioning Incomplete regrooming 330 3-74
alarm 543.2 5-437 retrieving 330 3-63
slot upgrade 301 9-4 reversion 330 3-84
invoking 301 9-14 shared attributes 330 3-29
slot-based automatic equipping 301 5-50 delay 330 3-23

Master index 5-95
SNC (continued) SNCP

deleting 330 3-62 configuration PG.2 4-12
dynamic 330 3-9 overview 310.2 6-100
editing 330 3-26, 330 3-48 path connection
end points 330 3-13 bidirectional 320.1 3-106
engineering guidelines 330 3-3 linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1 3-136
explicitly routed 330 3-11 switch criteria 310.2 6-102
generic end point 330 3-15 TODR profiles 1 5-1
GEP 330 3-15 traffic 310.2 6-101
latency 330 3-23 SNMP PG.2 5-27
Make Before Break 330 3-19 agent 740 1-4
manual switch disabling 740 2-22
performing 330 3-82 enabling 740 2-22
mesh restorable 330 3-17 alarmModelTable row
Optical VPN 330 3-25 adding 740 2-49
OTN engineering guidelines 330 3-6 deleting 740 2-53
overview 330 3-1 authentication traps
permanent 330 3-9 disabling 740 2-63
Photonic engineering guidelines 330 3-8 enabling 740 2-63
protection class 330 3-16 community name
provisioning modes 330 3-11 adding 740 2-38
regrooming 330 3-21, 330 3-74 deleting 740 2-46
Reserve Home Path 330 3-17 editing 740 2-27, 740 2-43
restoration priority 330 3-18 community string
reversion 330 3-19, 330 3-84 changing 740 2-59
automatic 330 3-19 description 740 1-1
manual 330 3-19 group mapping
time to revert 330 3-19 adding 740 2-32
TODR 330 1-4, 330 3-20 deleting 740 2-32
TODR holdback 330 1-5, 330 3-21 editing 740 2-32
retrieving 330 3-35 hexadecimal value 740 2-16
routing 330 3-11 index schemes 740 1-46, 740 1-48
routing criteria 330 3-23 information 740 1-1
SNC name 330 3-26 retrieving 740 2-20
SNCP 330 3-9 manager 740 1-4
SONET/SDH engineering guidelines 330 3-3 manager integration 740 1-58
TODR profile, adding 1 5-7 MIBs
TODR profile, deleting 1 5-11 accessing 740 1-103, 740 1-107
TODR profile, editing 1 5-9 compliance 740 1-72
TODR profile, retrieving 1 5-6 description 740 1-8
types 330 3-9 overview PG.2 5-35
VEP, adding VEP parameters 740 2-5
adding 330 3-87 procedures list 740 2-18
VEP, deleting 330 3-91 provisioning 740 2-1
VEP, editing 330 3-90 proxy 740 1-20
VEP, retrieving 330 3-86 disabling 740 2-22
SNC Datapath Fault alarm 543.2 5-438 enabling 740 2-22
SNC Takeover Failed alarm 543.2 5-440 security 740 1-35
SNC Unavailable alarm 543.2 5-442 system MIB parameters
editing 740 2-56

5-96 Master index
SNMP (continued) software upgrade 301 9-7

trap destinations Software Upgrade Failed alarm 543.2 5-454
deleting 740 2-24 Software Upgrade in Progress alarm 543.2 5-455
editing 740 2-24 SONET access panel
tree structure 740 1-9 replacing 545 2-167
user group SONET circuit packs
adding 740 2-34 optical interface, ordering 151 3-25
deleting 740 2-34 SONET/SDH Control Plane
USM user datacomm considerations PG.4 9-91
adding 740 2-28 in-band communications PG.4 9-91
deleting 740 2-28 SONET/SDH-J access panel
editing 740 2-28 replacing 545 2-167
validating configuration 740 2-36 SONMP topology discovery PG.1 2-161
version 740 1-6 SOR files
changing 740 2-59 downloading 310.2 14-5
view setting as baseline 310.2 14-6
adding 740 2-30 sorting
deleting 740 2-30 active alarms 543.1 2-13
editing 740 2-30 active disabled alarms 543.1 2-18
SNMP Proxy Config Failed on Member events 543.1 2-15
alarm 543.2 5-444 table columns 195 3-31
SNMP Proxy Config Failed on Primary table rows 195 3-32
alarm 543.2 5-446 source address, unlocking 301 2-64
SNMP Proxy Trap Config Failed on Member SP redundancy PG.4 9-56
alarm 543.2 5-445 span of control PG.2 5-24
SNMP trap destinations adding remote NE 301 4-110
provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-64 deleting remote NE 301 4-113
SNTP 301 4-17 Span Protection Exerciser Fail alarm 543.2 5-458
software Span protection Switch Complete alarm 543.2 5-
ordering 151 5-2 456
Software Auto-Upgrade in Progress alarm 543.2 Span protection Switch Fail alarm 543.2 5-457
5-447 specifications PG.3 8-331
Software Configuration Unknown alarm 543.2 5- 100G PKT/OTN XCIF circuit pack PG.3 8-183
448 40G OTN XCIF circuit pack PG.3 8-183
software delivery 301 8-11 40G XCIF circuit pack PG.3 8-183
Software Delivery In Progress alarm 543.2 5-450 CFP 180 5-1
Software Delivery Incomplete alarm 543.2 5-449 DPO 180 6-1
software load electromagnetic PG.3 8-327
deleting 301 8-23 Enhanced Trunk Switch PG.3 8-311
saving 301 8-20 environmental PG.3 8-323
transferring ILAN PG.3 8-304
from DVD to PC 301 8-11 OME1110 PG.3 8-314
from repository to SP 301 8-15 optical PG.3 8-128
from SP to USB flash storage device 301 8- physical PG.3 8-3
12 power PG.3 8-26
Software Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-451 power and grounding PG.3 8-332
software release list, retrieving 301 8-13 safety PG.3 8-331
software release server list, retrieving 301 8-13 SFP 180 3-1
Software Subsystem Failed alarm 543.2 5-452, SFP+ and QSFP+ 180 4-1
543.2 5-453 technical 170 1-1, PG.3 8-1

Master index 5-97
specifications (continued) static NAT (continued)

Transponder Protection Tray (TPT) PG.3 8-309 parameters 310.1 3-36
XFP 180 2-1 static routes
SPLI 301 4-109, 310.1 1-64 provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-60
SPLI associations 301 4-19 STM-1 CWDM optical specifications PG.3 8-140
SRA amplifier STM-1 optical specifications PG.3 8-142
replacing 545 2-103 STM-16 CWDM optical specifications PG.3 8-140
SRA circuit pack 102.6 1-86 STM16 facility
alarms 102.6 1-95 parameters, DWDM 310.1 1-292
cross-connection rates 102.6 1-90 STM-16 optical specifications PG.3 8-135
cross-connection types 102.6 1-89 STM-1e
equipping rules 102.6 1-96 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-65, 543.1 3-66, 543.1
optical specifications PG.3 8-263 3-67, 543.1 3-69
performance monitoring 102.6 1-91 I/O panel 102.2 1-89
technical specifications 102.6 1-98 STM-1e cable PG.3 8-127
SSC Bias Provisioning In Progress alarm 543.2 STM-1e cables
5-460 ordering 151 4-48
SSC facility STM-1e circuit pack
parameters 310.1 1-563 protection 310.2 6-3
SSH 301 1-3, 310.1 3-9 STM-1e electrical specifications PG.3 8-321
editing 310.1 3-17, 310.1 3-19 STM1E facility
keys parameters 310.1 1-296
copying 301 2-59 STM256 facility parameters 310.1 1-292
editing 301 2-57 STM-4 CWDM optical specifications PG.3 8-140
pasting 301 2-59 STM-4 optical specifications PG.3 8-142
regenerating 301 2-58 STM64 facility
retrieving 301 2-56 parameters, DWDM 310.1 1-292
parameters 310.1 3-73 STM-64 optical specifications PG.3 8-129
SSH server STM-m facility
provisioning (Advanced SAT) 221 2-67 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-32, 543.1 3-43
SSL STM-n facility
keys alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-44
regenerating 301 2-60 STMn facility
retrieving 301 2-56 editing 310.1 1-177
staging, ordering 151 5-17 parameters 310.1 1-289
starting stratum clocks
6500 CLI session 301 11-12 synchronization 310.2 4-13
CommLog terminal session 301 10-15 STS facility
SAOS-based CLI session 301 11-29 alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-44
terminal session 301 3-3 STTP facility
manual connection 301 3-5 parameters 310.1 1-499
TL1 Command Builder 301 10-3 Submarine
starting Site Manager 195 3-18, 195 3-21 application PG.2 4-40
statement of conditions 301 12-1 subnetting PG.4 9-370
static entries 320.2 19-16, 320.2 19-22 Sub-Network Connection PG.2 5-22
adding to forwarding database 320.2 19-13 sub-network connection, see SNC
deleting from forwarding database 320.2 19-14 sub-network connections
static NAT 310.1 3-8 TODR profiles 1 5-1
adding entry 310.1 3-20 overview 330 3-20
deleting entry 310.1 3-22

5-98 Master index
sub-network connections management supported SFPs (continued)

overview 330 3-1 L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-7
SuperMux circuit pack 102.5 3-1 multiservice cross-connect (MXC) circuit
alarms 102.5 3-22 pack 102.1 2-30
cross-connection rates 102.5 3-17 PDH gateway circuit pack 102.7 2-19
cross-connection types 102.5 3-16 RPR circuit pack 102.7 2-95
DWDM wavelengths 102.5 3-36 supported SFPs/DPOs
equipping rules 102.5 3-26 2xOC-48/STM-16 circuit pack 102.3 1-40
latency 102.5 3-38, 170 1-49 supported SFPs/SFP+s/XFPs
operational measurements 520 1-522 eMOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-69
optical specifications PG.3 8-186 supported SFPs/XFPs
performance monitoring 102.5 3-21 2.5G MOTR circuit pack 102.5 2-6
roadmap and provisioning procedures 102.5 3- 20G L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-33
43 FLEX MOTR circuit pack 102.7 1-42
supported SFPs/XFPs 102.5 3-18 L2 MOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-47
technical specifications 102.5 3-32 SuperMux circuit pack 102.5 3-18
testing 221 6-71 supported SFPs/XFPs/CFPs
supernetting PG.4 9-370 40G OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-41
Supervisory Channel monitoring 520 1-44 supported XFPs
Supervisory Query and Control PG.2 5-30 (1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR with XFP circuit
supported CFPs pack 102.5 5-11
100G OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-110 10G OC-192/STM-64 WT circuit pack 102.5 4-
100GE OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-110 6
supported facilities 10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-7
pluggable module PG.3 7-46 10G OTSC circuit pack 102.5 1-19
supported pluggable modules 10G OTU2 WT circuit pack 102.5 4-33
circuit pack PG.3 7-4 10GEL WT circuit pack 102.5 4-19
supported QSFP+s 10x10G MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-156
100G (2xQSFP+/2xSFP+) MUX circuit 1x10GE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-16
pack 102.4 2-186 2x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-40
supported SFP+s 40G MUX OCI circuit pack 102.1 1-24, 102.4
100G (2xQSFP+/2xSFP+) MUX circuit 1-60
pack 102.4 2-186 4x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-69
10x10GE MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-156 surfaces, non-oxidizing compound,
4x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-69 applying 201.0 3-7
supported SFPs Switch Shelf ID Mismatch Detected alarm 543.2
(1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-11 5-461
(2+8)xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-89 SWT
10x10G PKT/OTN circuit pack 102.8 1-77 retrieval criteria 310.2 9-5
16xFLEX OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-52 summary
16xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-70 parameters 310.2 9-5
24x10/100BT EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-31 SWT details
2xOSC circuit pack 102.6 1-8, 102.6 1-90, retrieving 310.2 9-3
102.6 1-116 SWT summary
48xGE PKT I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-65 retrieving 310.2 9-3
4x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-69 synchronization
4xGE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-7 equipment
8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 circuit pack 102.3 1-53 provisioning 310.2 4-34
8xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-104 freerun mode 310.2 4-8
8xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-11 hardware PG.1 3-64

Master index 5-99
synchronization (continued) system testing

hierarchy 310.2 4-14 basic configuration 221 8-3
hierarchy violations 310.2 4-16 L2SS circuit pack 221 8-19
holdover mode 310.2 4-8 PDH 221 8-19
independent timing group RPR 221 8-13
timing mode, provisioning 310.2 4-31
timing references, provisioning 310.2 4-31
locked mode 310.2 4-8
T
table
mixed timing engineering guidelines 310.2 4-
columns, resizing 195 3-30
17
columns, sorting 195 3-31
operating modes 310.2 4-8
data, copying 195 3-33
overview 310.2 4-1
printing 195 3-34
rows, sorting 195 3-32
ESI 310.2 4-47
saving 195 3-34
ESO 310.2 4-49
Tamper Detected alarm 543.2 5-464
protection 310.2 6-109
tandem connection monitoring 520 1-32
status, retrieving 310.2 6-157
parameters 520 2-14
provisioning
TAP
ESI 310.2 4-25
deprovisioning 310.2 5-16
ESO 310.2 4-37, 310.2 4-39
quality level overrides 310.2 4-13
retrieving data 310.2 4-24
shelf timing group
Target Unachievable alarm 543.2 5-466
TARP 310.1 3-8
stratum clocks 310.2 4-13
TAS
synchronization status message (SSM),
creating 310.2 5-19
setting 310.2 4-42
time of day 301 4-108
timing generation
timing mode, provisioning 310.2 4-27
releasing all 310.2 5-29
TAS mode
timing loops 310.2 4-16
changing 310.2 5-25
synchronization management PG.2 5-21
TCM 520 1-32
synchronization protection PG.2 5-34
parameters 520 2-14
Synchronization Protection alarms 543.2 5-462
TCM facility
synchronization status message (SSM)
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-62, 543.1 3-63
disabling 310.2 4-10
TCM Loss of Tandem Connection alarm 543.2 5-
overview 310.2 4-10
468
setting 310.2 4-42
TCMCTP facility
syntax
parameters 102.4 2-357, 102.5 1-167, 102.5 5-
password 301 2-3
85, 310.1 1-510
shared secret 301 2-18
TCMTTP facility
user ID 301 2-3, 301 2-7
parameters 102.4 2-357, 102.5 1-167, 102.5 5-
SysLog 301 2-23
85, 310.1 1-510
SysLog server
TDM switching PG.1 1-11
technical documentation files, installing 195 2-17
Syslog Server Provisioning PG.2 5-33
technical specifications 170 1-1, PG.3 8-1
system acceptance testing 221 9-9
(1+8)xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-20
system parameters PG.2 5-5
(2+8)xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-97

5-100 Master index
technical specifications (continued) technical specifications (continued)

100G (2xQSFP+/2xSFP+) MUX circuit 8xOTN Flex MOTR circuit pack 102.5 5-20
pack 102.4 2-202 access panel 102.1 3-84
100G OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-137 BMD-2 module 102.6 1-335
100G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-91 breaker interface panel 102.1 3-20
100G PKT/OTN XCIF circuit pack 102.8 1-29 CCMD12 circuit pack 102.6 1-237
100G WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2- CCMD8x16 circuit pack 102.6 1-252
91 CMD44 100 GHz module 102.6 1-303
100G WaveLogic 3 OTR circuit pack 102.4 2- CMD44 50 GHz module 102.6 1-320
219 cross-connect circuit pack 102.1 2-42
100GE OCI circuit pack 102.4 2-137 DSCM module 102.6 1-369
10G OC-192/STM-64 WT circuit pack 102.5 4- DSM 102.2 1-73
12 eMOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-78
10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-12 Enhanced Trunk Switch (ETS) 102.1 4-29
10G OTSC circuit pack 102.5 1-25 ESAM circuit pack 102.6 1-124
10G OTU2 WT circuit pack 102.5 4-39 FGA circuit pack 102.6 1-380
10GEL WT circuit pack 102.5 4-26 FIM Type 1 module 102.6 1-359
10x10G MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-177 FLEX MOTR circuit pack 102.7 1-50
10x10G PKT/OTN circuit pack 102.8 1-84 Flex2 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-
10x10GE MUX circuit pack 102.4 2-177 91
16xFLEX OTN I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-60 Flex3 WaveLogic 3 OCLD circuit pack 102.4 2-
16xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-76 91
16xSTM-1e circuit pack 102.2 1-55 fuse interface panel 102.1 3-20
1U AC rectifier 102.1 3-66 GMD10 module 102.6 1-350
1x10GE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-20, 102.7 1- ISS C-Band circuit pack 102.4 1-133
35 L2 MOTR circuit pack 102.7 2-55
1xOC-192/STM-64 circuit pack 102.3 1-22 L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-12
2.5G MOTR circuit pack 102.5 2-11 LIM circuit pack 102.6 1-84
20G L2SS circuit pack 102.7 2-39 maintenance interface card (MIC) 102.1 3-86
24xDS3/E3 circuit pack 102.2 1-44 MBMD2 module 102.6 1-345
24xDS3/EC-1 circuit pack 102.2 1-32 MLA circuit pack 102.6 1-38
2-Port OPM circuit pack 102.6 1-209 MLA2 circuit pack 102.6 1-56
2-Port OPM Flex C-Band circuit pack 102.6 1- MLA3 circuit pack 102.6 1-71
209 OMD4 100 GHz module 102.6 1-329
2x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-50 OMX module 102.6 1-273
2xOC-48/STM-16 circuit pack 102.3 1-45 OSC Filter (1516.9 nm) module 102.6 1-364
2xOSC circuit pack 102.6 1-12 OSIC circuit pack 102.4 1-124
40G MUX OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-72 PDH gateway circuit pack 102.7 2-24
40G OCI circuit pack 102.4 1-51 Photonic passive equipment 102.6 1-415
40G OCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-24 power input cards 102.1 3-60
40G OTN XCIF circuit pack 102.8 1-13 RPR circuit pack 102.7 2-99
40G UOCLD circuit pack 102.4 1-105 SAM circuit pack 102.6 1-124
40G XCIF circuit pack 102.4 1-84 SCMD4 100 GHz circuit pack 102.6 1-219
48xGE PKT I/F circuit pack 102.8 1-69 shelf processor circuit pack 102.1 1-29
4x10G OTR circuit pack 102.5 1-79 SLA circuit pack 102.6 1-26
4xGE EPL circuit pack 102.7 1-11 SLIC Idler circuit pack 102.4 1-143
4xOPS circuit pack 102.1 5-13 SMD 50 GHz 8x1 circuit pack 102.6 1-228
63xE1 circuit pack 102.2 1-12 SRA circuit pack 102.6 1-98
8xOC-3/12/STM-1/4 circuit pack 102.3 1-58 SuperMux circuit pack 102.5 3-32
8xOC-n/STM-n circuit pack 102.3 1-109 TMUX circuit pack 102.2 2-9

Master index 5-101
technical specifications (continued) test access channel

Transponder Protection Tray (TPT) 102.1 4-17 deprovisioning 310.2 5-18
UBMD2 module 102.6 1-340 displaying 310.2 5-12
Wavelength-selective 40G OCLD circuit parameters 310.2 5-35
pack 102.4 1-24 provisioning 310.2 5-17
WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 2x1 circuit pack 102.6 Test Access in Progress - Monitor E alarm 543.2
1-148 5-470
WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 5x1 circuit pack 102.6 Test Access in Progress - Monitor EF alarm 543.2
1-134, 102.6 1-157 5-470
WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 2x1 circuit pack 102.6 1- Test Access in Progress - Monitor F alarm 543.2
198 5-470
WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 9x1 circuit pack 102.6 1- Test Access in Progress - Split A alarm 543.2 5-
173 470
WSS Flex w/OPM C-Band 20x1 circuit Test Access in Progress - Split B alarm 543.2 5-
pack 102.6 1-184 470
WSS Flex w/OPM C-Band 9x1 circuit Test Access in Progress - Split E alarm 543.2 5-
pack 102.6 1-173 470
XLA circuit pack 102.6 1-107 Test Access in Progress - Split EF alarm 543.2 5-
TELEMETRY facility 470
parameters 310.1 1-525 Test Access in Progress - Split F alarm 543.2 5-
Telemetry Loss of Signal alarm 543.2 5-469 470
Telnet Test Access in Progress alarms 543.2 5-470
provisioning guidelines PG.4 9-53 test access port 310.2 5-2
telnet deprovisioning 310.2 5-16
6500 CLI 301 11-27 displaying 310.2 5-12
editing 310.1 3-17, 310.1 3-19 provisioning 310.2 5-14
parameters 310.1 3-72 test access session 310.2 5-2
telnet terminal 301 3-1 creating 310.2 5-19
temporary account 301 2-5 displaying 310.2 5-12
temporary user 301 2-5 releasing 310.2 5-28
terminal 310.1 1-192 releasing all 310.2 5-29
connecting to the 2-slot shelf 201.3 1-364 test access session mode
connecting to the 7-slot&6500-7 shelves 201.2 changing 310.2 5-25
1-263 test access support on facilities 310.1 1-281
setting up 201.3 1-364, 201.4 1-201 test logs
setting up for 7-slot&6500-7 shelves 201.2 1- retrieving 310.1 1-212
263 saving 310.1 1-212
terminal loopback 310.1 1-192 test report
terminal or modem retrieving 310.1 1-212
connecting to the 32-slot shelf 201.4 1-201 saving 310.1 1-212
terminal session 301 3-1 testing
closing 301 3-6, 301 3-7 16xSTM-1e circuit pack 221 6-25
manual connection, starting 301 3-5 1x10GE EPL circuit pack 221 6-68
starting 301 3-3 20G L2SS circuit pack 221 6-47
terms and conditions 301 12-1 20G L2SS equipment protection 221 6-59
test access 310.2 5-2, PG.2 5-8 24x10/100BT circuit pack 221 6-40
channelized loopback 310.2 5-7 4xGE EPL circuit pack 221 6-33
collector nodes 310.2 5-6 Colorless OADM 102.6 2-190, 221 4-120
overview 310.2 5-1 DGE 102.6 2-224, 221 4-154
parameters 310.2 5-35 DIA 221 4-112

5-102 Master index
testing (continued) time of day (continued)

DS3/E3 circuit pack 221 6-21 parameters, displaying 301 4-36
E1 circuit pack 221 6-17 polling interval
GE protection 221 6-33 editing 301 4-104
L2SS circuit pack 221 6-47 servers
L2SS equipment protection 221 6-59 adding 301 4-105
line amplifier node 221 4-128 deleting 301 4-105
PDH circuit pack 221 6-55 editing 301 4-105
PDH Gateway equipment protection 221 6-59 status
photonic layer 221 4-161 editing 301 4-104
power at the optical interface Rx port 221 6-9 synchronization 301 4-108
power at the optical interface Tx port 221 6-4 Time of Day Reversion Day of Week profiles
power to the shelf 201.1 1-69, 201.2 1-150, overview 1 5-1
201.3 1-84, 201.4 1-79 Time of Day tab 301 4-104, 301 4-105, 301 4-108
protection switching Time Out alarm 543.2 5-477
basic configuration 221 8-3 time slot assignment (TSA) 320.1 3-27
RPR circuit pack 221 6-64 time slot interchange (TSI) 320.1 3-27
signal continuity time zone, setting 543.1 2-12
basic configuration 221 8-3 timestamp time zone, setting 543.1 2-12
signal continuity (optical) 221 6-11 timing distribution 310.2 4-5
SuperMux circuit pack 221 6-71 timing references, provisioning 310.2 4-39
thin OADM channel access continuity 221 4- Timing Distribution Forced Switch - n Ref
104 alarm 543.2 5-462
TMUX circuit pack 221 6-29 Timing Distribution Lockout - n Ref alarm 543.2 5-
WSS based channel access continuity 102.6 462
2-133, 221 4-63 Timing Distribution Loss of Reference - n Ref
testing input power alarm 543.2 5-479
breaker interface panel (2U) 201.0 4-32 timing generation 310.2 4-2
thin terminal timing mode
equalizing 102.6 2-283, 221 4-176 provisioning 310.2 4-27
Threshold AIS ESO-A alarm 543.2 5-472 sources 310.2 4-46
Threshold AIS ESO-B alarm 543.2 5-472 timing references
TID provisioning 310.2 4-27
network element sources 310.2 4-46
editing 301 4-43 Timing Generation Entry to Freerun alarm 543.2
TID consolidation 301 1-2, PG.4 9-84 5-481
comms within a consolidated TID PG.4 9-85 Timing Generation Entry to Holdover alarm 543.2
engineering guidelines PG.4 9-86 5-485
GNE PG.4 9-86 Timing Generation Failure To Lock alarm 543.2 5-
TID consolidation, see also consolidated node 488
TID slot sequence Timing Generation Forced Switch - n Ref
editing 310.2 13-17 alarm 543.2 5-462
TIDc over OSC PG.4 9-89 Timing Generation Lockout - n Ref alarm 543.2 5-
TIDc, see also consolidated node 463
tide marking 520 1-40 Timing Generation Loss of Reference - n Ref
time alarm 543.2 5-490
network element timing group 310.2 4-6
editing 301 4-43 timing mode
time intervals, PM 520 1-34 provisioning 310.2 4-34
timing loops, synchronization 310.2 4-16

Master index 5-103
timing mode TODR profile

provisioning 310.2 4-27 adding 330 5-7
sources 310.2 4-46 deleting 330 5-11
timing references editing 330 5-9
parameters 310.2 4-46 retrieving 330 5-6
provisioning 310.2 4-27 TODR profiles 330 5-1
TL1 assigning 330 5-2
command definitions 190 1-1 overview 330 3-20
commands provisioning 330 5-2
editing 301 10-4 unassigning 330 5-2
executing 301 10-4 TODR Reversion Inhibited alarm 543.2 5-495
running 301 10-4 TODR-DOW profiles
script overview 330 5-1
building 301 10-6 tools
editing 301 10-11 IP 310.1 3-24
loading 301 10-10 OSI 310.1 3-24
running 301 10-13 tools and materials list 201.0 3-15
TL1 autonomous events 543.1 2-19 tools bar
TL1 Command Builder 301 10-1 Ring APS Configuration Editor 320.1 1-2
closing 301 10-3 topology
commands ring parameters 320.2 17-4
editing 301 10-4 rings, displaying 320.2 17-3
executing 301 10-4 Topology Build Failed alarm 543.2 5-497
running 301 10-4 Topology Failure alarm 543.2 5-498
starting 301 10-3 Topology Instability alarm 543.2 5-499
TL1 gateway 301 4-17, 301 4-103, PG.4 9-66 TR control
parameters NGM interface 310.1 1-68
editing 301 4-103 TR control (OTM2)
TL1 gateway connections displaying 310.1 1-214
parameters 310.1 3-68 editing 310.1 1-214
TMUX circuit pack manual dispersion control 310.1 1-216
alarms 102.2 2-6 parameters 310.1 1-572
cross-connection rates 102.2 2-6 TR Control Disabled alarm 543.2 5-510
cross-connection types 102.2 2-6 TR Control Echo Trace Mismatch alarm 543.2 5-
equipping rules 102.2 2-8 511
latency 102.2 2-9 TR Control Initialization in Progress alarm 543.2
roadmap and provisioning procedures 102.2 2- TR Control IS Optimization in Progress
10 alarm 543.2 5-515
technical specifications 102.2 2-9 Trace Identifier Mismatch (OC/STM) alarm 543.2
testing 221 6-29 5-500
TMUX circuit packs 102.2 2-1 Trace Identifier Mismatch (STS/HO VC)
TMUX Provisioning tool alarm 543.2 5-503
adding path connections 320.1 3-62 Trace Identifier Mismatch (VT/LO VC)
TOD Server Not Provisioned alarm 543.2 5-493 alarm 543.2 5-503
TOD Threshold Exceeded alarm 543.2 5-496 trace tools 310.1 3-24
TODR 330 1-4, 330 3-20 traceroute
TODR holdback 330 1-5, 330 3-21 6500 CLI 301 11-28

5-104 Master index
traffic Transponder Protection Tray (TPT) 102.1 4-2

protection 310.2 6-18 alarms 102.1 4-13
1+1 ETS 310.2 6-47 equipping rules 102.1 4-13
1+1 OPS 310.2 6-54 replacing 545 2-144
protection exerciser 310.2 6-108 specifications PG.3 8-309
Traffic protection exerciser PG.2 5-34 technical specifications 102.1 4-17
Traffic Squelched alarm 543.2 5-506 transport and switched services
trail trace OTN PG.1 1-16
editing 310.1 1-225 transport circuit pack
parameters 310.1 1-577 software upgrade 301 9-7
retrieving 310.1 1-225 Transport Data Recovery Failed alarm 543.2 5-
Trans Mux circuit pack 508
protection 310.2 6-12 transport MSPP services PG.1 1-9
TMUX Provisioning tool troubleshooting
overview 320.1 3-33 DCN PG.4 9-337
transferring Troubleshooting tools
expansion pack load loopbacks PG.2 5-8
from repository to SP 301 8-29 test access PG.2 5-8
software load troubleshooting tools PG.2 5-8
from DVD to PC 301 8-11 Integrarted testset PG.2 5-9
from repository to SP 301 8-15 TTI and TR control, validating 221 9-3
from SP to USB flash storage device 301 8- tunnel endpoint
12 creating 320.2 13-33
transient conditions logs 840 3-1 deleting 320.2 13-37, 320.2 14-29
transmit class of service profiles PG.2 5-13 editing 320.2 13-35, 320.2 14-27
creating 320.2 9-6 parameters 320.2 14-59
deleting 320.2 9-9 retrieving 320.2 14-25
editing 320.2 9-7 tunnel endpoint mapping
overview 320.2 9-1 retrieving 320.2 14-25
parameters 320.2 9-12 tunnel segment
retrieving 320.2 9-5 creating 320.2 13-28
setting a default 320.2 9-11 deleting 320.2 13-31
transmitter type 310.1 1-546 editing 320.2 13-29, 320.2 14-37
transparency parameters 320.2 13-50, 320.2 14-64
NGM PG.2 4-33 retrieving 320.2 13-26, 320.2 14-25
transponder connection tunnel segment endpoint maps
2WAY bidirectional 320.1 4-4 retrieving 320.2 15-8
transponder connections PG.2 5-10 tunnels 320.2 13-2
1WAY unidirectional 320.1 4-3 service activation tasks 320.2 11-16
adding 320.1 4-21 turning-up using Node Setup (quick-start) 221 2-
client hairpin 320.1 4-13 18
deleting 320.1 4-27 Tx AIS (DS1) alarm 543.2 5-516
editing 320.1 4-25 Tx AIS (DS3) alarm 543.2 5-518
engineering rules 320.1 4-6 Tx AIS (E1) alarm 543.1 4-263
overview 320.1 4-1 Tx AIS (E3) alarm 543.2 5-518
parameters 320.1 4-28 Tx Frequency Out of Range (DS1) alarm 543.2 5-
retrieving 320.1 4-19 520
types 320.1 4-3 Tx Frequency Out of Range (DS3) alarm 543.2 5-
521

Master index 5-105
Tx Frequency Out of Range (E3) alarm 543.2 5- upgrade management 301 9-1, 301 9-2, PG.2 5-
521 24
Tx Loss of Frame (DS1) alarm 543.2 5-522 engineering considerations 301 9-4
Tx Loss of Frame (DS3) alarm 543.2 5-524 FPGA upgrade 301 9-4
Tx Loss of Frame (E1) alarm 543.1 4-263 incremental expansion pack load
Tx Loss of Frame (E3) alarm 543.2 5-524 activating 301 9-15
Tx Loss of Multiframe (E1) alarm 543.1 4-264 deactivating 301 9-15
Tx Loss Of Signal alarm 543.2 5-527 opportunistic upgrade 301 9-4
Tx Manual Provisioning Required alarm 543.2 5- slot upgrade 301 9-4
529 invoking 301 9-14
Tx Partial Loss of Capacity - LCAS alarm 543.2 5- software upgrade 301 9-7
530 upgrading
Tx Power Out of Range alarm 543.2 5-532 FPGA 301 9-4
Tx Remote Alarm Indication alarm 543.2 5-535 OCn/STMn line rate 310.1 1-254
Tx Remote Defect Indication alarm 543.2 5-537 power input cards 545 2-317
Tx Total Loss of Capacity - LCAS alarm 543.2 5- slot FPGA 301 9-4
539 software 301 9-7
TX Tuning in Progress alarm 543.2 5-541 upper layer DCC
U deleting entry 310.1 3-22
UBMD2 module 102.6 1-336
UPSR
alarms 102.6 1-339
overview 310.2 6-100
installing 201.1 1-119, 201.2 1-205, 201.3 1-
path connection
146, 201.4 1-131
linear spur (bidirectional) 320.1 3-136
Unable to Synchronize TOD alarm 543.2 5-542
traffic 310.2 6-101
unassigning
URL formats
TODR profiles 1 5-2
backup and restore 301 7-4
Unequipped alarm 543.2 5-544
release management 301 8-6
unidirectional configurations, supporting
USB
unidirectional path connections 320.1 3-8
parameters 310.1 3-68, 310.1 3-69
unlocking
USB flash storage device, installing 301 7-21
source address 301 2-64
USB flash storage device, removing 301 7-23
unlocking the shelf 201.2 1-254
user account
unpacking, rack 201.0 4-4
adding 301 2-32
Unpaired SSH Key alarm 543.2 5-547
administration 301 2-1
unprotected
authentication 301 2-6
defaults, editing 301 2-43
unprotected chain
deleting 301 2-40
path connection (dual feed) 320.1 3-102
disabling 301 2-6, 301 2-42
UPC 301 2-2
displaying details 301 2-31
updating
editing 301 2-36
active alarms 543.1 2-13
enabling 301 2-41
active disabled alarms 543.1 2-18
force out 301 2-24, 301 2-48
events 543.1 2-15
inhibiting 301 2-6
upgrade PG.2 4-42
invalid password, displaying 301 2-53
service bundles 301 8-4
management 301 2-1

5-106 Master index
user account (continued) vendor specific attributes

password RADIUS 301 2-13
changing 301 2-50 VEP
user administration deleting 330 3-91
centralized 301 2-8 editing 330 3-90
user ID retrieving 330 3-86
syntax 301 2-3, 301 2-7 viewing
user interface disabled alarms 543.1 1-31
6500 command line interface (6500 CLI) PG.2 General Broadcast tool messages 301 10-16
5-35 views
Site Manager overview PG.2 5-1 shelf level view 301 6-1
SNMP PG.2 5-35 Visualization tool 301 5-1
TL1 overview PG.2 5-35 virtual circuit 320.2 13-2
user profile virtual circuit endpoint
defaults, editing 301 2-43 creating 320.2 13-18
editing 301 2-36 deleting 320.2 13-24, 320.2 14-13
editing 320.2 13-21, 320.2 14-10
V parameters 320.2 13-42, 320.2 14-39
virtual circuit endpoint map
validating
deleting 320.2 15-6
SNMP configuration 740 2-36
virtual circuit endpoint maps
validating, TTI and TR control 221 9-3
VC 320.2 13-2
virtual circuit segment
VC facility
creating 320.2 13-11
VC4-mapped VC3s 320.1 3-13
editing 320.2 13-13, 320.2 14-22
VCAT (LCAS-enabled)
parameters 320.2 13-39, 320.2 14-57
removing member 310.1 1-236
virtual circuits
restoring member 310.1 1-236
service activation tasks 320.2 11-8
VCAT member (LCAS-enabled)
visible NE information, parameters 310.1 3-48
removing 310.1 1-236
visualization and shelf level view PG.2 5-6
restoring 310.1 1-236
Visualization tool 301 5-1, 301 5-2
Broadband view 301 5-39
VCAT Status
Broadband view (Photonic services only) 301
5-10
VCE
Component area 301 5-5
Control area 301 5-6
deleting 320.2 13-24, 320.2 14-13
Details area 301 5-7
editing 320.2 13-21, 320.2 14-10
Graphics area 301 5-4
parameters 320.2 13-42, 320.2 14-39
launching 301 5-29
retrieving 320.2 13-9, 320.2 14-8
Navigation features 301 5-7
VCP
optical connection
connections 320.1 7-11
adding, deleting and filtering 301 5-43
object 320.1 7-2, 320.1 7-24, 320.1 7-27
OTS Schematic view (Photonic services
VCS
only) 301 5-18
Photonic connection
adding, deleting and filtering 301 5-43
editing 320.2 13-13, 320.2 14-22
Photonic Network view 301 5-8
parameters 320.2 13-39, 320.2 14-57
Physical Port view (20G L2SS and Front I/O
retrieving 320.2 13-9, 320.2 14-8
panel only) 301 5-25

Master index 5-107
Visualization tool (continued) Windows tab (Site Manager window) 195 3-7
Physical Shelf view 301 5-22 WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 2x1 circuit pack 102.6 1-
printing data 301 5-33 135
saving data 301 5-33 alarms 102.6 1-145
selecting a view 301 5-29 equipping rules 102.6 1-146
Site Equipment view 301 5-16 optical specifications PG.3 8-268
Site OTS view (Photonic services only) 301 5- performance monitoring 102.6 1-142
14 technical specifications 102.6 1-148
VOA facility WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 4x1 circuit pack 102.6 1-
parameters 310.1 1-569 149
VOA Output LOS alarm 543.2 5-548 alarms 102.6 1-155
VSA 301 2-13 equipping rules 102.6 1-156
VT facility optical specifications PG.3 8-268
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-44 performance monitoring 102.6 1-153
VT-STS bandwidth near limit alarm 543.2 5-549 WSS 100 GHz w/OPM 5x1 circuit pack 102.6 1-
125
W alarms 102.6 1-131
WAN
alarm hierarchy 543.1 3-28, 545 3-2
WAN facility
technical specifications 102.6 1-134, 102.6 1-
editing 310.1 1-177
157
WSS 100GHz w/OPM C-band
Warm Restart Required alarm 543.2 5-551
replacing 545 2-108
warning message, replacing 301 4-42
WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 2x1 circuit pack 102.6 1-
wavelength addition and deletion 221 7-1
185
wavelength blocking
alarms 102.6 1-195
setting 310.2 9-4
Wavelength Measurement Error alarm 543.2 5-
552
Wavelength Measurement Warning alarm 543.2
WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 2x1 w/coupler circuit pack
5-553
wavelength ranges, displaying 310.1 1-218
WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 9x1 circuit pack 102.6 1-
Wavelength-Selective 40G OCLD circuit pack
158
alarms 102.6 1-170
Wavelength-selective 40G OCLD circuit
pack 102.4 1-1
alarms 102.4 1-12
WSS 50 GHz w/OPM 9x1 w/coupler circuit pack
performance monitoring, optical monitoring
functions 102.4 1-107
points 520 1-371, 520 1-372, 520 1-373
latency 102.4 1-28
WSS 50GHz w/OPM C-band
replacing 545 2-108
WSS based channel access continuity
WAYSIDE 1 Port Failure alarm 543.2 5-554
testing 102.6 2-133, 221 4-63
WAYSIDE 2 Port Failure alarm 543.2 5-554
WSS Flex C-Band w/OPM 20x1 circuit pack
weights PG.3 8-11
windows
resizing 195 3-29

5-108 Master index
WSS Flex C-Band w/OPM 9x1 circuit pack

WSS Flex w/OPM C-Band 20x1 circuit
pack 102.6 1-175
alarms 102.6 1-182
WSS Flex w/OPM C-Band 9x1 circuit pack 102.6
1-158
alarms 102.6 1-170
WSS w/OPM circuit pack
reconfiguration 545 2-283
X
XFP module
installing 201.1 1-107, 201.2 1-193, 201.3 1-
133, 201.4 1-118
ordering 151 3-90
removing 201.1 1-107, 201.2 1-193, 201.3 1-
133, 201.4 1-118
replacing 545 2-70
specifications 180 2-1
supported, by circuit pack PG.3 7-4
XFP/SFP+ module
cleaning 201.0 5-22
XLA circuit pack 102.6 1-99
alarms 102.6 1-105

6-1
Technical assistance information 6-
This chapter includes information on how to contact Ciena for technical

assistance. Topics include:
• “Technical assistance service telephone numbers” on page 6-2
• “Field return information” on page 6-3

6-2 Technical assistance information
Technical assistance service telephone numbers

For technical support and information, refer to the following table.
Table 6-1
Technical support and information
Corporate Headquarters 410-694-5700 or 800-921-1144 www.ciena.com
Customer Technical Support/Warranty
In North America 1-800-CIENA24 (243-6224)

410-865-4961
In Europe, Middle East, 800-CIENA-24-7 (800-2436-2247)

and Africa +44-207-012-5508
In Asia-Pacific 800-CIENA-24-7 (800-2436-2247)

+81-3-6367-3989
+91-124-4340-600
In Caribbean and Latin 800-CIENA-24-7 (800-2436-2247)

America 410-865-4944 (USA)
Sales and General Information 410-694-5700 E-mail:sales@ciena.com
In North America 410-694-5700 or 800-207-3714 E-mail: sales@ciena.com
In Europe +44-207-012-5500 (UK) E-mail: sales@ciena.com
In Asia +81-3-3248-4680 (Japan) E-mail: sales@ciena.com
In India +91-124-434-0500 E-mail: sales@ciena.com
In Latin America 011-5255-1719-0220 (Mexico City) E-mail: sales@ciena.com
877-CIENA-TD (243-6283)
Training E-mail: techtng@ciena.com
or 410-865-8996
For additional office locations and phone numbers, visit the Ciena web site at:
www.ciena.com.
For additional repair and return information, visit Ciena support web site at:
www.ciena.com/support/repair-and-return

Technical assistance information 6-3
Field return information

Complete the following Field Return Information Form and include the form
when returning any damaged circuit packs to the factory. Insert the completed
form into an anti-static bag. Attach this bag to the failed circuit pack.
ATTENTION
Some of the information that you must provide (such as alarms raised)
require you to log in to the network element.
Field Return Information Form
Customer Identification
Customer name:
Site location:
Originator name:
Originator phone number:
Originator pager number:
Project manager name:
Project manager phone number:
Circuit pack description
PEC:
Release:
Serial number:
NE physical slot number (shelf # and slot #):
Network element
NE name:
NE number:
NE type:
NE configuration:
NE application load release:
Failure symptoms
List of raised alarms related to the failed circuit pack:

6-4 Technical assistance information
Field Return Information Form (continued)
Failure data
LED status:
Optical input power at the receive interface: __ dBm
Optical output power at the transmit interface: __ dBm
Failure time
Troubleshooting data
Visual inspection of the backplane pins:
Tested against other positions:
Slot #:___ Results:___ Slot #:___ Results:___
Slot #:___ Results:___ Slot #:___ Results:___
Actions performed to clear problems:
Internal pigtail cleaned:
External pigtail cleaned:
Special instructions:
General comments:
Tracking information
Change request (CR) number:
Emergency recovery (ER) contact name:
Emergency recovery (ER) contact telephone number:

6500 Packet-Optical Platform
Documentation Roadmap
Copyright© 2010-2015 Ciena® Corporation. All rights reserved.
Release 10.1
Publication: 323-1851-090
Document status: Standard
Issue 2
Document release date: February 2015
CONTACT CIENA
For additional information, office locations, and phone numbers, please visit the Ciena
web site at www.ciena.com

323-1851-090 (6500 R10.1 Roadmap) Issue2

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

323-1851-090 (6500 R10.1 Roadmap) Issue2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

6500 Packet-Optical Platform

323-1851-090 - Standard Issue 2

Corporate Headquarters 410-694-5700 or 800-921-1144 www.ciena.com

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

Feature and Publication History 1-1

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

List of terms 3-1

List of 6500 shelves, circuit packs, panels, and modules 4-1

Master index 5-1

Technical assistance information 6-1

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

Feature and Publication History 1-

This chapter specifies supported software and hardware supported by this

Supported software release

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

— 4x10G OTR w/Encryption 4xXFP/4xSFP+ circuit pack (NTK530QE)

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

— 10 Group Mux/Demux (GMD10) C-Band module (NTT862GA)

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

6500 Release 10.0 and 10.05

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

– 50A Power Input Card (breakered) - 2-Wire D-Sub Input

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

— OC-48/STM-16 1553.33 nm SFP (NTK585CQ)

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

— Control Plane OTN enhancements:

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

• Introduction of Fault Management - SNMP, 323-1851-740 document to the

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

— Multirate 1471 nm LongHaul ITU CWDM XFP (NTTP84JA)

6500 Release 9.3, 9.31

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

— Enhanced Service Access Module (ESAM C-Band) w/Optical Service

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

— Increased functionality on NTK585xx SFPs to support OTU1 and GE

6500 Release 9.2, 9.21, and 9.22

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

— 6500 7-slot Shelf Front Cover Kit W/ Extended Depth (NTK509CR)

— Midstage Line Amplifier (MLA L-Band) circuit pack (NTK552BL)

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

— FC800/10GE/FC1200, 850nm SFP+ (160-9111-900)

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

– Tx tributary slot manual assignment

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

• Bracket kit, 6500 32-slot shelf (NTK603AAE5/NTK603AB), includes

6500 Release 9.1 and R9.12

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

— 6-Slot Passive Photonics Chassis mounting kit with 19 inch and 23

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

— Multirate 14xx (or 15xx or 16xx) nm CWDM SFPs (NTK596xH where

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

• new circuit packs and modules

6500 Packet-Optical Platform Documentation Roadmap

• Optical patchcords, MPO(F)-MPO(F), MM, OM4 50/125, 24 Fiber, Tx-Rx,